24 Semester I 15E101 Calculus and Its Applications 3 2 0 4

SEMESTER I

15E101 CALCULUS AND ITS APPLICATIONS 3 2 0 4

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS: Basic concepts - Limits, continuity, differentiation, functions of several variables, partial derivatives. (6+4)

INTEGRAL CALCULUS: Double integrals - double integrals over rectangles, double integrals as volumes, Fubini‘s theorem (concept and statement only) double integrals in polar form, changing the order of integration, triple integrals in rectangular co-ordinates, triple integrals in spherical and cylindrical co-ordinates. (8+5)

ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS OF FIRST ORDER: Basic concepts, separable differential equations, exact differential equations, integrating factors, linear differential equations, Bernoulli equation, modelling of electric circuits. (8+5)

LINEAR DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS OF SECOND ORDER: Homogeneous linear equations of second order, linearity principle, initial value problem, general solution, second order homogeneous equations with constant coefficients, Euler – Cauchy equation, solution by variation of parameters, modelling of electric circuits. (7+5)

VECTOR CALCULUS: Gradient of a scalar field, directional derivative, divergence of a vector field, curl of a vector field. Integration in vector field – line integrals, work, circulation and flux, path independence, conservative fields, surface integrals. Green‘s, Gauss divergence and Stoke‘s theorems (concepts and statements only), evaluation of line, surface and volume integrals. (16+11)

Total L: 45+T: 30=75 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Thomas G B and Finney R L, ―Calculus and Analytic Geometry‖, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2012. 2. Erwin Kreyszig, ―Advanced Engineering Mathematics‖, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2012.

REFERENCES: 1. Wylie C R and Barrett L C, ―Advanced Engineering Mathematics‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2013. 2. Peter V.O Neil, ―Advanced Engineering Mathematics‖, Cengage, New Delhi, 2010.

15E102 / 15R102 / 15U102 PHYSICS 3 0 0 3

MECHANICS: Review of Vector quantities Inertial mass, Newton's third law and Free Body diagrams. Rigid body dynamics: Centre of mass. Moment of inertia. Torque, angular momentum and angular acceleration. Work, power and energy. Conservation of momentum. Conservation of energy. Elastic and inelastic collisions. Kinetic energy considerations. Circular motion: Radial and tangential forces. Centripetal acceleration and centripetal force. (10)

OSCILLATORY MOTION: Simple harmonic motion. Velocity damping. Damping coefficient. Differential equation of SHM. Velocity and acceleration. Restoring force. Vibration of a spring and mass system. Frequency response, phase response and resonance. Analogy with LCR circuits. Energy and energy loss. Vibration and vibration isolation. (8)

WAVE MOTION: Definition of a plane progressive wave. Attenuation of waves. Representation of waves using complex numbers. Differential equation of a plane progressive wave. Phase velocity. Phase and phase difference. Solution of the differential equation of a plane progressive wave. Differential equation of 2-dimensional wave motion. Introduction to numerical methods for solution of wave equation. (8)

OPTICS: Image formation using lenses and mirrors. Spherical and chromatic aberration. Methods of reducing aberrations. Aspherical components, aperture control, multiple elements. Adaptive optics. Definition of depth of field. Fresnel mirrors. Fresnel mirrors for solar energy. Tracking of Fresnel mirrors. Illumination. Principles of photometry and definition of fundamental photometric quantities. Interference and diffraction. Single and double slits. Interpretation of the energy distribution equation in single and double slit patterns (no derivations). Principle of Fabry - Perot interferometer. Principle of Michelson's interferometer. Applications. Spectral distribution: emission, transmission and absorption spectra. Examples. (9)

ELECTROMAGNETISM: Magnetic effects of electric current. Magnetic fields. Definition of fundamental terms. Permeability. Forces due to currents. Uniform and non-uniform magnetic fields. Static and time-varying magnetic fields. Electromagnetic induction. Expression for induced emf. Electric fields; definition of fundamental terms. Dielectric polarisation. Dielectric constant. Permittivity. Gauss theorem. Electromagnetic waves. Propagation of electromagnetic waves through isotropic media. Maxwell's equations and interpretation of Maxwell's equations. (10)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Richard Wolfson, ―Essential University Physics‖, Vols. 1 and 2. Pearson Education, Singapore, 2011. 2. Gaur R K, Gupta S L, ―Engineering Physics‖, Dhanpat Rai Publications, 2013 24

REFERENCES: 1. Halliday D., Resnick R. and Walker J., ―Fundamentals of Physics‖, Wiley Publications, 2008. 2. Avadhanulu, M.N, ―Engineering Physics‖, S. Chand & Co, 2007. 3. Purcell, E.M, ―Electricity and Magnetism – Berkeley Physics Course‖, Vol. 2, Tata McCraw-Hill ,2007. 4. Crawford Jr Waves , F.S. – ―Berkeley Physics Course‖, Vol. 3, 2008.

15E/I/L/R/U/Z103 CHEMISTRY 3 0 0 3

CHEMICAL BONDING: Types of chemical bonds - bond polarity- dipole moment – partial ionic character - consequences. Weak Interactions – Hydrogen bonding, van der Waals forces - influence on properties of matter. Metallic bond – free electron theory, MO treatment - band theory-metals, semiconductors and insulators. Non stoichiometric semiconductors, chalgogen semiconductors. Defect structures of crystals – Schottky and Frenkel defects. (9)

ELECTROCHEMISTRY: Electrode potential – standard and reference electrodes, Nernst equation, emf series – applications. Galvanic and concentration cells. Applications of potential measurements – glass electrode - pH measurement, acid- base titration, redox titration. Conductance measurement – applications – conductometric titrations. (9)

POLYMERS: Classification, degree of polymerization, molecular weight – Mn and Mw. Polymerization reactions. Glass transition temperature – factors affecting Tg - determination by DSC. Polymer processing - compounding, outline of moulding techniques- compression, injection, extrusion and blow moulding. Charge transport in conjugated polymers - doped conjugated polymers - glucose biosensor. Polymers for LED and LCD displays. (9)

ADVANCED MATERIALS: Carbon nanotubes and carbon fibres, graphene and polymer nano-composites-properties and applications – morphological studies by SEM and TEM. Solid oxide materials and polymer electrolytes –energy storing applications. Polymer blends and alloys, photo and electroluminescence materials, insulating materials, photopolymers and photoresists for electronics, polymer photovoltaics. (9)

WATER CHEMISTRY : Hardness - determination (EDTA method). Water softening - zeolite and demineralization processes. Desalination by electro-dialysis and reverse osmosis. Water for processing of semiconductors. Instrumental methods for water analysis- AAS, flame emission spectroscopy, ICP-MS and photocolorimetry. (9)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Mary Jane Shultz, ―Engineering Chemistry‖, Cengage Learning, USA, 2009. 2. Palanna O. G., ―Engineering Chemistry‖, Tata Mc.Graw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2009.

REFERENCES: 1. Gesser H .D., ―Applied Chemistry - A Textbook for Engineers and Technologies‖, Springer, New York, 2008. 2. Gowarikar V. R., Viswanathan N.V. and Jayadev Sreedhar, ―Polymer Science‖, New Age International (P) Ltd., New Delhi, 2011. 3. Vijayamohanan K. Pillai and Meera Parthasarathy. ―Functional Materials - A Chemist‘s Perspective‖ Universities Press, India, 2012. 4. Shashi Chawla, ―A Text book of Engineering Chemistry‖, Dhanpat Rai & Co,New Delhi, 2005.

15E104 PROBLEM SOLVING AND C PROGRAMMING 2 2 0 3

INTRODUCTION TO PROBLEM SOLVING: Program development - Analyzing and Defining the Problem - Modular Design - Algorithm - Flow Chart. (2+2)

PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES: What is programming language - Types of programming language - Program Development Environment. (3+0)

C: The C character set - Identifiers and keywords - Data types – Constants - Variables - Arrays - Declarations – Expressions - Statements - Symbolic constants - Operators & expressions - Arithmetic operators - Unary operators - Relational & logical operators - Assignment operators - Conditional operators - comma operator - sizeof operator - Library functions - Data input & output functions. (4+4)

CONTROL STATEMENTS: If else - Switch Case - While - Do While - For - Nested loops - break – continue – goto statements. (3+4)

FUNCTIONS: Function prototype - Defining a function - Accessing a function - Passing arguments to a function - Storage classes - auto - static - extern and register variables. (3+3)

ARRAYS: Defining an array - Processing an array - Passing array to a function - Multi dimensional array - Array & strings. (3+3) 25

POINTERS: Definition - Pointer and one dimensional arrays - Operating a pointer - Pointer and multi dimensional arrays - Arrays of pointers. (3+4)

STRUCTURES AND UNIONS: Definitions - Processing a structure - User defined data types - Structures and pointers - Passing structure to functions. (3+4)

FILES: Open - Close - Process - Operations on a file - Sequential and Random access file functions - File Handling Functions - fopen - fclose - fscanf - fprintf - fgetc - fputc - fgets - fputs - fseek - ftell - rewind functions - Error handling. (3+4)

Preprocessor Directives - Command Line Arguments. (3+2)

Total L : 30 + T : 30 = 60 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Herbert Schildt, ―C: The Complete Reference‖, McGraw Hill, 2010. 2. Rama N Reddy Carol A Ziegler, ―C Programming For Scientists And Engineers With Applications‖, Jones And Bartlett, 2010.

REFERENCES: 1. Gottfried B,‖ Programming With C‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 2009. 2. Deitel H M and Deitel P J, ―C : How To Program‖, Prentice Hall of India, 2005. 3. Kernighan B W and Ritchie D M, ―C Programming Language (ANSI C)‖, Prentice Hall of India, 2006.

15E105 ELECTRIC CIRCUITS 2 2 0 3

BASIC CONCEPTS : System of Units – Basic Quantities – Circuit Elements – Independent Sources – Dependent Sources. (2+2)

RESISTIVE CIRCUITS : Ohm‘s Law – Kirchhoff‘s Laws – Series and Parallel Resistor Combinations – Circuits with Independent and Dependent Sources – Wye Delta Transformations – Computer Aided Analysis of Circuits using PSpice. (3+3)

MESH CURRENT ANALYSIS TECHNIQUES : Mesh Current Analysis – Circuits with Independent and Dependent Voltage Sources – Circuits with Independent and Dependent Current Sources. (4+4)

NODAL ANALYSIS TECHNIQUES: Nodal Analysis – Circuits with Independent and Dependent Current Sources – Circuits with Independent and Dependent Voltage Sources. (4+4)

NETWORK THEOREMS : Superposition – Source Transformation – Thevenin‘s and Norton‘s Theorems – Maximum Power Transfer Theorem. (5+5)

AC STEADY STATE ANALYSIS : Sinusoids – Average and Effective or rms Values - Phasor Relationships for Circuit Elements – Impedance and Admittance – Phasor Diagrams – Analysis of Circuits using Kirchhoff‘s Laws – Computer Aided Analysis of Circuits using PSpice. (4+4)

Nodal and Loop Analysis – Application of Network Theorems – Power Factor – Complex Power. (4+4)

RESONANCE : Series Resonance – Parallel Resonance – Bandwidth – Quality Factor – Selectivity. (4+4)

Total L : 30 + T : 30 = 60

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Charles K Alexander, and Mathew N O Sadiku,‖Fundamentals of Electric Circuits‖, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company, 2013. 2. J David Irwin, and Robert M Nelms, ‖Basic Engineering Circuit Analysis‖, John Wiley & Sons, 2010.

REFERENCE: 1. Mahmood Nahvi, and Joseph A Edminister,‖Electric Circuits‖, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company, 2014. 2. William H Hayt Jr., Jack E Kemmerly, and Steven M Durbin, ―Engineering Circuit Analysis‖, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company, 2012. 3. A Sudhakar, and Shyammohan S Pali, ―Circuits and Networks: Analysis and Synthesis‖, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company, 2010. 4. Muhmammad H Rashid,‖Introduction to PSpice Using OrCAD for Circuits and Electronics‖, Prentice Hall, 2003.

15M104 ENGLISH LANGUAGE PROFICIENCY 2 2 0 3

LEARNING LANGUAGE THROUGH STANDARD LITERARY AND GENERAL TEXTS: Integrated Tasks focusing on Language Skills – Training based on Text based Vocabulary, tone, register and Syntax features (6+6)

GRAMMAR IN CONTEXT: Word Order – Subject Verb Concord – Style features – Tenses, Conditionals, Prepositions, Active and Passive Voice, Modals and Transformation of Sentences (7+7)

GUIDELINES FOR WRITTEN COMMUNICATION: Principles of Clear Writing - Paragraph Writing – Essay Writing – Emphasis Techniques – Summarizing and Paraphrasing – Analytical Writing – Letter Writing (2+2)

WRITING PRACTICE (4+4)

FOCUS ON SPOKEN ENGLISH: Task – based activities with graded levels of difficulty and with focus on language functions

Level 1: Self – expression – Greetings in Conversation, Hobbies, Special interests, Daily routine Level 2: General Awareness – Expression of Concepts, Opinions, Social Issues, Description of a process / picture/chart, news presentation / review Level 3: Advanced Skills – Making Short Speeches and Participating in Role Plays (7+7)

LISTENING ACTIVITY: Task- based Activities using Language Lab (4+4)

Total = L: 30 + T: 30 =60 TEXTBOOK: 1. Monograph prepared by the Faculty, Department of English, 2015.

REFERENCES: 1. Simon Haines, Mark Nettle and Martin Hewings, ―Advanced Grammar in Use‖, Cambridge University Press, New Delhi, 2008. 2. Jill Singleton, ―Writers at Work: The Paragraph‖, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2012. 3. Anne Laws, ―Writing Skills‖, Orient Black Swan, Hyderbad, 2011. 4. Sinha D.K., ―Specimens of English Prose‖, Orient Black Swan, Hyderabad, 2012.

15E110 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING DRAWING 2 2 0 3

ASSEMBLY DRAWING AND WORKING DRAWING : Size of Drawing Sheets – Dimensioning – Types of Projections – Sectional Views – Assembly and Detailed Working Drawings – Drawing of Simple Electrical Items – BIS. (10+10)

DRAWING OF ELECTRICAL INSTRUMENTS : Symbols for Electrical and Electronics Components – Drawing of Common Electrical Instruments – Connection Diagrams of Electrical Instruments. (4+4)

PLANT AND SUBSTATION LAYOUT DIAGRAMS : Layout Diagrams of Distribution Substations – Layout of 33 kv and 11 kv substation – Layout of Power Plants. (4+4)

MISCELLANEOUS DRAWINGS : Earthing System – Circuit Breakers – Lightning Arrestors – Air Break Switches – HRC Fuses. (4+4)

GRADED EXERCISES ON READING AND INTERPRETING ENGINEERING DRAWING : Guidelines for Reading and Interpreting Drawing. (2+2)

COMPUTER AIDED DRAWING : Simple Exercises using AUTOCAD. (6+6)

Total L:30 + T:30 = 60

TEXT BOOK: 1. Venugopal K. and Prabhu Raja V., ‗Engineering Graphics‘, New Age Publishers, 2007. 2. Dr.SS.K.Bhattacharya, ―Electrical Engineering Drawing‖, New Age International, 2005. 3. Yogesh M, Nagaraja B.S, Nandan N, ―Computer Aided Electrical Drawing‖, Prentice Hall of India, 2014.

REFERENCES : 1. Bureau of Indian Standards, ―Engineering Drawing Practices for Schools and Colleges SP 46-2003, BIS, 2004.

15E111 PHYSICS LABORATORY I 0 0 2 1 LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 1. Determination of wavelength of Mercury spectrum using diffraction grating 2. Measurement of Vibration Frequency of Melde‘s Apparatus 3. Measurement of Temperature using LM35 4. Determination of fiber thickness – Air Wedge method 5. Study of reverse bias characteristics of Germanium diode and determination of band gap of Ge

DEMONSTRATION: 1. Optical phenomena using He – Ne Laser. 2. Ultrasonic cleaning. 3. Thin film deposition using DC/RF sputtering technique. 4. Hall effect Total P: 30

REFERENCES: 1. Physics Practicals, Department of Physics, PSG College of Technology 2015. 2. J.D.Wilson and C.A.Hernandez, ―Physics Laboratory Experiments‖, Houghton Mifflin Company, New York 2005.

15E/I/L/R/U/Z112 CHEMISTRY LABORATORY I 0 0 2 1 1. Estimation of strength of an acid by pH -metry. 2. Estimation of acids in a mixture by conductometry. 3. Anodizing of aluminium, determination of thickness of anodic film, sealing and dyeing of anodic film. 4. Determination of total, permanent, temprorary, calcium and magnesium hardness of water by EDTA method.

Total P: 30 REFERENCE: 1. Laboratory Manual Prepared by the Department.

SEMESTER II

15E201 COMPLEX VARIABLES AND TRANSFORMS 3 2 0 4

COMPLEX VARIABLES: Complex differentiation-Analytic function, Cauchy Riemann equations, harmonic functions. (6+4)

COMPLEX INTEGRATION: Cauchy‘s integral theorem, Cauchy‘s integral formula, Laurent series (concept and statement only), singularities and zeros, residue integration method (Residue integration of complex integrals only), conformal mapping - ez , sinz, cosz, z+1/z. (8+5)

LAPLACE TRANSFORMS: Laplace transform, inverse transform, linearity, s-shifting, transforms of derivatives and integrals, unit step function, t- shifting , Dirac‘s delta function, periodic functions, convolution , differentiation and integration of transforms, Method of solving differential equations and integral equations by using Laplace transform technique. (12+9)

FOURIER ANALYSIS: Fourier series - functions of any period 2L, half range expansions. Fourier transform, Fourier cosine and sine transforms - Discrete Fourier transform – Fast Fourier transform – DIT algorithm. (13+8)

Z-TRANSFORMS: Introduction of Z-transform, Inverse transform, difference equation, application of Z-transform to solve difference equations. (6+4)

Total L: 45 + T: 30 = 75 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Erwin Kreyszig, ―Advanced Engineering Mathematics‖, John Wiley &Sons, New Delhi, 2012. 2. Wylie C R and Barrett L C, ―Advanced Engineering Mathematics‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2013.

REFERENCES: 1. Mathews J H and Howell R W, ―Complex Analysis for Mathematics and Engineering‖, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 2011. 2. Peter V.O Neil, ―Advanced Engineering Mathematics‖, Cengage, New Delhi, 2010 3. Lonnie C. Ludeman, ―Fundamentals of Digital Signal Processing‖, Wiley-India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2009.

15E202 MATERIALS SCIENCE 3 0 0 3

ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES: Conducting materials-quantum free electron theory -Fermi Dirac Statistics-Band theory of solids-the density of states. Dielectrics-types of polarization-measurement of dielectric permittivity-Loss factor-Dielectric loss mechanisms. Magnetostriction. Electron ballistics- materials for thermionic emission electron guns-electron gun for electron beam machining- electric discharge plasma-EDM machining. (9)

MAGNETIC PROPERTIES: Types of magnetic materials-domain theory-hysteresis- hard and soft magnetic materials-Applications- eddy current brakes, regenerative braking. Magnetic lenses. Superconductivity –Meissners effect- Josephson junction, SQUID magnetometer, applications of squid magnetometer- superconducting Magnets, and Magnetic levitation. (9)

QUANTUM MECHANICS: Wave particle duality, de Broglie waves- Heisenberg‘s uncertainty principle. Wave function- normalization. The wave equation. Schrodinger‘s equation of motion: Time dependent form, steady-state form. Particle in a box. Quantum Tunneling and applications to Scanning Tunneling Microscope and Tunnel diode. (8)

PHYSICS OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES: P type and N type semiconductors-the effective mass-P-N junction, rectifier equation -Hall effect-Quantum tunneling. Bipolar transistor. The field effect transistor- Integrated circuits—Hetero junction-Quantum well, wire, dots- Optical properties of Semiconductors: LD, LED, Photo diode. Introduction to MEMS (10)

ADVANCED MATERIALS : Liquid crystals-types-application as display devices-photonic crystals-ferroelastic materials- multiferroics, Bio mimetic materials. Composites-nanophase materials-physical properties and applications. (9)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. William D CallisterJr, ―Materials Science and Engineering-An Introduction‖, John Wiley and Sons Inc., NewYork, 2007. 2. Shaffer J P, Saxena A, Antolovich S D, Sanders T H Jr and Warner S B, ―The Science and Design of Engineering Materials‖, McGraw Hill Companies Inc., New York, 1999.

REFERENCES: 1. Arthur Beiser ― Concepts of Modern Physics‖ Tata Mcgraw Hill, India , 2002. 2. Van Vlack, ―Elements Of Material Science And Engineering‖, Pearson Education India, 2008. 3. Sze S.M, Physics of Semiconductor Devices, John Wiley and Sons, USA, 2007. 4. James F Shackelford S, ―Introduction to Materials Science for Engineers‖, Third Edition, Macmillan Publishing Company, New York. 1992.

15E203 APPLIED ELECTROCHEMISTRY 3 0 0 3

INDUSTRIAL ELECTROCHEMICAL PROCESSES: Electroplating – plating parameters- polarization and overvoltage, current and energy efficiency. Electroplating of Cu, Ni, and Cr. Electroless deposition of Ni and Cu. Anodizing – determination of thickness of anodic film, applications. Phosphating, chromating - applications. (9)

METAL FINISHING IN ELECTRONIC INDUSTRY: Production of Plated through hole PCB‘s, electroforming - fabrication of CD stampers and wave guides. Electropolishing, electrochemical machining, electrochemical etching of Cu from PCBs , Electrophoretic painting, Electrochemical etching of semiconductors. (9)

BATTERIES AND FUEL CELLS: Batteries- types - battery characteristics-fabrication and working of dry cell, lithium primary battery, lead- acid battery, Ni – Cd, Ni-metal-hydride and lithium ion batteries. Advanced batteries and supercapacitors. Fuel cells: Classification, working principle, components, applications of hydrogen-oxygen, solid oxide, molten carbonate, direct methanol and proton exchange membrane fuel cells. Hydrogen as a fuel-production and storage. (9)

CORROSION: Atmospheric corrosion- oxidation – Pilling –Bedworth rule. Electrochemical corrosion - galvanic, differential aeration corrosion. Factors influencing corrosion – polarization and rate of corrosion. Corrosion control - cathodic protection: sacrificial anode and impressed current methods, corrosion inhibitors, passivation. Corrosion of electronic components - vapour phase inhibitors, dehumidifier gels. Paints– constituents and their functions, vitrious enamel coatings, super hydrophobic and self healing coatings. (9)

ADHESIVES AND SOLDERS: Adhesives: Adhesive bonding – types – epoxy, phenol-formaldehyde resin, silicone resin, cellulose derivatives, acrylics, polyvinyls - adhesive action, development of adhesive strength- physical and chemical factors influencing adhesive strength. Eutectics: phase rule -definitions, two component system – Pb-Ag system. Low melting solders. (9)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Mary Jane Shultz, ―Engineering Chemistry‖, Cengage Learning, USA, 2009. 2. Shashi Chawla, ―A Text Book of Engineering Chemistry‖, Dhanpat Rai & Co, New Delhi, 2005.

REFERENCES: 1. Derek Pletcher and Frank C. Walsh, ―Industrial Electrochemistry‖, Chapman and Hall, London, 1993. 2. Dell R. M. and Rand D. A. J., ―Understanding Batteries‖, Royal Society of Chemistry, UK, 2001.

15E204 NETWORK THEORY 2 2 0 3

THREE PHASE CIRCUITS: Phase sequence – Star and Delta connection – phase and line quantities - Phasor diagram - Balanced and unbalanced loads – Analysis – 3-phase power measurement – Two wattmeter method - power factor calculation - Reactive power measurements. (6+5)

MAGNETICALLY COUPLED CIRCUITS: Self and Mutual inductance – Co-efficient of coupling - Dot convention - Analysis of coupled circuits – Ideal two winding and auto transformers – single-tuned and double-tuned circuits. (6+5)

NETWORK TRANSIENTS: Transient concepts – complex frequency - Transient response of simple RL, RC, and RLC series and parallel circuits for step, sinusoidal and impulse signals. (5+5)

TWO PORT NETWORK: Two port network parameters – Interconnection of two port networks: series , parallel, and cascade – T- Equivalent and π-Equivalent networks – Network functions - driving point and transfer impedance /admittance - poles and zeros of network function. (5+5)

FILTERS AND ATTENUATORS: Low pass, High pass, Band pass, Band stop filters – Attenuators – T and π Type. (4+4)

NETWORK SYNTHESIS: Realisability concept – Hurwitz property - Positive real function - Properties - Synthesis of RL, RC and LC driving point impedance and admittance functions using Foster and Cauer forms. (5+5)

Total L : 30 + T : 30 = 60 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Charles K Alexander and Mathew N O Sadiku, ―Fundamentals of Electric Circuits‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2009. 2. Sudhakar A, and Shyammohan S Palli, ―Circuits & Networks – Analysis and Synthesis‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2010.

REFERENCES: 1. Smarajit Ghosh,‖Network Theory- Analysis and Synthesis‖ Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2008. 2. Navhi M, and Edminister J A, ―Theory and Problems of Electric Circuits‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2011. 3. Gopal G B, Prem R C and Duresh C K, ―Engineering Network Analysis and Filter Design‖, Umesh Publications, New Delhi, 2003.

15E205 BASICS OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING & PRACTICES 3 2 0 4

BASIC WORKSHOP PRACTICES: Tools used in workshop practice and their applications, Sheet metal work, Plumbing and Carpentry, shielded metal arc welding and soldering. (2+20)

POWER TRANSMISSION: Types of drives, belt drives, flat and V belts, rope drive, chain drive, gear drives, spur, helical, bevel and worm gears, gear trains, simple and compound gear trains. (8+2)

FLUID MECHANICS: Properties of fluids. Concept of gauge and absolute pressures, measurement of pressure using manometers, flow measurement using Orifice, venturi, and nozzle meters. Pilot tubes, multi-hole probe and anemometer, Turbine mater, Magnetic flow meter. (8+2)

PUMPS AND TURBINES: Basic concept of centrifugal and reciprocating pump, priming, cavitations, head, operating characteristics. Hydrolic Turbine – Types, working principles and operating characteristics. Steam turbine - working principles, velocity compounding and pressure compounding. (9+2)

BASIC CONCEPTS OF THERMODYNAMICS: System, property, state and equilibrium, process and cycle, work, heat and other forms of energy. Zeroth law and application, first law statement, applications to closed and open systems. (9+2)

I C ENGINES: Classification. Principle and working of four stroke and two stroke petrol and diesel engines with p-v, T-s diagram, valve and port timing diagrams. Comparison of petrol and diesel engines - two stroke and four stroke engines. Testing of IC engines. (9+2)

Total T : 45 + P : 30 = 75

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Jayagopal L S and Rudramoorthy R, ―Elements of Civil & Mechanical Engineering‖, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., 2003. 2. Mahesh M Rathore, ―Thermal Engineering‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.

REFERENCES: 1. Kumar D S, "Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Power Engineering", Kataria S K and Sons, New Delhi, 2010. 2. Cengel Y Al and Boles M A "Thermodynamics, An Engineering Approach‖ Tata McGraw Hill, 2003. 3. Ganesan .V, ―Internal Combustion Engines‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007. 4. Venugopal K and Prabu Raja, ―Basic Mechanical Engineering‖ Anuradha Publications, Chennai, 2007.

15E210 CIRCUITS & NETWORKS LABORATORY 0 0 2 1 LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 1. Verification of Ohm‘s and Kirchhoff‘s laws 2. Verification of Superposition theorem, Thevenin‘s theorem and Maximum power transfer theorem 3. Series and Parallel resonance circuits 4. Steady state Analysis of DC & AC circuits using PSpice 5. 3-Phase Power measurement by two waffmeter method (Balanced & unbalanced) 6. Transient analysis of RLC series and Parallel Circuit using PSPICE. 7. Study and Measurement of self and mutual inductance of a coil and study of magnetically coupled coils 8. Response of low pass and high pass RC circuit for pulse and square input signals 9. Determination of Z and Y parameters of two-port networks 10. Design of symmetrical T-type and π-type attenuator Total P : 30

REFERENCE: 1. Laboratory Manual prepared by Department of Electrical and Electronics Engineering.

15E211 PHYSICS LABORATORY II 0 0 2 1 LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 1. Study of I-V characteristics of a solar cell and determination of its efficiency 2. Determination of hysteresis loss of a ferromagnetic material 3. Determination of electrical resistivity of metal and alloy using Carey Foster Bridge 4. Determination of Temperature Coefficient of Resistance of metallic wire using post office box 5. Study the characteristics of a photo diode.

DEMONSTRATION: 1. Laser micromachining. 2. Determination of Crystal structure by powder photograph method. 3. Thin film deposition using electron beam and thermal evaporation. 4. Crystal Growth System

REFERENCES: 1. Department of Physics,‖ Physics Practicals‖, PSG College of Technology 2015 2. Wilson J.D. and Hernandez C.A,‖ Physics Laboratory Experiments‖, Houghton Mifflin Company, New York 2005

15E212 CHEMISTRY LABORATORY II 0 0 2 1 LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 1. Potentiometric determination of ferrous iron. 2. Electroplating of nickel & copper and determination of cathode efficiency. 3. a. Determination of alkalinity and TDS of water. b. Photocolorimetric estimation of iron. 4. a. Determination of efficiency of corrosion inhibitor. b. Estimation of dichromate in corrosion inhibitor solution by iodometry. Total P : 30 REFERENCE: 1. Laboratory Manual Prepared by the Department.

SUMMER TERM

15E215 PROFESSIONAL SKILLS 6 0 9 2

PSPICE : Introduction to PSpice software, file types, netlist commands. Basic analysis: DC, AC - KVL, KCL, Mesh & Nodal Analysis Resonance, Filters, RL, RC, RLC Circuits (Series & Parallel), voltage/current/ frequency dependent sources. (8+8)

MATLAB : MATLAB basics - The MATLAB environment - Basic computer programming - Variables and constants, operators and simple calculations - Formulas and functions – Exercises. Matrices and vectors - Matrix and linear algebra review - Vectors and matrices in MATLAB - Matrix operations and functions in MATLAB Exercises. Computer programming - Algorithms and structures - MATLAB scripts and functions (m - files) - Simple sequential algorithms - Control structures (if...then, loops) Exercises. (10+16)

INTRODUCTION TO OBJECT-ORIENTATION & C++: Characteristics of Object–oriented Programming – Encapsulation – Inheritance – Polymorphism – Aggregation – Implementation using C++. (4+8)

WIRING PRACTICES AND SAFE OPERATION OF DOMESTIC ELECTRIC APPLIANCES (2+4)

Total L : 24 + P : 36 = 60

REFERENCES: 1. Muhammad H. Rashid, ―Introduction to PSpice Using OrCAD for Circuits and Electronics (3rd Edition)– Prentice Hall, September 7, 2003. 2. MATLAB Getting Started Guide http://www.mathworks.com/help/pdf_doc/matlab/getstart.pdf 3. Bjarne Stroustrup, ―The C++ Programming Language‖, Pearson Education, 2001.

15E216 INTERNSHIP – I 6 0 9 2

Visits to and training at Centres of Excellence (CoE) and Industries (0+14) 1. PSG-LAPP Centre of Excellence in Cable Technology 2. PSG-L&T Centre of Excellence in LV Switch Gears 3. PSG-DANFOSS Centre of Excellence in Climate and Energy 4. Centre of Renewable Energy 5. PSG Industrial Institute / Nano Centre 6. PSG Neelambur Foundry 7. Visit to TNEB Substation at Peelamedu 8. Visit to PSG Tech Power House

Expert Lecture (8+0)  Address by Industrial Experts (Once in a Week)

Technical Report Writing : Writing Coherent Project Report: Overview structure of reports, gathering information - synopsis / abstract - title – headings – table of contents – list of figures – list of tables – list of appendices – chapters – structured paragraphs – inferences, conclusions – figures – tables – flow charts – complete design (headers and footers).-Plagiarism. (8+0)

Technical Presentation: Each student will be required to make one technical presentation for a minimum 15 minutes duration in this course. Individual topics will be assigned to the students by the department. (4+12)

Each student will be required to submit a technical report on the topics of expert lecture, trainings at Industries and CoEs, and the topics of technical presentation, based on the guidelines provided by the department. (4+10)

Total L : 24 + P : 36 = 60

SEMESTER III

15E301 LINEAR ALGEBRA AND NUMERICAL ANALYSIS 3 2 0 4

VECTOR SPACE: General vector spaces, real vector spaces, Euclidean n-space, subspaces, linear independence, basis and dimension. (9+3)

ERRORS: Approximations and round-off errors – truncation errors. (2+1)

SYSTEM OF LINEAR EQUATIONS: Direct methods - Naive Gauss elimination method, Gauss Jordan method, Crout‘s method, iterative methods - Gauss-Jacobi method, Gauss–Seidel method, convergence criteria, ill conditioned systems, Pseudo inverse, Eigen values and eigen vectors using power method. (8+6)

NONLINEAR EQUATIONS: Bisection method, False position method, Newton‘s method, convergence criteria, Bairstow‘s method, Graeffe‘s root squaring method. (6+5)

INTERPOLATION AND CURVE FITTING: Lagrange‘s polynomial, Newton‘s divided differences, evenly spaced data, Chebyshev interpolation. Curve fitting - using principle of least squares approximation. (4+4)

DIFFERENTIATION AND INTEGRATION: Numerical differentiation, numerical integration - Newton-Cotes formulae, Trapezoidal rule, Simpson‘s 1/3 rule, Simpson‘s 3/8 rule, 2-point and 3-point Gaussian quadratures. (6+4) 32

ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS: Numerical methods for initial value problem, Taylor-series , Euler and Modified Euler method, Runge-Kutta methods, Multi step methods - Milne method, solution of second order boundary value problem by finite difference method. (10+7)

Total L: 45+ T: 30=75

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Howard Anton and Chris Rorres, Elementary Linear Algebra Applications Version, Wiley India, New Delhi, 2011. 2. Curtis F Gerald and Patrick O Wheatly, Applied Numerical Analysis, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2013.

REFERENCES: 1. David C Lay, Linear Algebra and its Applications , Addison-Wesley, Boston, 2014. 2. Steven C Chapra and Raymond P Canale, Numerical Methods for Engineers with Software and Programming Applications, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2013. 3. Rizwan Butt, Introduction to Numerical Analysis Using MATLAB, Infinity Science Press , Hingham, 2008. 4. Amparo Gil, Javier Segura, Nico M. Temme, Numerical Methods for Special Functions, SIAM publishers, USA, 2007.

15E302 ELECTRONIC DEVICES 3 0 0 3

P-N JUNCTION DIODE: V-I characteristics - static and dynamic resistance, Temperature dependence of characteristics, diffusion and transition capacitances, Diode as a circuit element, small signal and large signal models. Elementary applications - Clippers and clampers, Diode switching times, p-n junction diode ratings. Breakdown phenomena in diodes - zener diodes. The metal - semiconductor junction - Schottky barrier diodes. (8)

BIPOLAR JUNCTION TRANSISTOR: Physical behaviour of a BJT – Ebers - Moll model, large signal current gains. Modes of transistor operation - Common base, common emitter and common collector configurations, Input and output characteristics, Early effect, regions of operation. AC and DC load lines - Need for stability of Q-Point. Bias stability - fixed bias, collector to base bias, self bias. Transistor switching times - Transistor as a switch and an amplifier, small signal ac model, high frequency effects, hybrid – π model - BJT ratings. (8)

JUNCTION FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTOR: JFET operation - V-I characteristics, transfer characteristics, regions of operation. DC analysis - JFET biasing. Small signal JFET model, JFET as a switch, voltage variable resistor and an amplifier. (6)

MOSFET: Constructional details - Operation of enhancement and depletion type MOSFETs , V-I characteristics, transfer characteristics, analytic expression for drain current. Comparison of PMOS and NMOS devices - MOSFET biasing, MOSFET as a switch, resistor and amplifier, small signal ac model. Introduction to CMOS, BiCMOS devices. (7)

INTEGRATED CIRCUIT FABRICATION: Monolithic IC technology - Planar processes, Epitaxial growth, Oxidation, Photolithography, Diffusion, Ion implantation, metallization. BJT fabrication - need for buried layer, Junction and dielectric isolation, Fabrication of p-n-p, multiple emitter transistors. Monolithic diodes. NMOS enhancement and depletion MOSFETs, self isolation, CMOS technology. Monolithic IC Resistors: sheet resistance - diffused, ion implanted, epitaxial, pinch, MOS and thin film resistors. Monolithic IC capacitors - junction, MOS and thin film capacitors. IC packaging. (9)

OPTO-ELECTRONIC DEVICES : Light Emitting Diodes (LED) : Seven Segment Displays – Liquid Crystal Cells – Photo conductive cells – Photodiodes and Solar Cells – Photo transistors. (4)

Study of Semiconductor device characteristics using PSpice. (3)

Total L : 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Millman J and Grabel A, "Microelectronics", Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2012. 2. Boylestead L R and Nashelsky L, "Electronic Devices and Circuit theory", Pearson Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2013.

REFERENCES: 1. Abel S Sedra and Kenneth C Smith, "Microelectronic Circuits", Oxford University Press, New York,2013. 2. Thomas L Floyd, "Electronic Devices", Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2013. 3. David A Bell, ―Electronic Devices and Circuits‖, Oxford University Press, 2013. 4. Muhammad H Rashid, ―Introduction to PSpice using OrCAD for Circuits and Electronics‖ PHI Learning, New Delhi, 2012.

15E303 ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORY 2 2 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Review of 3D Co-ordinate Systems – Gradient, Divergence, and Curl Operations - Divergence theorem - Stokes‘ theorem -Line, Surface and Volume integrals. (3+5)

ELECTROSTATIC FIELDS: Coulomb‘s law – Electric field intensity - Electric flux density - Gauss‘s law and its Applications- Absolute potential – Potential difference - Potential Gradient -Determination of electric field and potential due to point , line, surface and volume charge distributions – Electric Dipole - Energy density in electrostatic field. (5+5)

ELECTRIC FIELDS IN MATERIAL SPACE AND BOUNDARY-VALUE PROBLEMS: Properties of conductors and dielectrics - convection and conduction currents - polarization in dielectrics- dielectric constant and strength - continuity equation and relaxation time- Capacitance determination, Method of images - Boundary conditions involving conductors, dielectric, and free space- Poisson‘s and Laplace‘s equations- Uniqueness theorem- Solution of Laplace‘s equation of single variable only. (6+6)

MAGNETOSTATIC FIELDS: Biot Savart‘s law - Ampere‘s circuital law and its applications – Magnetic flux density, Scalar and Vector magnetic potentials - Maxwell‘s equations for static EM fields-Forces due to magnetic fields - Force and Torque on a closed circuit - Magnetic Materials- Boundary conditions at the interface of two different magnetic materials. (8+7)

INDUCTANCE: Inductance of Solenoid, Toroid, Coaxial cable and Transmission line - Energy density in magnetic field - Lifting force of a magnet. (4+3)

TIME VARYING FIELD: Faraday‘s Law – Transformer and Motional emfs- Displacement Current- Maxwell‘s Equations in final form- EM wave - Poynting theorem. (4+4)

Total L : 30 + T : 30 = 60 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Mathew N O Sadiku, ―Elements of Electromagnetics‖, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2010. 2. William H Hayt Jr., John A Buck, ‗Engineering Electromagnetics‘, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2011.

REFERENCES: 1. Joseph A Edminister, ‗Theory and Problems of Electromagnetics‘, Schaum‘s Outline Series, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2006. 2. Gangadhar K A, ―Field Theory‖, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2009.

15E304 DC MACHINES & TRANSFORMERS 2 2 0 3

PRINCIPLES OF ELECTROMECHANICAL ENERGY CONVERSION: Energy in Magnetic System – Field Energy and Mechanical Force – Multiple-Excited Magnetic Field System – Forces/Torques in Systems with Permanent Magnets – Energy Conversion via Electric Field – Dynamic Equations of Electromechanical Systems. (3+3)

DC MACHINES: Constructional Details - Principle of Operation of DC Generators - Armature Windings - EMF Equation – Methods of Excitation – Armature Reaction – Compensating Winding – Commutation - No Load Characteristics of DC Generators - Principle of Operation of DC Motors - Torque Equation –Characteristics of DC Motors - Starters – Speed Control of DC Motors – Electrical Braking. (8+8) 10 + 10

TESTING OF DC MACHINES: Losses & Efficiency – Swinburne‘s Test – Separation of Losses. (4+4)

TRANSFORMERS: Single Phase Transformer : Principle of Operation – Construction - EMF Equation - Transformer on No Load and Load - Phasor Diagram - Equivalent Circuit – Voltage Regulation - Losses - Efficiency - All Day Efficiency - Parallel Operation - Three Phase Transformers – Three-Winding Transformers – Phase Conversion - Tap Changing Transformers - Voltage and Current Transformers. (8+8)

TESTING OF TRANSFORMERS: Polarity and Voltage Ratio Tests – Open Circuit and Short Circuit Test – Sumpner‘s Test - Separation of Losses. (3+3)

SINGLE PHASE AUTOTRANSFORMER: Principle of Operation – Equivalent Circuit – Phasor Diagram - Saving of Copper – Conversion of a Two Winding Transformer to an Auto-Transformer. (4+4)

Total L : 30 + T : 30 = 60

TEXT BOOKS: 1. D P Kothari, and I J Nagrath, ―Electric Machines‖, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited, New Delhi, 2013. 2. K Murugesh Kumar, ‖Electrical Machines Vol. 1‖, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi, 2010

REFERENCES: 1. Bimbhra P S, ―Electrical Machinery‖, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2011 2. A E Fitzgerald, Charles Kingsley Jr., and Stephen D. Umans, ―Electric Machinery‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2011. 3. Ashfaq Husain, ―Electric Machines‖, Dhanpat Rai & Co., New Delhi, 2011 4. Bhattacharya S K ―Electrical Machines‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2011.

15E305 DIGITAL ELECTRONICS 4 0 0 4

NUMBER SYSTEMS AND BOOLEAN ALGEBRA: Review of Number Systems –Number representation: Signed ,Unsigned, Fixed point, Floating point. Computer codes-BCD, Gray code, Excess 3 code, Error detection and correction codes, Parity, Hamming codes. Boolean algebra-Basic Postulates and theorems, Switching functions, Canonical forms, Logic gates. (6)

DIGITAL LOGIC FAMILIES: Characteristics of digital ICs – Voltage and current ratings, Noise margin, Propagation delay, Power dissipation. TTL logic family-Inverter-Totem pole, Open collector and tri-state outputs, wired output operations, LS.ALS and Fast sub families-nMOS Inverter, CMOS logic Inverter. High speed CMOS(74HC, 74HCT, 74AHC, 74AHCT logic sub-families) and ECL logic families- Comparison of performance of various logic families. Interfacing TTL and CMOS devices. (9)

COMBINATIONAL LOGIC DESIGN: Standard representation of logic functions- Incompletely specified functions, Simplification of logic functions through K-maps and Quine–McClusky method, Implementation using logic gates. Decoders, Encoders, Multiplexers and Demutiplexers. Implementation of Combinational circuits using Multiplexers and Demultiplexers. Arithmetic circuits: Binary /BCD adders and subtractors, Magnitude comparator. (11)

SEQUENTIAL CIRCUITS: General model of sequential circuits- Latch, Flip-Flops, Level triggering, Edge triggering, Master-slave configuration. Binary counters, Shift register, Ring Counter, Johnson counter, Timing diagram. (8)

Mealy /Moore Models – Concept of state , State diagram, State table – Minimal flip-flop/ one hot realization ,Design of synchronous sequential circuits – Up-down/Modulus counters, Sequence detector. Introduction to Asynchronous Sequential circuits. (9)

PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC DEVICES: Semicustom design – Introduction to PLDs – ROM, PAL, PLA, FPLA, FPLS. Architecture of PLDs – PAL 22V10 - Implementation of digital functions. (8)

INTRODUCTION TO VHDL: Digital design process flow – Entities and Architecture –Concurrent statements – Sequential statements - Behavioral, Dataflow, and structural modeling-simple VHDL codes. (9)

Total L : 60

TEXT BOOKS : 1. Tocci R J, Widmer N and Moss G. ―Digital Systems: Principles and Applications‖, Pearson, New Delhi, 2013. 2. Donald Givone, ―Digital Principles and Design‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi 2012

REFERENCES: 1. Leach D, Malvino A and Goutam Saha, ―Digital Principles and Applications‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi 2013 2. Anand Kumar A, ―Fundamentals of Digital Circuits‖, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi 2013. 3. Nelson V P, Nagle H T, Carroll B D and Irwin J D, ―Digital Logic Circuit Analysis and Design‖, Prentice Hall International, New Jersey, 1996

15M070 ECONOMICS FOR ENGINEERS 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Definition – Nature and Scope - Significance of Economics for Engineers. (4)

DEMAND AND SUPPLY: Demand – Types – Determinants – Law of Demand – Elasticity of Demand – Types – Significance – Supply – Determinants of Supply - Market price determination – Meaning – Methods – Consumer Survey – Trend Projections – Moving average -Case Study in Demand Forecasting. (6)

COST AND REVENUE: Concepts – Classifications – Short run and long run cost curves – Revenue – Concepts – Measurement of Profit – Break Even Analysis - Case Studies. (6)

MARKET STRUCTURE: Types of Market - Perfect Competition – Characteristics –Monopoly –Monopolistic Competition –Oligopoly and Duopoly - Price Discrimination and Product Differentiation under different markets – Price and output determination in short run and long run. (6)

MARKET FAILURE: Causes – Type of Goods – Rivalrous and Non-rivalrous goods – Excludable and Non-excludable goods – Solutions – Government Intervention. (6)

MONEY AND BANKING: Money – Functions – Quantity theory of money – Supply of Money – RBI measure of Money Supply Banking – Functions of Commercial Banks and Central Bank– Commercial Banks and Money Creation. (6)

FOREIGN EXCHANGE: Balance of Payments – Exchange rate determination – Fixed and Flexible Exchange Rates – Meaning and Methods of Exchange Control-Methods of Foreign Payments -International Institutions – IMF, IBRD, WTO – Agreements of WTO and its Impact on Indian Economy. (6)

BUSINESS CYCLE AND NATIONAL INCOME: Meaning – Phases of business cycle - Inflation – Causes – Control measures – Deflation – Stagflation - National Income – Concepts – Methods of calculating national income – Problems in calculating national income. (5)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Dewett. K.K., & Navalur M. H., ―Modern Economic Theory‖, S. Chand and Company Ltd, New Delhi, 2014. 2. Lipsey & Chrystal, ―Economics‖, Oxford University Press, 2010.

REFERENCES: 1. Paul A Samuelson & William, ―Economics‖, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2012. 2. Francis Cherinullem, ―International Economics‖, McGraw Hill Education, 2011. 3. William A McEachern and Simrit Kaur, ―Micro ECON‖, Cengage Learning, 2013. 4. William A McEachern and Indira A., ―Macro ECON‖, Cengage Learning, 2014.

15E310 DC MACHINES & TRANSFORMERS LABORATORY 0 0 4 2 LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 1. Load Characteristics of DC Shunt and Compound Motor. 2. Load Test on DC series motor. 3. Electrical Braking of DC Shunt motor. 4. Load Test on 1-Phase Transformer. 5. Open circuit and Short circuit Tests on 1- Phase Transformer. 6. Sumpner‘s Test on a 1- Phase Transformer. 7. Separation of Losses in a 1- Phase Transformer. 8. Phase relation and polarity test of transformers. 9. Development of LAP/WAVE winding diagram for DC machines 10. Study of starters and three phase transformer connections

Total P : 60 REFERENCE: 1. Laboratory Manual Prepared by EEE Department.

15E311 ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND DIGITAL ELECTRONICS LABORATORY 0 0 4 2

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 1. Characteristics of PN Junction Diode, design and implementation of Clipping and Clamping circuits. 2. Characteristics of Zener diode, design and implementation of Zener diode voltage regulator. 3. Characteristics of BJT and Photo transistor 4. Application of BJT as an amplifier and as a switch. 5. Characteristics of MOSFET and application of MOSFET as a switch. 6. Study of basic digital ICs and implementation of adder and subtractor circuits 7. Design and implementation of code converters 8. Design and implementation of counters and shift registers 9. Study of multiplexer and de-multiplexer, and design of combinational circuits using multiplexer and de-multiplexer 10. Design and implementation of synchronous sequential circuits.

Total P : 60

REFERENCE: 1. Laboratory Manual Prepared by EEE Department.

SEMESTER IV

15E401 PROBABILITY AND RANDOM PROCESSES 3 2 0 4

PROBABILITY: Probability axioms, conditional probability, law of total probability, Baye‘s theorem, independence. (4+4)

RANDOM VARIABLES: Discrete random variables – probability mass function, Bernoulli, Binomial, Poisson and Geometric random variables, cumulative distribution function, expectations. Continuous random variables – probability density function, uniform, exponential, Gaussian and Gamma random variables, expectations. (8+8)

PAIRS OF RANDOM VARIABLES: Joint cumulative distribution function, joint probability mass function, marginal probability mass function, joint probability density function, marginal probability density function, expected values, independent random variables, covariance, correlation and linear regression. (8+5)

SUMS OF RANDOM VARIABLES: Expected values of sums, probability density function of the sum of two random variables, moment generating functions. (7+4)

STOCHASTIC PROCESSES: Types of stochastic processes – Poisson process, Brownian motion process, expected value and correlation, stationary processes, wide sense stationary stochastic processes, cross- correlation, Gaussian processes. (10+6)

RANDOM SIGNAL PROCESSING: Linear filtering of a continuous-time stochastic process, Linear filtering of a random sequence, power spectral density of a continuous-time process, power spectral density of a random sequence. (8+3)

Total L: 45 + T: 30 = 75 TEXT BOOK: 1. Roy D.Yates and David J Goodman, Probability and Stochastic Processes – A friendly Introduction for Electrical and Computer Engineers, John Wiley & Sons, New Delhi, 2012.

REFERENCES: 1. Saeed Ghahramani, Fundamentals of Probability with Stochastic Processes, Prentice Hall, New Jersy, 2014. 2. Sheldon M. Ross, Stochastic Processes, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2008. 3. Athanasios Papoulis and Unnikrishna Pillai S, Probability, Random Variables and Stochastic Processes, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2006. 4. Douglas C. Montgomery and George C. Runger, Applied Statistics and Probability for Engineers, Wiley, Delhi, 2014.

15E402 ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS 3 0 0 3

POWER SUPPLIES: Rectifiers – Half-wave and Full-wave rectifiers, Average and RMS value, Ripple factor, Regulation, Rectification efficiency, Transformer Utility Factor. Filters – Capacitor, Inductor, L-type and Π -type, Ripple Factor, Regulation - Need for voltage regulators - Series and Shunt regulators, Design, Comparison, Current limiting and protection circuits. (10)

WAVE SHAPING: Response of High pass and Low pass RC circuit for sinusoidal, step, pulse, square, ramp and exponential inputs. Linear wave shaping –Integrator, Differentiator. Introduction to pulse transformers and applications. (6)

VOLTAGE AMPLIFIERS: RC-coupled amplifiers - Analysis at low, medium and high frequencies. BIFET amplifiers. DC amplifiers – Problems in DC Amplifiers, BJT Differential amplifier - Differential and Common mode gain, CMRR, MOS Differential amplifier, Cascode and Darlington Amplifiers. (9)

FEEDBACK AMPLIFIERS: Basic concepts of feedback amplifiers – Effect of negative feedback on input and output resistances, gain, gain stability, distortion and bandwidth. Voltage and current feedback circuits. (7)

POWER AMPLIFIERS Power amplifiers– Classification, Class A/B/C, Single ended and Push-pull Configuration, Power dissipation, output power and Conversion efficiency, Complementary symmetry power amplifiers, Class AB operation. (6)

OSCILLATORS AND MULTIVIBRATORS: Oscillators – Barkhausen criteria, RC and LC oscillators using BJT – RC phase shift, Wien bridge oscillators, Hartley and Colpitt‘s oscillators. Frequency stability of oscillators. Crystal oscillators. Non-sinusoidal oscillators – Multivibrators – Bistable, Monostable, Astable multivibrators and Schmitt Trigger using BJT. Introduction to time base circuits: Miller sweep circuit, Bootstrap sweep circuit (7)

Total L : 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Millman J and Halkias C, SatyaBrata JIT, ―Electronic Devices & Circuits‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2012. 2. Boylestead L R and Nashelsky L, "Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory", Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2013. 37

REFERENCES: 1. David A Bell, ―Electronic Devices and Circuits‖, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2013. 2. Adel Sedra, Kenneth.C Smith, ―Microelectronics Circuits: Theory and Applications‖, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2013. 3. Thomas L Floyd, "Electronic Devices", Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2013. 4. Millman J and Taub H, Mothiki S Prakash Rao, ―Pulse, Digital and Switching Waveforms‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2013.

15E403 INDUCTION AND SYNCHRONOUS MACHINES 2 2 0 3

BASIC CONCEPTS IN ROTATING MACHINES Generated EMF – MMF of Distributed AC Windings – Rotating Magnetic Field – Torque in Round Rotor Machine – Basic Operation of Induction and Synchronous Machines. (3+3)

THREE PHASE INDUCTION MACHINES Construction – Types - Principle of Operation – Equivalent Circuit – Phasor Diagram – Power across Air-gap, Torque and Power Output – Slip-Torque Charactersitics - No-Load and Blocked Rotor Tests – Circle Diagram - Methods of Starting of Induction Motors – Cogging and Crawling – Speed Control – Braking - Induction Generators – High Efficiency Induction Motor - Linear Induction Motor (LIM). (6+6)

SINGLE PHASE INDUCTION MOTOR Construction - Principle of Operation – Double Field Revolving Theory – Equivalent Circuit – Methods of Starting – Universal Motor – Repulsion Motor. (4+4)

SYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR Construction – Armature Winding – Winding Factors – EMF Equation – Armature Reaction - Voltage Regulation – Predetermination of Regulation by Synchronous Impedance, MMF, and Potier Methods – Power Flow Equations – Parallel Operations – Synchronization and Synchronizing Power – Synchronizing to Infinite Busbar. (8+8)

TWO REACTION THEORY Salient Pole Machine – Determination of Xd and Xq – Slip Test – Phasor Diagram – Voltage Regulation – Synchronizing Power (Torque). (4+4)

SYNCHRONOUS MOTOR Principle of Operation – Methods of Starting - Phasor Diagrams – Power Flow Equations – Effect of Varying Field Current and Load – V and Inverted V Curves – Synchronous Condenser - Hunting and Suppression Techniques. (5+5)

Total L : 30 + T : 30 = 60

TEXT BOOKS: 1. D P Kothari, and I J Nagrath, ―Electric Machines‖, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited, New Delhi, 2013. 2. K Murugesh Kumar,‖Electrical Machines - II‖, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi, 2010

15E404 COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE 4 0 0 4

REGISTER TRANSFER LANGUAGE AND MICRO-OPERATIONS: Register transfer language – Register, bus and memory transfers – Arithmetic, logic and shift micro-operations – control functions. (6)

BASIC COMPUTER ORGANISATION: Instruction codes – Instructions – Timing and Control – Instruction Cycle : Fetch and Decode , Execution – Typical register and memory reference instructions – Input / Output operations and Interrupt – Design stages. (10)

CENTRAL PROCESSOR ORGANISATION: General register organization – Stack organisation – Instruction formats – Addressing modes – Data transfer and manipulation – Program control – Hard-wired and Micro-programmed Control Implementation – Data path structures – Design Examples - CISC characteristics, RISC Characteristics – RISC pipeline. (12)

ARITHMETIC PROCESSING: Introduction – Binary operations: Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication and Division algorithms – Algorithms for Floating point Arithmetic operations – Algorithms for BCD Arithmetic operations. (11)

MEMORY AND INPUT/OUTPUT ORGANISATION: Basic concepts – Memory Hierarchy – Main memory – Auxiliary memory – Associative memory - Cache Memory – Basic cache structure – Direct, fully associative and set associative mapping – Replacement policies - Virtual memory – paging- Input /Output interface – Modes of data transfer: Programmed I/O and Interrupt driven data transfer – Direct Memory Access – Asynchronous Data transfer – I/O processor. (11)

INTRODUCTION TO PARALLEL PROCESSING: Parallelism in uniprocessor systems – Flynn‘s classification: SISD, SIMD, MISD, MIMD schemes – Principles of Pipelining – Pipeline hazards – Array Processing – Introduction to multiprocessors - Typical Applications. (10)

Total L : 60 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Morris Mano M, ―Computer System Architecture‖, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2013. 2. Carl Hamacher, Zvonko Vranesic, Safwat Zaky, ―Computer Organization‖, McGraw-Hill International, New York, 2015.

REFERENCES: 1. William Stallings, ―Computer Organization and Architecture: Designing for Performance‖, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2014. 2. Hwang K, and Briggs F A, ―Computer Architecture and Parallel Processing‖, Tata McGraw–Hill, New Delhi, 2013.

15E405 CONTROL SYSTEMS 2 2 0 3

SYSTEM REPRESENTATION: Open loop and closed loop systems – Examples, Control system components. Transfer function of physical systems: Mechanical systems - Translational and Rotational systems, Electrical network, Thermal and hydraulic systems. Transfer function of DC servomotor, AC servomotor, Transfer function of overall systems. Block diagram - reduction techniques. Signal flow graphs – Mason‘s gain formula. (6+6)

STATE VARIABLE ANALYSIS: Introduction to state space analysis – Physical variable, Phase variable and Canonical variables forms. Transfer function from state space representation. (2+2)

TIME RESPONSE ANALYSIS: Standard Test signals –Time response of zero, first and second order system, Performance criteria, Type of systems. Steady state error constants – position, velocity and acceleration error constants. Generalized error series – Feedback characteristics of control systems. Controllers – P, PI and PID control modes. Root locus concept, Rules for construction of root loci. (5+6)

FREQUENCY RESPONSE ANALYSIS: Frequency domain specifications – peak resonance, resonant frequency, bandwidth and cut-off rate, correlation between time and frequency responses for second order systems. Polar plot, Bode plot – Gain Margin and Phase Margin. (5+6)

STABILITY OF SYSTEMS: Characteristic equation – Location of roots of characteristic equation – Absolute stability and Relative stability. Routh Hurwitz criterion of stability – Necessary and sufficient conditions. Nyquist Stability- Principle of argument – Nyquist path – Nyquist stability criterion and determination of stability – Assessment of relative stability-Stability analysis using Bode Plot and Nichols Chart. Introduction to Compensators Lag, Lead and Lag-Lead Compensators – Transfer function and Characteristics (9+10)

INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS : Basic Elements of discrete data control systems, advantages of discrete data control systems, examples, Sampling, Data reconstruction, sample and hold devices, Zero order hold, first order Hold. (3+0)

Total L : 30 + T : 30 = 60 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Gopal M, ―Control Systems – Principles and Design‖ Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2013. 2. Norman S Nise, ―Control System Engineering ―, John Wiley & Sons, New Delhi, 2013.

REFERENCES: 1. Benjamin Kuo, ―Automatic Control Systems‖, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2010. 2. Dazzo J J, Houpis C H, ―Linear Control System Analysis and Design‖, McGraw-Hill, Inc, 1995. 3. Ogata K, ―Modern Control Engineering‖, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2013

15E410 INDUCTION AND SYNCHRONOUS MACHINES LABORATORY 0 0 4 2 LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 1. Load Test on 1- Phase and 3-Phase Induction Motors 2. No load Test and Blocked Rotor Test on 3-Phase Induction Motor (circle diagram) 3. Electrical Braking of 3-Phase Induction Motor 4. Load Test on 3-phase Alternator and determination of Voltage regulation 5. Predetermination of voltage regulation of Alternator by EMF and MMF Methods 6. Predetermination of voltage regulation of Alternator by ZPF Method 7. Predetermination of voltage regulation of Alternator by Bus bar Loading 8. Determination of V and Inverted V Curves of Synchronous Motor 9. Load test on 3-Phase Induction Generator 10. Predetermination of voltage regulation of Salient Pole Alternator by Blondel‘s Method Total P : 60

REFERENCE: 1. Laboratory Manual Prepared by EEE Department.

15E411 ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS & CONTROL SYSTEMS LABORATORY 0 0 4 2

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 1. Study of half-wave and full-wave rectifier with and without capacitor filter 2. Design and Implementation of Series Voltage Regulator 3. Design and Implementation of Multi-stage amplifier 4. Design and Implementation of Class B Push-Pull amplifier 5. Design and Implementation of RC phase shift oscillator 6. Transfer function of DC Motor a) Armature Control Mode b) Field Control Mode. 7. Transfer function of AC Servomotor 8. Time & Frequency Response of the Systems using MATLAB. 9. Study of response of first and second order system using linear system simulator. 10. Design of PID Controller using tuning methods in MATLAB.

Total P : 60 REFERENCE: 1. Laboratory Manual Prepared by EEE Department.

SEMESTER V

15E501 ELECTRICAL MACHINE DESIGN 2 2 0 3

MATERIALS, HEATING, COOLING AND VENTILATION FOR ELECTRICAL MACHINES: Types of Electrical and magnetic materials for transformer and rotating machines- different types of electric grade steel - Insulating materials for LV and HV Machines. Modes of heat transfer – Temperature rise-time relation, Heating and cooling curves – types of enclosures – Methods of cooling and ventilation of rotating electrical machines -thermal rating of machine -duty type. (6+4)

GENERAL ASPECTS: Design considerations – specifications of transformer and rotating electrical machines as per Indian and IEC standards. Output equation for rotating machines and transformer – choice of specific electric and magnetic loadings – separation of D and L for the rotating machines. (3+3)

MAGNETIC CIRCUIT CALCULATIONS : B-H curves - Core losses – Iron loss curves -MMF for air gap – Effect of slots and ducts – Net iron length - MMF for teeth – Estimation of mmf for tapered teeth - Net iron MMF for AC machines – Real and Apparent flux densities – magnetic circuit leakage calculations – leakage reactance – leakage reactance in transformer (4+5)

TRANSFORMERS : Output equation – Design of core and winding – Window and Yoke dimensions – Overall dimensions – No load current calculation -Temperature rise of Transformers- Design of tanks and cooling tubes – Design of welding transformer - Arc welding transformer‘s design procedure – Design of current and potential transformers. (5+5)

INDUCTION MOTORS: Three Phase Induction Motor - Length of air-gap – Stator design – Selection of the motor frame and its size – Conductor and slot dimensions – Design of cage and wound rotor – No-load current calculation – Stator and rotor resistance – Leakage reactance – Dispersion coefficient. Single Phase Induction Motor - Design of stator – Design of main winding and starting winding for the capacitor-start and run type motor –Rotor design. (7+8)

SYNCHRONOUS MACHINES: Salient pole machines – Pole construction – Run-away speed – Armature design – Short circuit ratio – Air-gap length – Design of rotor and field winding – Estimation of total mmf required and magnetizing current. Turbo- alternator – Design of stator and rotor - Cooling of large sized turbo-alternators (5+5)

Total L : 30 + T : 30 = 60 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Sawhney A K, Chakrabarti A, "A Course in Electrical Machine Design", Dhanpat Rai & Company, New Delhi, 2010. 2. R.K. Agarwal, ― Principles Of Electrical Machine Design‖ S. K. Kataria & Sons, 2009

REFERENCES: 1. Mittle V N and Mittle A, ‗Design of Electrical Machines‘, Standard Publications and Distributors, New Delhi, 2009. 2. M.V.Deshpande,‖Design and Testing of Electrical Machines‖ Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2010. 3. Shanmugasundaram A, Gangadharan G and Palani R, "Electrical Machine Design Data Book", New Age International Publishers, New Delhi, 2011.

15E502 MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS 2 2 0 3

ARCHITECTURE AND PROGRAMMING OF 8085 MICROPROCESSOR: Evolution of Microprocessor – Need for a microprocessor, Criteria for selecting a microprocessor, System Block Diagram, Hardware / Software requirements. Functional Block diagram of 8085, Internal Bus systems – Bus Buffers- Timing and Control Signals - Instruction formats – Addressing modes – Instruction set – Need for Assembly language – Development of Assembly language programs – Machine cycles and Timing diagrams. (7+7)

MEMORY AND I/O INTERFACING WITH 8085 : Interface requirements – Address space partitioning – Buffering of Buses – Timing constraints - Memory control signals – Read and write cycles -Typical EPROM and RAM Interfacing - I/O Interfacing - Data transfer schemes - 8255 Programmable Peripheral Interface – DMA Controller - Interfacing simple keyboards and LED displays. (5+5)

INTERRUPTS : Interrupt feature – Need for interrupts - Characteristics of Interrupts – Types of Interrupts – Interrupt structure – Methods of servicing interrupts - Development of Interrupt service subroutines – Multiple interrupt requests and their handling. (4+0)

8051 MICROCONTROLLER: Architecture – Memory Organisation – Structure of Ports – Addressing modes – Instruction set – Timers – Serial Port – Interrupts- Power Saving Modes - Assembly Language Programming. (3+6)

INTERFACING PERIPHERALS WITH 8051 MICROCONTROLLER: Introduction to Embedded Systems – Embedded Software Development Tools – Embedded C Programming - Interfacing of LED, Seven Segment Display, LCD display – Keyboard Interfacing – ADC , DAC, Relay and Sensors Interfacing (7+9)

APPLICATIONS: Motor Control: DC Motor, Stepper Motor, Measurement of Electrical Quantities: Voltage, Current, Frequency, Power and Energy (4+3)

Total L : 30 + T : 30 = 60

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Ramesh S Gaonkar, ―Microprocessor Architecture: Programming and Applications with the 8085‖, Penram International Publishing , Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2011. 2. Muhammed Ali Mazidi, Janice Gillispie Mazidi, Rolin D Mckinlay "The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems", Pearson Education India, New Delhi, 2011.

REFERENCES: 1. Douglas V Hall, ―Microprocessors and Interfacing: Programming and Hardware‖, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2010. 2. Subrata Ghoshal, ―8051 Microcontroller: Internals, Instructions, Programming and Interfacing‖, Pearson Education India, New Delhi, 2010 3. Kenneth Ayala, "The 8051 Microcontroller", Cengage Learning, 2005.

15E503 LINEAR ICs AND APPLICATIONS 4 0 0 4

OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER CHARACTERISTICS: Functional Block Diagram – Symbol, Characteristics of an ideal operational amplifier, transfer characteristics, Circuit schematic of µA 741, Open loop gain, CMRR-input bias and offset currents, input and output offset voltages, offset compensation techniques. Frequency response, characteristics – stability, limitations, frequency compensation, slew rate. Transfer characteristics. (10)

LINEAR APPLICATIONS OF OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS: Inverting and Non-inverting amplifiers – Voltage follower, Summing amplifier, Differential amplifier, Instrumentation amplifier. Integrator and Differentiator – Practical considerations. Voltage to Current and Current to Voltage converters, Phase changers. Sinusoidal oscillators. Active filters – Design of low pass, high pass, wide band pass and Band stop Butterworth filters, Narrow band pass and notch filters. (12)

NON-LINEAR APPLICATIONS OF OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS AND SINGLE POWER SUPPLY OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS: Comparator – Regenerative comparator, Zero crossing detector, Window detector, Sample and hold circuit, Precision diode, Half and Full wave rectifiers, Active peak detector, Clipper and Clamper, Logarithmic, Exponential amplifiers and Multiplier, Square, and Triangular waveform generators. : Need for single power supply operational amplifiers – LM324, AC Inverting and Non-Inverting amplifiers, Applications - Introduction to FPAA (Field Programmable analog array). (14)

IC VOLTAGE REGULATORS: Block diagram of 723 general purpose voltage regulator – Circuit configurations, Current limiting schemes, Output current boosting, Fixed and adjustable three terminal regulators, Switching regulators. (8)

SPECIAL FUNCTION ICs: 555 Timer Functional block diagram and description – Monostable and Astable operation, Applications, 566 Voltage Controlled Oscillator, Analog Multiplier, Comparator ICs. PLL Functional Block diagram – Principle of operation, Building blocks of PLL, Characteristics, Derivations of expressions for Lock and Capture ranges, Applications: Frequency synthesis, AM and FM detection, FSK demodulator, Motor speed control. (10)

A-D and D-A CONVERTERS: DAC/ADC performance characteristics – Digital to Analog Converters: Binary weighted and R-2R Ladder types – Analog to digital converters: Continuous, Counter ramp, Successive approximation, Single slope, Dual slope and Flash Type. (6)

Total L : 60 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Adel Sedra, Kenneth.C Smith, ―Microelectronic Circuits‖, Oxford University Press,New Delhi,2010. 2. Roy Choudhury and Shail Jain, ―Linear Integrated Circuits‖, New Age International, New Delhi, 2010

REFERENCES: 1. Gayakwad A R,‖ OP-Amps and Linear Integrated circuits‖, Prentice Hall India, New Delhi, 2010 2. Coughlin F R, and Driscoll F F, ―Operational Amplifiers and Linear Integrated Circuits‖, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2010 3. Michael Jacob J, ―Applications and Design with Analog Integrated Circuits‖, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2010. 4. http://www.anadigm.com

15E504 POWER ELECTRONICS AND APPLICATIONS 3 0 0 3

POWER SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES: Introduction - Power Diodes - Power Transistors - Power MOSFETs - IGBTs - Thyristor family: SCRs, Triacs, GTOs, IGCT - Static and Dynamic characteristics –Introduction to intelligent power module- Protection circuits - Series and parallel connections – Interpretation of power device data sheet. (8)

AC TO DC CONVERTERS: Uncontrolled Bridge Rectifiers: Single Phase and Three Phase Uncontrolled Rectifier with R, RL and RLE load - Continuous and Discontinuous Mode of operation - Average, RMS load voltage and load current, input power factor. Controlled Bridge Rectifiers – Single Phase and Three Phase (no analysis) Half and Fully Controlled Bridge Rectifier with R, RL and RLE load -– effect of free-wheeling diode - Continuous and Discontinuous Mode of operation - Average, RMS load voltage and load current, input power factor – Dual converters – HVDC Transmission-Introduction to Improved Single-Phase and Three-phase Utility Interface- working principle of passive filters, single phase UPF rectifier and three phase PWM rectifier (no analysis). (10)

AC TO AC CONVERTERS: Single phase full wave controller with R and RL load - Estimation of RMS load voltage, RMS load current and input power factor - Three phase AC voltage controllers (No analysis) (6)

DC TO DC CONVERTERS: Introduction - Time ratio control - Principle of step-up and step-down operation - Two quadrant and four quadrant DC choppers with R, RL and RLE load - Estimation of average load voltage and load current for continuous current operation –Switched mode power Converter – Ideal buck converter (steady state analysis) – Fly-Back Type Switched Mode Power Supply (no analysis)- SMPS (Half and full bridge) (8)

DC TO AC CONVERTERS: Types - Voltage source and current source inverters - Single phase bridge inverters - Three phase bridge inverters - Control of AC output voltage - Harmonic reduction- UPS. (7)

CONTROL CIRCUITS: Functional requirements of switching control circuits - Generation of control signals for single phase AC to DC converters - Cosine wave crossing control, ramp comparator approach. Generation of timing pulses for DC choppers - power converter control using microcontrollers. (6)

Total L : 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Rashid M H, "Power Electronics – Circuits, Devices and Applications", Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2011. 2. P.S.Bimbhra, ―Power Electronics‖, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2006.

REFERENCES: 1. Ned Mohan, Tore M. Undeland, William P. Robbins, ‖Power Electronics: Converters, Applications, and Design‖, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, 2003. 2. Vedam Subramanyam, "Power Electronics", New Age International, New Delhi, 1996 3. Joseph Vithayathil, "Power Electronics", Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2010 4. M.D.Singh and K.B.Khanchandani, ―Power Electronics‖, Tata McGraw Hills Publishing Company Limited, 2006.

15E505 MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTATION 3 0 0 3

STANDARDS AND UNITS : SI units – units for charge, voltage, current, power, energy, flux. Standards – brief Introduction. Static characteristics: –Acccuracy, Precision, Sensitivity and Resolution and dynamic characteristics:- speed of response and fidelity. (5)

ANALOG INDICATING METERS-D‘Arsonval Galvanometer. Moving iron: attraction and repulsion type instruments, errors. Moving coil instruments – Permanent magnet moving coil instruments, Dynamometer type moving coil Instruments, Torque equations and errors. Extension of ranges, use of shunts and Instrument Transformers. (9) 42

MEASUREMENT OF POWER AND ENERGY: Dynamometer type wattmeter – Torque expression, Errors. Energy meters, Calibration of energy meters. Measurement of power using Instrument Transformers. Maximum demand indicator, Power factor meter, Synchroscope. (8)

MEASUREMENT OF R-L-C: Resistance measurement – Kelvin double bridge, Wheatstone bridge, substitution method, Loss of charge method, Guard Wire method. Measurement of inductance and capacitance – Maxwell, Anderson, and Schering bridge. Measurement of Earth resistance. megger. (8)

INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEMS: Elements of Instrumentation systems - Transducers – Classifications, Principle of operation of Resistance potentiometer, Strain Gauge, Inductive and capacitive transducers, LVDT, Piezo-electric transducers. Encoders. Hall effect sensors, and photo sensors and its applications. Measurement of Pressure – High Pressure and low pressure measurement. Measurement of Temperature - Resistance thermometers, thermistors and thermocouples. (9)

ELECTRONIC LABORATORY INSTRUMENTS: Electronic voltmeter – Digital voltmeter of ramp and integrating types. Digital Multimeter, digital three phase Realpower and Energy measurement-Digital methods of measurement of R-L-C by DC and AC Bridges.Spectrum Analyser, Harmonic Distortion Analyser, Function Generator, Dual channel Oscilloscope, Digital storage Oscilloscope. (6)

Total L : 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Sawhney A K, ―A Course in Electrical and Electronic Measurement and Instrumentation‖, Dhanpat Rai & Sons, New Delhi, 2011. 2. Doeblin E O and Dhanesh N Manik, ―Measurement Systems", McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2012.

REFERENCES: 1. David A. Bell, ―Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements‖, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2012. 2. Rangan C S, Sharma G R, Mani V S, ‗Instrumentation Devices and Systems‘, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2004

15E510 POWER ELECTRONICS & LINEAR ICs LABORATORY 0 0 4 2 LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 1. Characteristics of MOSFET, IGBT,SCR and TRIAC 2. Single phase and three phase Diode Bridge Rectifier with R and RL load 3. Single phase fully controlled Thyristor converter with R and RL load 4. DC Chopper with R and RL load 5. Single phase AC Voltage controller with R and RL load 6. Characteristics and applications of Op-Amp: Slew rate, Adder, Subtractor, zero crossing detector, Differentiator and integrator. 7. Waveform Generation using OP- Amp (Square ,Rectangular, triangular and sinusoidal) 8. Performance characteristics of Voltage regulator ICs. 9. Study of 555 timer and 566 VCO. 10. Design and implementation of Active filters. Total P : 60 REFERENCE: 1. Laboratory Manual Prepared by EEE Department.

15E511 MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY 0 0 2 1

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 1. Arithmetic and Logical Operations in 8085 Microprocessor 2. Table Processing using 8085 Microprocessor 3. Waveform Generation using 8255 PPI and DAC 4. Interfacing of I/O Devices with 8085 Microprocessor 5. Arithmetic and Logical Operations in 8051 Microcontroller 6. Waveform Generation using on-chip timer in 8051 7. Establishing Communication between 8051 microcontroller and PC using UART 8. Interfacing I/O Devices with 8051 Microcontroller 9. Interfacing of Temperature sensor with 8051 Microcontroller 10. Stepper Motor Control using 8051 Microcontroller

Total P : 30 REFERENCE: 1. Laboratory Manual Prepared by EEE Department.

15E512 MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTATION LABORATORY 0 0 2 1 LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

1. Extension and calibration of Instrument ranges 2. Calibration of Energy meter using phantom loading method 3. Measurement of Resistances using Wheat Stone and Kelvin‘s Double Bridge 4. Measurement of Self-Inductance and Capacitance using AC Bridges 5. Determining Burden-Current characteristics of a CT 6. Calibration of Temperature sensors (RTD / thermo couple / thermistor) 7. Measurement of linear displacement using LVDT and Measurement of strain using Strain gauge. 8. Power Quality analysis using portable meters. 9. Measurement of a physical variable using PC 10. Measurement of pressure using load cell

Total P : 30 REFERENCE: 1. Laboratory Manual Prepared by EEE Department.

SEMESTER VI

15E601 ELECTRIC DRIVES AND CONTROL 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRIC DRIVES: History and development of electric drives, Characteristics of Electrical & mechanical loads, Classification of electric drives, Basic elements & advantages of variable speed drives. Modes of operation, closed loop control of drives - Selection of power rating for drive motors with regard to thermal overloading and load variation. (8)

DC DRIVES: Speed control of DC motors - Chopper fed DC drives - Single, two and four quadrant operations. (4)

INDUCTION MOTOR DRIVES: Speed control of 3 phase Induction Motors - Stator control: PWM &V/f control, rotor control: Rotor resistance control - Static control of rotor resistance using DC chopper - Static Krammer and Scherbius drives – Introduction to Vector Controlled Induction Motor Drives. (8)

SYNCHRONOUS MOTOR AND BLDC MOTOR DRIVES: Speed control of 3 phase Synchronous Motors - True synchronous and self-controlled modes of operation - PMSM: principle-flux density distribution-Types. BLDC motor : Principle-drive scheme - converter topologies. (7)

RELUCTANCE MOTOR DRIVES: DC servo drives -principle of operation - AC servo drives- principle of operation - Stepper motor – principle of operation –SRM drives - principle of operation - drives. Introduction to synRM drives. (8)

DIGITAL CONTROL AND DRIVE APPLICATIONS: Digital techniques in speed control - Advantages and limitations - Microprocessor/Microcontroller and PLC based control of drives, networking of drives - Selection of drives and control schemes for Steel rolling mills, Paper mills, Cement mills, Machine tools, Lifts and Cranes. Solar and battery powered drives. (10)

Total L : 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Dubey G K, "Fundamentals of Electrical Drives", Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 2012. 2. Bose B K, ―Modern Power Electronics and AC Drives", Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2009.

REFERENCES: 1. Ion Boldea and Nasar S A‖, Electric Drives‖, CRC Press LLC, New York, 2005. 2. Krishnan R, ―Electric Motor Drives: Modeling, Analysis and Control, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2010 3. Vedam Subramanyam, ―Electric Drives: Concepts and Applications‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2011.

15E602 DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING 2 2 0 3

DISCRETE-TIME SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS: Need and benefits of Digital Signal Processing –Signal classification and basic operations on them – LTI system –Impulse response - Convolution sum and Correlation - I/O relationship - determination of Impulse response and Step response using Z transformation - A Typical DSP system. (6+10)

DISCRETE TRANSFORMS: Fourier Series and Fourier Transform - Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) - Properties – DIT - FFT and DIF - FFT radix2 algorithms- linear filtering via circular convolution-inverse FFT. (6+6)

DESIGN OF IIR DIGITAL FILTERS: Characteristics and applications of IIR filters - Design techniques for analog filters-frequency transformation-Digital IIR filter design: impulse invariant and bilinear transform methods – Canonical forms of Realization : direct, cascade, and parallel forms. (5+5)

DESIGN OF FIR FILTERS: Characteristics and applications of FIR filters - FIR filter design using Window functions - Canonical forms of Realization. (4+4)

FINITE WORD LENGTH EFFECTS: A/D quantization noise – Product round off errors - Finite word length effects in IIR filters and FFT algorithms. (3+3)

GENERAL-PURPOSE DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSORS: Computer architectures for signal processing – pipelining - hardware multiplier – accumulator - special instructions - extended parallelism : SIMD, VLIW, and super scalar processing. (6+2)

Total = L :30 + T :30 = 60 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Lonnie C Ludeman, ―Fundamental of Digital Signal Processing‖, Wiley India, New Delhi, 2011. . 2. Emmanuel C Ifeachor, Barrie W Jervis, ―Digital Signal Processing, A practical approach‖, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2004.

REFERENCES : 1. John G Proakis, ―Digital Signal Processing : Principles , Algorithms, and Applications‖, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2012 2. Sanjit K Mitra, ―Digital Signal Processing, A Computer based Approach‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2010.

15E603 GENERATION, TRANSMISSION, AND DISTRIBUTION 4 0 0 4

POWER GENERATION: Structure of Electric Power System, Generation, Transmission & Distribution Scenario - Types of generation, Generating Stations: Thermal Power Plant, Hydro Power Plant, Gas Power Plant, Nuclear Power Plant, Renewable Energy Systems - Load capacity factor - Connected load factor - Load duration curve - Selection of units - Cost of generation - Tariffs. (10)

TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS AND LINE PARAMETERS: Various systems of transmission – Advantages of high transmission voltages – Introduction to HVDC Transmission - Comparison of conductor materials required for various overhead systems. Electrical constants - Resistance, Inductance and capacitance of Single and 3 Phase lines - Effects of earth on capacitance - Skin effect - Proximity effect - Transposition - Bundled conductors –Typical Configuration of Line Supports and Conductor Types. (15)

MODELLING AND PERFORMANCE OF TRANSMISSION LINES: Short and medium transmission lines - Phasor diagrams - Nominal T and Pi methods - Line regulation - Efficiency. Rigorous solution for long line - ABCD constants - Ferranti effect - Tuned power lines - Surge impedance and surge impedance loading. (10)

LINE INSULATORS: Insulators - Types - Potential distribution over a string of suspension insulators - Methods of increasing string efficiency. testing of insulators. Corona – Factors affecting corona – Stress and Sag in overhead lines – causes. (10)

UNDERGROUND CABLES: Types - Capacitance and insulation resistance - Sheath effects - Grading - Stresses –Comparison between overhead lines and underground cables. (5)

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS: Substations and its Types – Typical Key Diagram of a 11kV / 400V Substation, Feeders, distributors and service mains - Radial and ring main systems - Calculation of voltage in distributors with concentrated and distributed loads-AC single phase and three phase systems. (10)

Total L : 60 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Mehta V K, Rohit Mehta , "Principles of Power Systems", S.Chand & Co., New Delhi, 2011 2. Duncan Glover J, Mulukutla S. Sarma, Thomas Jeffrey Overbye, Thomas J. Overbye, ―Power System Analysis and Design‖, Thomson Learning, New Delhi, 2008.

REFERENCES: 1. Soni M L, Gupta P V, Bhatnagar U S and Chakrabarthi A, "A Text Book on Power System Engineering", Dhanpat Rai & Co., New Delhi, 2013. 2. Uppal S L, "Electrical Power Systems ", Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2009. 3. Wadhwa C L, "Electrical Power Systems", New Age International, New Delhi, 2012. 4. Kothari D P and Nagrath J, ‖Power System Engineering‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2008

15E604 DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS 2 2 0 3

INTRODUCTION TO DATASTRUCTURES: Data types - Primitive data structures - Linear and non-linear data structures - Data structure operations - Data structures in C language. INTRODUCTION TO ALGORITHMS: Algorithms - Analysis of Algorithms – best case, average case, and worst case complexities – Big O notation – Pseudo code for algorithms – Simple algorithms and their analysis. (3+2)

INTRODUCTION TO OBJECT-ORIENTATION & C++: Characteristics of Object–oriented Programming – Encapsulation – Inheritance – Polymorphism – Aggregation – Implementation using C++. (4+8)

ARRAY, STACK, & QUEUES: Arrays – storage structure for 1-D and 2-D arrays. Sparse matrix -Stacks - Array implementation of stacks - stack operations - Applications - Conversion of infix expressions to polish notation - Parenthesis checking - Array implementation of strings - Operation on strings. Array implementation - Queue operations -Types - Dequeues - Priority queues. (5+4)

LINKED LIST: Operation of linear list - Linked list – Linked Implementation of stacks and queues - Circular list – Doubly-linked list - List with header node – Use of malloc () function in C. (4+2)

TREES: Definitions - Binary trees - Operations on binary trees - Storage representation – Threaded binary tree - Application of trees - Manipulation of arithmetic expression - Huffman's algorithm. (4+4)

SORTING & SEARCHING: Exchange Sorting: Bubble sort, quick sort –Selection sorting: Straight selection sort, Binary tree sort, Heap sort - Insertion sorting: Simple insertion sort, Shell sort, Address calculation sort – Merge sort – Radix sort. SEARCHING: Linear search - Binary search – Tree searching: Binary search tree, Insertion & Deletion of an element, Efficiency – Hashing - Introduction to Multiway search trees. (10+10)

Total = L :30 + T :30 = 60 TEXT BOOKS : 1. Yedidayah Langsam, Moshe J. Augenstein and Aaron M.Tanenbaum, "Data Structures using C and C++", PHI Learning, New Delhi, 2013. 2. Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Sahni, and Susan Anderson Freed, "Fundamentals of Data structures in C", Universities Press, Hyderabad, 2014.

REFERENCES : 1. Thomas H Cormen, Charles E Leiserson and Ronald L Rivest ―Introduction to Algorithms‖, PHI Learning, New Delhi, 2014. 2. Jean Paul Tremblay and Paul G Sorenson, "An Introduction to Data Structures with Applications" Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2012. 3. Lipschutz S., and Pai GA, ―Data Structures‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2013.

15E610 POWER CONVERTER DESIGN AND DRIVES LABORATORY 0 0 2 1

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 1. Sinusoidal Pulse Width Modulation Inverter with voltage control and v/f control mode 2. Performance analysis of Three phase AC voltage controller with R and RL load 3. Performance analysis of Three phase fully controlled Thyristor converter with R and RL load 4. Design of pulse generation circuits for AC to DC converters 5. Design of PWM pulse generation circuit for DC to DC converters 6. Performance analysis of Voltage/Frequency control of an Induction motor 7. Performance Analysis of Induction Motor drive 8. Performance Analysis of PMSIM drive 9. Performance Analysis of SynRM drive 10. Simulation of Induction/DC motor drive Total P : 30 REFERENCE: 1. Laboratory Manual, Prepared by EEE Department, 2015

15E611 DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING & DATA STRUCTURES LABORATORY 0 0 2 1

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

1. Computation of Convolution sum 2. Computation of Impulse response and frequency response of the LTI system 3. Computation of DFT 46

4. Design of IIR filters by BLT method and Impulse Invariant method 5. Design of FIR filters using windows 6. Implementation of stack using Array & linked list 7. Implementation of Queue using Array & linked list 8. Implementation of Sorting Algorithms : Bubble sort, Quick sort, Insertion sort and Shell sort 9. Creation of Binary Search Tree. Search and delete any element in the binary search tree. 10. Tree based Sorting : Binary search tree based sort, Heap sort Total P : 30 REFERENCE: 1. Laboratory Manual, Prepared by EEE Department, 2015

15E612 INTERNSHIP – II & INNOVATION PRACTICES 0 0 4 2 Students will  Learn about current practices in product / process development  Identify key issues, priorities, and tasks  Perform literature survey, including Patents  Perform feasibility analysis  Develop prototypes and test or Re-use recent innovations systematically and submit a report.

SEMESTER VII

15E701 POWER SYSTEMS PROTECTION & SWITCH GEAR 4 0 0 4

INTRODUCTION: Principles and need for protective schemes – nature and cause of faults – types of fault – three phase short circuit of an alternator ; generator reactances -short circuit capacity-current limiting reactors. CTs and PTs and their applications in their protection schemes. (8)

PROTECTIVE RELAYS: Definition - Requirement of relays - Universal relay torque equation - IDMT relays : Non-directional and directional over current IDMT relays – Earth fault relays - Distance relays: Impedance, Mho and Reactance relays - Differential protection - Negative sequence relays - Pilot (Translay) relay – Phase comparison Carrier current protection – Under frequency relays - Introduction to static relays - Microprocessor and computer based protective relaying. (12)

APPARATUS AND LINE PROTECTION: Alternator, transformer, Busbar and motor protection schemes – Feeder Protection: radial and ring main system. Microprocessor based protective schemes. (10)

CIRCUIT BREAKERS: Functions of switchgear - Elementary principles of arc extinction - Arc control devices - Recovery voltage and restriking voltage - current chopping and capacitance current breaking – Oil circuit breakers, air break, air blast, and sulphur hexafluoride and vacuum circuit breakers – Fuses: types-selection-discrimination - HVDC breakers - Rating - Testing of circuit breakers - Introduction to IEC standards for MCB, MCCB. (10)

SURGE AND SURGE PROTECTION: Causes of overvoltages - Lightning phenomenon – Traveling waves on transmission lines - Over voltage due to lightning - Protections against lightning - Lightning arresters – Types - Lightning arrester selection - Surge absorbers. (10)

EARTHING AND INSULATION CO-ORDINATION: Solid, resistance and reactance Earthing - Arc suppression coil - Earthing transformers – Introduction to IEC standards for earthing (TT, TN, IT) - Earth wires - Insulation co-ordination: Definition - Determination of line insulation - Insulation levels of sub-station equipment - Co-ordination amongst items of substation equipment - Introduction to Indian Electricity rules. (10)

Total L : 60 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Badri Ram and Vishwakarma D N , ―Power System Protection and Switchgear‖ Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi , 2011. 2. Ravindranath B and Chander M, ―Power System Protection and Switchgear‖, New Age International, New Delhi, July 2011.

REFERENCES: 1. Soni M L, Gupta P V, Bhatnagar U S and Chakrabarti A, "A Text Book on Power Systems Engineering", Dhanpat Rai & Co., New Delhi, 2013. 2. Sunil S Rao, "Switchgear Protection and Power Systems", Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2012. 3. Y.G. Paithankar and S.R. Bhide,‖ Fundamentals of Power System Protection‖,PHI Learning Private Limited, New Delhi,2010. 4. Cooper bus man Application note 47

15E702 POWER SYSTEM ANALYSIS 2 2 0 3

POWER SYSTEM MODELING& PER UNIT SYSTEM: Modeling of synchronous machines , transformers, transmission lines and loads - single line diagram- Per unit representation – advantages – per unit impedance of Two winding and three winding Transformers – Per unit reactance diagram. (4+4)

NETWORK FORMULATION: Primitive network and its representation – bus incidence matrix – Formation of YBus – direct, step by step and singular transformation methods -  equivalent circuit of transformer with off-nominal tap ratio - Formation of Zbus by building algorithm. (4+6)

SHORT CIRCUIT STUDIES: Types of faults – Symmetrical components - Algorithms for fault calculations –– positive, negative and zero sequence networks – Formation of sequence impedance matrices – Analysis of Symmetrical and unsymmetrical fault using Zbus. (4+6)

LOAD FLOW STUDIES: Formulation of load flow problem - bus classification – Load flow solution by Gauss - Seidal, Newton - Raphson and Fast decoupled methods - Comparison -. Computation of slack bus power, transmission loss and line flow. (4+6)

STABILITY STUDIES: Steady state and transient stability -Stability limit - Swing equation and its solution by modified Euler and Runge-Kutta methods - Equal area criterion and its Application – Critical clearing angle - Factors affecting stability -methods of improving transient stability - voltage instability : definition and causes. (4+6)

POWER SYSTEM COMPENSATION: Need of compensation - load and line compensation- compensation technique: series and shunt -Flexible AC Transmission Systems(FACTS) – Advantages – FACT Controllers - Static Var compensator(SVC) – Static Synchronous compensator(STATCOM)- Thyristor controlled series compensator(TCSC)-Unified power flow controller(UPFC) - Power quality – definition and causes of power quality problem – Application of FACTS controllers for power quality improvement in distribution system. (6+6)

Total L : 30 + T : 30 = 60

TEXT BOOKS : 1. Hadi Saadat,‖Power System Analysis‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2011 2. D.P.Kothari, I.J.Nagrath, ―Modern Power System Analysis‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2013.

REFERENCES : 1. Gupta B R, "Power System Analysis and Design", S.Chand & Co., New Delhi, 2011 2. Abhijit Chakrabarti, Sunita Halder, ―Power System Analysis, Operation and Control‖, Prentice Hall, India, New Delhi, 2012. 3. M.A.PAI , ― Computer Techniques in Power System Analysis‖ Tata McGraw-Hill, 2006 4. Roger C.Dugan,‖Electrical power systems quality, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2012

15E703 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: What is Environmental Science – Introduction to Environmental Engineering – Environmental Systems Overview – Environment (Protection) Act , 1986 – Environmental Ethics. Materials And Energy Balances : Introduction – Unifying Theories – Materials Balances - Energy Balances - Environmental Impact Assessment – Environmental Management Standard ISO 14000.(8)

SUSTAINABLE ENERGY, MINERAL AND SOIL RESOURCES: Energy Resources – Mineral Resources – Soil Resources – Parameters of Soil Sustainability – Soil Conservation. Ecosystems: Human Influences on Ecosystems – Energy and Mass Flow – Nutrient Cycles – Population Dynamics – Biodiversity – Values and Benefits of Biodiversity – Threat to Biodiversity – Conservation of Biodiversity (8)

WATER QUALITY ENGINEERING: The Nature of Water Quality Problems: Rivers and Streams, Lakes and Reservoirs, Ground Water, and Oceans and Estuaries – Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 – Engineered Water Quality Systems – Physical Treatment Method: Sedimentation – Chemical and Physicochemical Treatment Method: Disinfection – Biological Waste Water Treatment: Activated Sludge. (6)

AIR QUALITY ENGINEERING: Nature of Air Pollution Problems: Criteria Pollutants, Hazardous Air Pollutants, Acid Deposition, Petrochemical Smog, Indoor Air Quality and Global Change – Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 - Air Pollutant Emissions and Controls: Characterising .Emissions, Pollutant Generation by Combustion and Motor Vehicle Emissions – Treatment Technology: Particle Control Device (6)

NOISE POLLUTION: Introduction – Sound Power and Intensity –Relative Scale of Sound Pressure Levels – Characterisation of Noise - . Effects of Noise on People, Effects on Performance, Noise Control: Source-Path-Receiver Concept: Control of Noise Source by Design, Noise Control in Transmission Path, Control of Noise Source by Redress, Protect the Receiver

Global Atmospheric Change: The Atmosphere of Earth – Global Temperature: Orbital Variations and Sunspots, A Simple Global Temperature Model - The Greenhouse Effect – Global Energy Balance – Carbon Credit (9)

ELECTRONIC WASTE MANAGEMENT: Introduction - producer responsibility legislation – the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) directive – the RoHS directive – WEEE health and safety implications – Materials Used In Manufacturing Electrical And Electronic Products : Where do RoHS Proscribed Materials Occur - Soldering and the Move to Lead-free Assembly – Printed Circuit Board Materials – Materials Composition of WEEE: Mobile Phones – Television – Washing Machines. (8)

Total L : 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Mackenzie L. Davis, and David A. Cornwell, ―Introduction to Environmental Engineering‖, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2010 2. William W. Nazarodd and Lisa Alvarez-Cohen, ―Environmental Engineering Science‖, Wiley-India, New Delhi, 2010 3. Gilbert M Masters, ―Introduction to Environmental Engineering and Science‖, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2004. 4. R. E. Hester and R. M. Harrison, ―Electronic Waste Management‖, Royal Society of Chemistry, London, 2009.

REFERENCE: 1. Mallick M. R., ―Environment Laws‖, Professional Book Publishers, New Delhi, 2012

15E710 POWER SYSTEMS LABORATORY 0 0 2 1 LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

1. Modelling and Computation of Transmission Line Parameters 2. Formation of a bus admittance matrix (YBus) 3. Determination of a bus impedance matrix (ZBus) using building algorithm. 4. Determination of sequence impedances of 3-phase Alternator 5. Symmetrical and Unsymmetrical short - circuit fault analysis 6. Solution of power-flow problem using Gauss-Seidel method. 7. Solution of power-flow problem using Newton-Raphson method. 8. Transient analysis of power systems network 9. Characteristics of over current / Thermal overload relays.(in L&T centre) 10. Simulation of power system network with FACT controller. Total P : 30

REFERENCES: 1. Hadi Saadat, ‖Power System Analysis‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2010 2. Laboratory Manual, Prepared by EEE Department, 2012. 3. Nayak Power Systems, ―Introduction to PSCAD‖, Bengaluru, 2010.

15E720 PROJECT WORK I 0 0 4 2  Identification of a real time problem in thrust areas  Developing a mathematical model for solving the above problem  Finalization of system requirements and specification  Proposing different solutions for the problem based on literature survey  Future trends in providing alternate solutions  Consolidated report preparation of the above

SEMESTER VIII

15E820 INTERNSHIP – III & PROJECT WORK II 0 0 16 8  Identification of a real time problem in thrust areas  Developing a mathematical model for solving the above problem  Finalization of system requirements and specification  Proposing different solutions for the problem based on literature survey  Future trends in providing alternate solutions  Consolidated report preparation of the above

LANGUAGE ELECTIVES

15M080 COMMUNICATION SKILLS FOR ENGINEERS 3 0 0 3

COMMUNICATION CONCEPTS: Process of Communication – Inter and Intrapersonal Communication – Essentials for effectiveness. (4)

FOCUS ON SOFT SKILLS: Etiquette – Work Place etiquette – Telephone etiquette- Body Language – Persuasive Communication- Public Speaking – Critical Reasoning and Conflict Management based on Case Studies – Group Communication- Meetings- Interview Techniques. (14)

TECHNICAL WRITING: Technical Writing Principles - Style and Mechanics -Genres of Technical Writing – Technical Definitions – Physical, Functional and Process Descriptions -– Technical Report Writing – Preparing Instructions and Manuals– Interpretation of Technical Data. (10)

BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE: Writing Emails, Preparing Resumes, Memos, Technical and Business Proposals. (7)

TECHNICAL COMMUNICATION: Seminars, Process Description and Group Discussions, Use of Visual Aids. (10)

Total L : 45

TEXT BOOK : 1. Monograph prepared by the Faculty, Department of English, 2015.

REFERENCES : 1. Jeff Butterfield,‖Soft Skills for Everyone‖, Cengage Learning, New Delhi, 2013. 2. Jean Naterop B and Rod Revell, ―Telephoning in English‖, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2011. 3. David A Mc Murrey and Joanne Buckley,‖ Handbook for Technical Writing‖, Cengage Learning, New Delhi, 2011. 4. Simon Sweeney, ―English for Business Communication‖, Cambridge University Press, New Delhi, 2012

15M081 BASIC GERMAN 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: German Culture, Tradition, Universities and Companies , Alphabets, Greetings, Countries, Nationalities and Languages. (3)

VOCABULARY: Context related to School, University, Professions, Family, Supermarket, Food and Bevearages, Entertainment, Celebrations, Weather. (4)

GRAMMAR: Noun forms – Singular , Plural; Gender Introduction, Articles, Personal Pronouns and Possessive Pronouns in Nominative , Accusative and Dativ cases. Usage of Adjectives. Time related forms - Formal & informal expressions. Usage of adverbs, daily routines, related verbs and question words. Related vocabulary and grammar. Simple dialogues and exercises. Verbs –Verb conjugation, Helping verbs , subject – verb agreement ,Regular and Irregular verbs, Modal verbs.and their related grammatical structure. (16)

GENERAL USAGE: Number system, Question words, Statements and Questions, Negation: nicht/kein. Imperatives Simple dialogues, Exercises. (5)

SYNTAX: Word order and sentence formation. Practice with mini –dialogues. (4)

COMMUNICATION SKILLS: Conversing in formal and informal situations, Dialogue writing, Letter writing, Email writing,Invitations and Telephone conversations. (7)

PRACTICALS: Listening, Speaking, Reading and Writing. (6) Total L : 45 TEXT BOOK: 1. Monograph prepared by the Faculty, Department of English, 2015.

REFERENCES: 1.Tangram Aktuell 1 (Deutsch als Fremdsprache) - Rosa-Maria Dallapiazza, Eduard von Jan, Til Schönherr - Max Hueber Verlag (2004). 2. Grundkurs Deutsch - Roland Schäpers, Renate Luscher , Manfred Glück (1980). 3. Lernziel Deutsch - Wolfgang Hieber - Max Hueber Verlag (1983). 4. Studio d A1 – Hermann Funk, Christina Kuhn, Silke Demme. Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd (2009). 50

15M082 BASIC FRENCH 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: (2)

UNITÉ-1: Faire connaissance – inviter et répondre à une invitation – décrire les personnes- articles définis et indéfinis – genre etnombre des noms et des adjectifs- interrogation et négation – conjugaison du présent. Paris monuments et lieux publics – la vie de quatre parisiens de professions différentes. (10)

UNITÉ-2: Exprimer l‘ ordre et l‘obligation demander et commander – evaluer et apprécier- féliciter et remercier – articles partitifs - adjectifs démonstratifs et possessifs prépositions et adverbes de quantité et de l‘imperatif verbes pronominaux – une région deFrance la Bourgogne – vie quotidienne à la compagne. (11)

UNITÉ-3: Raconter et rapporter – donner son avis – se plaindre et réprimander – expliquer et justifier – pronoms compléments – futur proche – passé composé et imparfait. Plusieurs régions de France – différents univers sociaux. (11)

UNITÉ-4: Demander l‘autorisation – interdire – formuler des projects – discuter et débattre. Pronoms < en > et < y > – pronoms relatifs et superlatifs – conjugaison du futur – présent continu et passé récent.La vie administrative et régionale – problems economiques et écologiques – traditions et modernité. (11)

Total L : 45 TEXT BOOK: 1. Christine Andant et. al.,‖ A propos (livre de l eleve)‖, LANGERS, New Delhi, 2012.

REFERENCES: 1. Dondo Modern French Course ---Mathurin Dondo 2. Modern French Grammar---Margaret Lang and Isabelle Perez.

15M083 BASIC JAPANESE 3 0 0 3

Orientation Session, Geographic & Socio, economic perspective to Japan, Japanese people and culture and Basic greetings and responses. (3)

Basic script, Method of writing hiragana and katakana, and Combination sounds and simple words. (3)

Topic marker ―wa‖, Desu / dewa arimasen cupolas, Interrogative particle ―ka‖, Grammar particles ―mo‖, ―no‖, ‗‘ Introducing some one: ―Kochira wa ~― and Self introductions: Hajimemashite‖. (3)

Demonstratives ―Kore‖, ―Sore‖, ―Are‖, Demonstrative ―Kono‖, ―Sono‖, ―Ano‖ , Possessive noun particle ―no‖ and Japanese apartments: Greeting your neighbour (2)

Place marakers ―Koko‖, ―Soko‖, ―Asoko‖, Direction markers ―Kochira‖, ―Sochira‖, ―Achira‖ and Japanese department stores: Asking for and buying something (2)

Asking for and telling the time, Paticle ―ni (at)‖ for time, kara (from) ~ made (until), Particle ―to (and)‖, Time periods: Days of the week, months, time of day, Verbs (Present / future and past tense) and Telephone enquiry: Asking for a phone no. And business hours. (2)

Destination particle ―e‖, Particles ―de (mode of transportation)‖ and ―to (with) and Japanese train station: Asking for Fare and track no. / types of trains. (2)

Direct object particle ―o‖, Particle ―de (place of action)‖, Verbs (―~masen ka‖, ―~mashou‖) and ―Ohanami‖ Cherry blossom viewing. (2)

Particle ―de (by means of)‖ , Particle ―ni (to)‖, ,Aaemasu (give) and Moraimasu (receive) and Visiting a Japanese house (2)

Adjectives (―i‖ and ―na‖ type), Adjectives (Positive and negative useage), Particle ―ga (however, but), ―Dore which?)‖ and Leaving a room, thanking someone for hospitality (2)

Likes and dislikes, Potential verbs (wakarimasu and dekimasu), ―Kara ( ~ because)‖, Adverbs and Asking someone out over the phone. (2)

Verbs denoting presence: ―Imasu‖ and ―arimasu‖, Particle ―ni (in)‖, ―Dare (who?)‖ , Adverbs (―Chikaku ni ~―), Particle ―dare mo (negative ~ no one)‖ , Dare ka (anyone), dare ga (who) , Nani ka (anything) , nani ga (what) - ~ya (and) ~ nado (etc.) and Asking for directions (2)

Counters and Counting suffixes. (2)

Introduction to Adjectives (na and ii type), Different usages of adjectives, Comparison, Likes and dislikes and Going to a trip (2)

Need and desire (ga hoshii), Wanting to … (Tabeti desu), Going for a certain purpose (mi –ni ikimasu) and Choosing from a menu.(2)

Verb groups, I, II and III and Exercises to group verbs. (2)

Please do (te kudasai), Present continuous tenses (te imasu), Shall I? ( ~ mashou ka) and Describing a natural phenomenon (It is raining) (2)

To grant permission (~te mo ii desu), Asking for permission ( ~ te mo ii desu ka) and Should not do ( ~ te wa ikemasen) (2) Describing a continuing state and Describing a habitual action (2) Roleplays in Japanese (2) A demonstration on usage of chopsticks and Japanese tea party (2)

Total L : 45 TEXT BOOK: 1. Minna no nohongo – Romaji ban (first 10 lessons of this book)

REFERENCE: 1. Minna no Nihongo I Honsatsu Roma – ji ban (Main Textbook Romanized Version). International publisher – 3A Corporation, Tokyo, Indian distributor – Goyal Publishers & Distributors, New Delhi.

OPEN ELECTIVES

MATHEMATICS

15OH01 ADVANCED LINEAR ALGEBRA 3 0 0 3

VECTOR SPACES: General vector spaces, real vector spaces, Euclidean n-space, subspaces, linear independence, basis and dimension, row space, column space and null space. (8)

INNER PRODUCT SPACES: Inner products, length and angle in inner product spaces, orthonormal bases, Gram- Schmidt process, orthogonal matrices, QR decomposition, best approximation- least square. (12)

LINEAR TRANSFORMATIONS: General linear transformation - kernel and range, matrices of linear transformations, change of basis, rank and nullity. (12)

EIGENVALUES AND EIGENVECTORS: Eigenvalues and eigenvectors, diagonalization, orthogonal diagonalization, quadratic forms, application of conic sections, quadratic surfaces - discrete dynamical systems. (13)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Howard Anton and Chris Rorres, Elementary Linear Algebra John Wiley & Sons, New Delhi, 2011. 2. David C Lay , Linear Algebra and its Applications, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2012.

REFERENCES: 1. Gareth Williams, Linear Algebra with Applications, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 2009. 2. Gilbert Strang, Linear Algebra and its Applications, Cengage, New Delhi, 2012.

15OH02 ALGEBRAIC STRUCTURES 3 0 0 3

GROUPS: Groups, subgroups, permutation groups, cosets and Lagranges‘s theorem, normal subgroups and quotient groups, homomorphisms, isomorphisms, Cayley‘s theorem. (15)

CODING THEORY: Group codes, the communication model and basic notions of error correction, generation of codes by using parity checks - error recovery in group codes. (5)

RINGS: Rings, sub-rings, properties of rings, integral domain, ideals and quotient rings, polynomial rings. (12)

FIELDS: Fields, roots of polynomials, construction of straightedge and compass. (13)

Total L: 45 52

TEXT BOOKS: 1. I. N. Herstein, Topics in Algebra, John Wiley & Sons, New Delhi, 2006. 2. Kenneth H Rosen, Discrete Mathematics and its Applications, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2013.

REFERENCES: 1. Michael Artin, Algebra, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 1996. 2. Joseph A. Gallian, Contemporary Abstract algebra, Cengage learning pvt ltd, New Delhi, 2014. 3. Bernard Kolman, Robert C Busby, Sharon Cutler Ross, Discrete Mathematical Structures, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2006.

15OH03 CALCULUS OF VARIATIONS AND TENSOR ANALYSIS 3 0 0 3

CALCULUS OF VARIATIONS: Basic concepts, method of variations in problems with fixed boundaries - variation and its properties, Euler equation. (12)

FUNCTIONALS: Functional involving first and higher order derivatives, functionals dependent on the functions of several independent variables, variational problems in parametric form – applications: vibrating string and membrane. (12) (12) VECTOR ANALYSIS : Basic concepts – gradient, directional derivative, divergence, curl, potential vector field, solenoidal vector field, Laplacian vector field. Green‘s theorem, Stoke‘s theorem and Gauss divergence theorem (statement and concepts only) ( 7)

TENSOR ANALYSIS: Concepts of a tensor field – Ostrogradski‘s theorem, field of tensor of rank 2 - flux, divergence and derivative in a direction of tensor field. Integral theorems - theorems related to Ostrogradski‘s theorem – applications: equation of motion of a liquid, Archimedes‘ law. (14)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Elsgolts .L, Differential Equations and Calculus of Variations, University Press of the Pacific, 2003. 2. Borisenko .A.I, Tarapov.I.E, Vector analysis and Tensor Calculus, Dover Publications, New York, 2012.

REFERENCES: 1. Krasnov.M.L, Makarenko.G.I, Kiselev. A.I, Problems and exercises in the calculus of variations, Mir Publishers, Moscow, 1984. 2. Pars.L.A., An introduction to the calculus of variations, Dover Publications, New York, 2009. 3. Robert Weinstock, Calculus of variations - with applications to Physics and Engineering, Dover Publisher, New York, 2012.

15OH04 GRAPH THEORY AND ITS APPLICATIONS 3 0 0 3

GRAPHS AND DIGRAPHS: Common families of graphs, degree sequence, handshaking lemma, Havel-Hakimi theorem (statement and concepts). Walk, trail and path, connected graph, distance, radius and diameter. Graph isomorphism. Representations of graphs – adjacency and incidence lists – adjacency and incidence matrices. (10)

SPANNING TREES: Cayley‘s formula: Prufer encoding-decoding algorithm. Matrix tree theorem (statement and problems only). Depth-first and breadth-first search algorithms, minimum spanning tree – Prim‘s and Kruskal‘s algorithms, shortest-path problem – Dijkstra‘s algorithm. (9)

EULERIAN AND HAMILTONIAN GRAPHS: Eulerian graphs – Konigsberg bridge problem; Eulerian tour algorithm, characterization of Eulerian graph, optimal postman tour. Hamiltonian graphs - non Hamiltonian graphs, sufficient conditions for Hamiltonian graphs (only statements and concepts).Travelling salesman problem - nearest neighbour algorithm. (10)

VERTEX-COLORING: Vertex-coloring - chromatic number of a graph, vertex coloring algorithms – sequential vertex coloring, largest degree first algorithm, applications - scheduling problem, assignment of radio frequencies, fast register allocation for computer programming. (8)

NETWORK FLOWS AND APPLICATIONS: Flows and cuts in networks, solving the maximum - flow problem – characterization of maximum flow (Max-flow Min-cut Theorem), algorithms – outline for maximum flow, finding an augmenting path, FFEK – maximum flow and examples. (8)

Total L: 45 TEXTBOOKS: 1. Jonathan L. Gross and Jay Yellen, Graph Theory and its Applications, CRC Press, New York, 2006. 2. Douglas B West, Graph Theory, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2009.

REFERENCES: 1. Bondy J.A. and Murty U.S.R., Graph Theory, Springer, London, 2008. 2. Narsingh Deo, Graph Theory with Applications to Engineering And Computer Science, Prentice Hall , New Delhi 2010. 3. Vago I, Graph Theory Application to the Calculation of Electrical Networks, Elsevier Science, New York 1985.

15OH05 MATHEMATICAL FINANCE 3 0 0 3

FINANCIAL MATHEMATICS: Basic terminology, assumptions, derivative securities. (6)

FORWARD AND FUTURES CONTRACTS: Forward contract, forward price formula, value of a forward contract, futures contract, futures pricing. (12)

OPTION PRICING: Definition and preliminaries, behavior of option prices with respect to variables, pay-off curves, single period and multi period binomial lattice models for option pricing, pricing American options: a binomial lattice model, Black-Scholes formula (12)

RISK FREE ASSETS: Time value of money, Simple interest, periodic compounding, streams of payments, continuous compounding. Money market: zero coupon bonds, coupon bonds, money market account. (9)

PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT: Risk and return, expected return standard deviation as risk measure, two securities, risk and expected return on a portfolio. (6)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Chandra S, Dharmaraja S, Aparna Mehra and Khemchandani R, Financial Mathematics – An Introduction, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 2013. 2. Marek Capinski and Tomasz Zastawniak, Mathematics for Finance – An Introduction to Financial Engineering, Springer, United Kingdom, 2011

REFERENCES: 1. John C Hull, Options, Futures and Other Derivatives, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 2009. 2. Alhabeeb M J, Mathematical Finance, Wiley India Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2012. 3. Sheldon M Ross, An elementary introduction to Mathematical Finance, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2011.

15OH06 MATHEMATICAL MODELING AND SIMULATION 3 0 0 3

SYSTEM MODELS AND STUDIES: System- continuous and discrete system, system modeling, types of models - static physical, dynamic physical, static mathematical, dynamic mathematical models, principles in modeling, corporate model, environment, production, management segment, system analysis – corporate model, system design – message processing in a computer, system postulation – function of liver in the human body. (10)

SYSTEM SIMULATION: Technique of simulation, Monte Carlo Method – area under a curve, estimate of , comparison of simulation and analytical methods, distributed lag models – national economy, cobweb Models – supply and demand, exponential growth and decay models, logistic curves, simple system dynamics diagrams – population, multi-segment models – product sales, representation of time delays, feedback in socio-economic systems, host and parasite fluctuation. (12)

STATIC SIMULATION: Basics and components of the simulation study, simulation as an analysis tool, static simulations - model for profit on a sale promotion, a financial model for an office building. Random number generation - linear congruential generator, Blum-Blum generator, random variates generation - Bernoulli, uniform, triangular, normal, exponential random variates, a model for loss ratio for an insurance agency. (15)

DYNAMIC SYSTEMS SIMULATION: Financial models and @risk - a model for the price of a stock, dynamic financial models of stock prices, correlated asset values, fitting a distribution to date. (8) Total L:45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Geoffrey Gordon, System Simulation, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 1998. 2. Andrew F.Seila, Vlatko Ceric, Pandu Tadikamalla, Applied simulation modelling, Thomson learning, New York 2003.

REFERENCES: 1. Brian Albright, Mathematical Modeling with Excel, JonesBartlett publishers, Singapore 2010 2. Douglas D. Mooney and Randall J. Swift, A course in Mathematical modeling, The Mathematical association of America, USA, 1999. 3. Alfred J Menezes Paul C Van Oorschot Scott A Vanstone, Handbook of Applied Cryptography, CRC Press, London,2010. 4. Clive l.Dym, Principles of Mathematical Modeling, Academic Press, 2006.

15OH07 NUMBER THEORY FOR COMPUTING 3 0 0 3

DIVISIBILITY AND DIOPHANTINE EQUATIONS: Theory of divisibility - Basic concepts and properties of divisibility, fundamental theorem of arithmetic, Euclid‘s algorithm, continued fractions. Diophantine equations - Linear Diophanitine equations (8)

ARITHMETICAL FUNCTIONS AND DISTRIBUTION OF PRIME NUMBERS: Multiplicative functions – functions and s(n) - functions (n), and (n). Prime distribution function  (x), prime number theorem, the nth prime. (10)

THEORY OF CONGRUENCES: Basic concepts and properties of congruences -– linear congruences – Fermat‘s Little theorem, Euler‘s theorem, Chinese remainder theorem, Legendre and Jacobi symbols, primitive roots. (7)

COMPUTATIONAL NUMBER THEORY: Primality testing: Fermat‘s pseudoprimality test, strong pseudoprimality test, integer factorization : trial division and Fermat method, quadratic and number field sieves. (10)

APPLICATIONS TO CRYPTOGRAPHY: Random number generation - linear congruential generator, basics of cryptography, public key cryptography: discrete logarithm based cryptosystems - RSA public-key cryptosystem. (10)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Song Y Yan, Number Theory for Computing, Springer Verlag, New York 2010. 2. Alfred J Menezes Paul C Van Oorschot Scott A Vanstone, Handbook of Applied Cryptography, CRC Press, London, 2010.

REFERENCES: 1. Tom M Apostol, Introduction to Analytic Number theory, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi 1998. 2. Ivan Niven, Herbert S Zuckerman, Hugh L Montgomery, An Introduction to the Theory of Numbers, Wiley- India,New Delhi 2008. 3. Thomas Koshy, Elementary Number theory and Applications, Academic Press, New York, 2005.

15OH08 OPERATIONS RESEARCH 3 0 0 3

LINEAR PROGRAMMING: Modeling with linear programming- graphical method - simplex method, two phase simplex method. Primal-dual relations, dual simplex method, transportation problem and its solution by MODI method, assignment problem and its solution by Hungarian method. (14)

GAME THEORY: Two person zero sum game, pure and mixed strategies, dominance principle, graphical solution, linear programming solution. (7)

NON-LINEAR PROGRAMMING: Constrained NLPP -Lagrange‘s multipliers method, convex NLPP- Kuhn-Tucker conditions, Quadratic programming-Wolfe‘s method. (8)

QUEUING THEORY: Elements of queueing model, relationship between exponential and Poisson queueing models, (M/M/1), (M/M/1/N), (M/M/c), (M/M/c/N) and self-service model. (9)

REPLACEMENT THEORY: Replacement of items that deteriorate, replacement of items that fail, group replacement. (7)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Hamdy A Taha, ―Operations Research – An Introduction‖, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2014. 2. Maurice Sasieni, Arthur Yaspan , ―Operations Research: Methods and Problems‖, Literary Licensing, LLC, United states, 2013

REFERENCES: 1. Hillier F and Lieberman G J, ―Introduction to Operations Research‖, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2012. 2. Singiresu S Rao, ―Engineering Optimization Theory and Practice‖, New Age International, New Delhi, 2011. 3. Kambo N S, ―Mathematical Programming Techniques‖, East West Press, New Delhi, 2005.

15OH09 RELIABILITY AND QUALITY CONTROL 3 0 0 3

STATISTICAL PROCESS CONTROL: Chance and assignable causes of quality variation, statistical basis of the control charts - basic principles, choice of control limits, analysis of patterns on control charts. (7)

CONTROL CHARTS FOR VARIABLES AND ATTRIBUTES: chart, R chart, chart, p chart, np chart, c chart, and u chart. (10) 55

ACCEPTANCE SAMPLING: Types of sampling plans, lot formation, single sampling plans for attributes, double, multiple and sequential sampling plans, acceptance sampling by variables, chain sampling, continuous sampling, skip lot sampling plans. (10)

BASIC RELIABILITY MODELS: The failure distribution, the reliability function, mean time to failure, Hazard rate function, bathtub curve, conditional reliability. Constant failure rate model: Exponential reliability function. Time - dependent Weibull failure model, Time - dependent normal failure model. (10)

RELIABILITY OF SYSTEMS: Serial configuration, parallel configuration, combined series, parallel systems - k out of n: system - system structure function, minimal cuts, minimal paths, common mode failures, three state devices. (8)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Douglas C Montgomery , Introduction to Statistical Quality Control, Wiley India, New Delhi, 2008. 2. Charles E. Ebeling, Introduction to Reliability and Maintainability Engineering,Tata Mc –Graw Hill, New Delhi, 2010.

REFERENCES: 1. Eugene L Grant, Richard S Leavenworth, Statistical Quality Control, Tata Mc- Graw Hill, New Delhi, 2011. 2. Dale H Besterfield, Quality Control, Pearson Education , New Delhi, 2008. 3. Hoang Pham, Hand book of Reliability Engineering, Springer- Verlag, New York, 2006.

15OH10 SOFT COMPUTING 3 0 0 3

FUZZY SETS: Basic concepts, membership functions, basic operations on fuzzy sets, properties of fuzzy sets, fuzzy relations. Propositional logic and predicate logic, fuzzy If-then rules, fuzzy mapping rules and fuzzy implication functions. (15)

NEURAL NETWORKS: Basic concepts, neural network architectures - single layer, multilayer, recurrent networks, learning methods, back propagation network. (15)

GENETIC ALGORITHMS: Basic concepts, encoding, fitness function, reproduction, inheritance operators, cross over, inversion and deletion, mutation operator, bit-wise operators, generational cycle. (10)

HYBRID SYSTEMS: Genetic algorithm based backpropagation networks, fuzzy backpropagation networks. (5)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Jang J.S.R, Sun C.T, Mizutani. E, Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft Computing, PHI New Delhi, 2012 2. Rajasekaran.S, Vijayalakshmi Pai G.A, Neural networks, Fuzzy logic, and Genetic algorithms synthesis and applications, PHI New Delhi, 2011.

REFERENCES: 1. Timothy J Ross, Fuzzy logic with Engineering Applications - ED3, Wiley, India, New Delhi, 2011. 2. Laurence Fausett, Fundamentals of Neural Networks: Architecture Algorithms and Applications, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2004.

15OH11 STOCHASTIC MODELS 3 0 0 3

STOCHASTIC PROCESSES: Definition, Markov chains: Classifications of states, absorbtion probability, period, Chapman- Kolmogorov equations, steady state probabilities. (12)

CONTINUOUS TIME MARKOV CHAINS: Definition, Chapman-Kolmogorov equations, Kolmogorov forward and backward equations, steady-state probabilities, birth - death processes. (9)

BROWNIAN MOTION: First passage time distribution, maximum of a Brownian motion, zeros of Brownian motion, Brownian motion with drift, Geometric Brownian motion, applications to finance. (10)

QUEUEING MODELS: Basic definitions, steady-state solution: M/M/1, M/M/1/K, M/M/c, M/M/c/c, M/M/c/k Models, queues with unlimited service. (14)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Saeed Ghahramani, Fundamentals of Probability with Stochastic Processes, Prentice Hall, New Jersy, 2014. 2. Kishor S. Trivedi, Probability & Statistics with reliability, queueing and computer science applications,PHI Learning Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2009. 56

REFERENCES: 1. Sheldon M. Ross, Stochastic Processes, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2008. 2. Medhi J, Stochastic Processes, New Age International Publishers ,New Delhi, 2014. 3. Sheldon M. Ross, Introduction to Probability Models, Academic Press, New Delhi, 2014. 4. William J. Stewart, Probability, Markov chains, Queues, and Simulation – The Mathematical basis of performance modeling, Princeton University press, New Jersy, 2009.

15OH12 MODELLING FLOW THROUGH MICROCHANNELS 3 0 0 3

MICROFLUIDICS: Continuum assumption at small scales, governing equation of gas and liquid flow at microscale, boundary conditions, parallel flows - analytical solution, low Reynolds number flow, entrance effects, surface tension, DMSC technique, basics of internal and external flows. (8)

SINGLE PHASE GAS FLOW: Gas at molecular level - microscopic length scales, thermodynamic equilibrium, rarefaction and wall effects in microflow, continuum region in flow, slip boundary condition, Burnett equations, Lattice Boltzmann method, first and second order solution - flow between parallel plates, circular tubes and microchannels. (11)

SINGLE PHASE LIQUID FLOW: Introduction, pressure drop relations, fully developed and developing laminar flow, transition state, roughness effects, flow problems. . (8)

FINITE DIFFERENCE METHOD FOR MICROFLOWS: One dimension: flow accuracy and consistency, stability and convergence – energy method, Von Neumann method, artificial dissipation, compact differencing, Lax-Wendroff method, higher dimension: stability, staggered mesh. (12)

MICROSCALE HEAT TRANSFER: Size effects, conduction, convection and radiation in microflows, heat transfer in microchannels – single phase gas and liquid flow, nanoscale thermal phenomena. (6)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Nam-Trung Nguyen and Steven T. Wereley, ―Fundamentals and applications of Microfluidics‖, Artech house, London, 2006. 2. Satish Kandlikar, Srinivas Garimella, Dongqing Li, Stephane Colin and Micheal R. King, ―Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow in Minichannels and Microchannels‖, Elsevier, UK, 2014.

REFERENCES: 1. Sobhan C.B. and Peterson G.P., ―Microscale and Nanaoscale Heat Transfer- Fundamentals and Engineering Applications‖, CRC press, 2012. 2. Dale R. Durran, ―Numerical Methods for Fluid Dynamics‖, Springer, 2010. 3. Greg F. Naterer, ―Heat Transfer in Single and Multiphase Systems‖, CRC Press, 2009. 4. Seiichi Nomura, ―Micomechanics with Mathematica‖, John Wiley, 2016.

PHYSICS

15OH16 MATERIALS FOR ENERGY CONVERSION 3 0 0 3

Thermoelectric: Seebeck effect, Peltier effect, Thomson effect, Electronic and lattice thermal conductivity, Figure of Merit, Types of Thermoelectric Materials, Decoupling the Thermoelectric Parameter- Alloying- Doping- Filling Voids- Microstructure Control- Phonon Glass Electron Crystal and Phonon-Liquid Electron Crystal, measurement of Seebeck Coefficient and Peltier coefficients, Thermoelectric Modules and their Applications in electrical devices and refrigeration. (12)

Magnetocaloric: Magnetocaloric effect, Curie temperature, thermally induced second order ferromagnetic to paramagnetic phase transition, Ferromagnetric materials and types, Thermomagentic efficiency and measurements, thermomagnetic devices, applications (11)

Thermoelastic: Temperature induced martensitic transformations, stress-induced martensitic transformations martensitic twins, shape memory effect, thermal cycles, shape memory devices, applications (11)

Pyroelectric: Ferroelectricity, Polarization, pyroelectric co-efficient, figure of merit, pyroelectric materials and selection criteria, hysteresis, Pyroelectric device efficiency, Applications. (11)

Total L: 45

Text books: 1. D.K.C. MacDonald, Thermoelectricity: An Introduction to the Principles, Dover Publications, Inc, NY, 2006. 2. Andrej Kitanovski, Jaka Tušek, Urban Tomc, Uroš Plaznik, Marko Ožbolt, Alojz Poredoš, Magnetocaloric Energy Conversion: From Theory to Applications, Springer, 2015. 3. A. K. Batra, M. D. Aggarwal, Pyroelectric Materials: Infrared Detectors, Particle Accelerators and Energy Harvesters, SPIE Press, 2013 4. Arun D I, Chakravarthy P, Arockia Kumar R, Santhosh B, Shape Memory Materials CRC press, 2018

Reference books: 1. Rowe D M, Thermoelectrics Handbook: Macro to Nano, CRC Press, Boca Raton, 2013. 2. Terry M Tritt, Recent Trends in Thermoelectric Materials Research II: Semiconductors and Semimetals, Academic Press, San Diego, 2001. 3. A.M. Tishin, Y.I. Spichkin, The Magnetocaloric Effect and its Applications, IOP, 2003

15OH17 HIGH SPEED ELECTRONIC DEVICES FOR ENGINEERING APPLICATIONS 3 0 0 3 Review of physics of semiconductor materials and devices: Electrons in a semiconductor The Kronig–Penney model - Semiconductors in equilibrium. Direct band gap and indirect band gap semiconductors Recombination and radiation in semiconductors. Carrier transport in semiconductors. Need for high speed devices-Review of p–n junction Schottky diode and Hetero structure devices. (9)

High speed Electronic devices based on Silicon: Working and characteristic studies of MESFET, High electron mobility transistor, Hetero junction FET, Radio Frequency MOSFETs, Heterojunction bipolar transistors. Applications in space and industries. (9)

High speed Optoelectronic devices based on Silicon: Working and characteristic studies of PIN photodiodes Avalanche photodiodes, Metal–semiconductor–metal photodetectors. Heterostructure bipolar transistor photodetector. Applications in medicine, communication and defence. (9)

High speed Electronic devices and Optoelectronic devices based on Nitride Semiconductors: Properties and Advantages of GaN Devices over Si and GaAs - Working and characteristic studies of GaN FET- GaN HEMT- GaN MESFET- GaN RF power transistor, case studies. Working and characteristic studies of GaN Schottky barrier UV photodetectors, p-i-n structure and APDs. (9)

5.Applications of Nitride based Semiconductor devices: Power applications and wireless power drives- Industrial motor drives and Transportation applications- Fifth generation wireless network (5G) and IoT applications - Satellite and Military applications.Secure space-to-space communication, medicine, flame detection and atmospheric monitoring applications. (9)

Text Books: 1. Jasprit Singh,Semiconductor Devices: Basic principles , , John Wiley & Sons Ltd 2012. 2. SHEILA PRASAD, Boston HERMANN SCHUMACHER, ANAND GOPINATH,High-Speed Electronics and Optoelectronics: Devices and Circuits, CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS , 2009. 3. Alex Lidow Johan Strydom Michael de Rooij David Reusch,GaN TRANSISTORS FOR EFFICIENT POWER CONVERSION, John Wiley & Sons Ltd 2015.

Reference Books: 1. S. M. Sze, Kwok K. Ng, Physics Of Semiconductor Devices, John Wiley & Sons Ltd 2008. 2. Michael S. Shur, ADVANCED HIGH SPEED DEVICES, World Scientific Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd , 2010. 3.Matteo Meneghini • Gaudenzio Meneghesso Enrico Zanoni, Power GaN Devices Materials, Applications and Reliability, Springer International Publishing Ltd ,2017

15OH18 QUANTUM MECHANICS 3 0 0 3

THE EXPERIMENTAL BASIS OF QUANTUM MECHANICS: Black body radiation, photo electric effect, Bohr‘s theory of hydrogen atom, electron diffraction.Heisenberg‘s uncertainty principle: Statement and explanation. Matter waves, basic postulates in quantum mechanics, probability, properties of the wave function, the correspondence principle. (9)

OPERATORS IN QUANTUM MECHANICS AND THEIR PROPERTIES: Hermitian operators, commutative properties, eigen values, eigen functions, expectation value of physical variable. Dirac Bra-Ket notation, Hilbert space. (9)

SCHRODINGER EQUATION: Time dependent Schroedinger equation and time independent Schrödinger equation. Solution of time independent Schrödinger equation for simple quantum mechanical systems; Particle in one and three dimensional box, Quantum tunneling- transmission and reflection coefficient and Hydrogen atom. (9)

APPLICATIONS IN MAGNETISM AND SUPERCONDUCTIVITY: Fermions and Bosons. Magnetism, Heisenberg exchange interaction theory for ferro and antiferro magnetic material. Superconductivity, BCS theory (Qualitative treatment), Josephson junction, SQUID magnetometer and their applications. Scanning tunneling electron microscope. (9)

APPLICATIONS IN SOLID STATE DEVICES: Tunnel diode and Zener diode. Quantum Dot, Quantum well devices and their applications. High electron mobility transistor and its applications. Quantum computers, Qubits and Quantum gates. Quantum entanglement and quantum teleportation and its applications. (9)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Arthur Beiser, ―Concepts of Modern Physics‖, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2002. 2. Blinder S M, ―Introduction to Quantum Mechanics in Chemistry, Materials Science and Biology‖, Elesvier Academic Press, 2004. 3. Walter A Harrison, ―Applied Quantum Mechanics‖, World Scientific Publishing Co. Ltd.,2001.

REFERENCES: 1. Pauling and Wilson, ―Introduction to Quantum Mechanics‖, McGraw Hill, 1969. 2. Schiff L, ―Quantum Mechanics‖, McGraw Hill, 1968.

15OH19 MEMS SENSORS AND ACTUATORS FOR INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION TO TRANSDUCERS, SENSORS, AND ACTUATORS. Energy domains and Transducers. Types and examples of Transducers,Sensors and Actuators. The overview of Microfabrication –Si based MEMS devices. Applications of Microsystems with Nanotechnologies. Bottom-Up Nanotechnologies, Future of Nano electro mechanical Systems. (9)

MECHANICAL SENSORS AND ACTUATORS: Principle of Sensing and Actuation-beam and cantilever, Microplates-diaphragm structures – free standing diaphragm. Piezoresistive measurement. Piezoelectric material as sensing and actuating elements. Pressure measurement using Piezoelectric membrane. MEMS Gyroscopes. Case studies of MEMS Accelerometer and MEMS Gyroscope. Applications in medicine, automobile and aerospace industries. (9)

THERMAL SENSORS AND ACTUATORS: Thermal energy basics and heat transfer processes. Review of working of Thermistors, Thermodevices and Thermocouple. CMOS-MEMS Thermoelectric Micro Generators and their applications. Thermal flow sensors- types-thermal isolation –thermal flow sensing array. Shape Memory Alloys(SMA)- SMA actuated micropumps and microgrippers. Applications in energy harvesting, biomedical and chemical industries. (9)

MAGNETIC SENSORS AND ACTUATORS : Magnetic materials for MEMS and properties. Magnetic sensing and detection. Magneto resistive sensor. Lorentz force-based MEMS magnetometer, MEMS compass, and magnetic-field sensor. Resonant Magnetic Field MEMS sensor. Case studies of MEMS magnetometer. Applications in automobile industries. (9)

ELECTROSTATIC SENSORS AND ACTUATORS : Introduction to Electrostatic Sensors and Actuators . Actuation using electrostatic forces in parallel plates. Equilibrium position of electrostatic actuator under bias-Pull in effect of parallel plate actuators. Digital micro mirror device and its applications in DLP chip. Case studies of MEMS DLP. Lateral and transverse comb drives. Microgrippers using comb drive. MEMS switch. Case studies of MEMS Switch. Applications in display, defence and telecommunication industries. (9)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Chang Liu, ―Foundations of MEMS‖, Pearson International Edition, 2006. 2. Nitaigour Premchand Mahalik , ―MEMS‖, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2009. 3. Vikas Choudhary and Krzysztof Iniewski, ―Mems Fundamental Technology and Applications‖, Taylor & Francis Group CRC Press, 2013.

REFERENCES: 1. Clarence W. De Silva, ―Sensors and Actuators , Engineering system and Instrumentation‖, Taylor & Francis Group, CRC Press, 2016. 2. Andrzej M. Pawlak, ―Sensors and Actuators in Mechatronics : Design and Applications‖, Taylor & Francis Group, CRC Press, 2007. 3. Data sheets of various IC MEMS sensors.

15OH20 ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES FOR MATERIALS CHARACTERIZATION 3 0 0 3

X-RAY DIFFRACTION ANALYSIS: Crystal systems- Symmetry elements in crystals- combination of symmetry elements- Rotation- inversion axis- translation symmetry elements- space groups- Stereographic projection - Wulff net- Measurement of angle between poles - determination of Miller indices of an unknown pole. X -ray diffraction analysis (9)

ELECTRON AND ION SPECTROSCOPIC TECHNIQUES: Mass spectroscopy and X-ray emission spectroscopy (Principle and limitations) - Quadrapole mass spectrometer. Special surface techniques: X ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS or ESCA)- photoelectron process of spectrum- elemental analysis-Instrumentation and applications, Auger electron spectroscopy (AES)-Basic principles-Information in Auger spectra-methods for surface and thin film characterization, Secondary ion mass spectrometry(SIMS) – Dynamic and static SIMS-common modes of analysis, Rutherford Backscattering Spectrometry (RBS), Field Ion Microscopy (FIM). (10)

SURFACE STRUCTURE ANALYSIS: The need for surface study. Surface chemical composition: The extension of bulk techniques to surface studies - Unit meshes of five types of surface nets - diffraction from diperiodic structures. Surface methods using electron, low energy electron diffraction (LEED), reflection high energy electron diffraction (RHEED), (9)

IMAGING TECHNIQUES: Scanning electron microscope(SEM) – physical basis of operation – sample requirements –applications, Transmission electron Microscopy (TEM) – resolution – sensitivity- TEM operation- diffraction mode – specimen preparation, Scanning Transmission Electron Microscopy (STEM). – imaging – common analysis modes – sample requiremnets (9)

SANNING PROBE MICROSCOPY : Instrumentation, Scanning Tunnelling Microscopy,Tunneling current, probe tips and working environments, operational modes, typical applications, atomic force microscopy, near field forces, force sensors, operational modes, applications, image artifacts (8)

Total L:45 TEXTBOOKS: 1. Richard Brundle C, Charles A. Evans Jr, Shaun Wilson, ―Encyclopedia of Materials Characterization‖ Manning Publications Co, 1992. 2. Yang leng ‖Materials Caracterization- Introduction to Microscopic and Spectroscopic Methods‖ John Wiley & Sons, 2008.

REFERENCES: 1. Prutton M, "Surface Physics", Clarenden Press Oxford, 1975. 2. Cullity B D, "Elements of X-ray Diffraction", Addison Wesley Publishing Co., 1967. 3. Rodriquez F, "Principles of Polymer Systems", Tata McGraw Hill Co., 1974.

15OH21 LASER TECHNOLOGY 3 0 0 3

LASER CHARACTERISTICS: Einstein coefficients - negative absorption, shape and width of spectral lines, spontaneous and stimulated emission. Laser resonators, types of resonators, stability diagram. Spatial and temporal coherence. (9)

GAS AND SOLID STATE LASERS: Gas lasers - He-Ne laser - Ar+, He-Cd+ lasers - N2 and CO2 lasers - Fabrication and excitation mechanisms. Solid state lasers - Ruby, Nd:YAG, glass - semiconductor diode lasers, Excimer Laser , Erbium doped laser. (9)

DYE LASERS: Liquid lasers, dye lasers, fabrication and excitation mechanisms. Concept of Q-switching and mode-locking, second harmonic generation, theory and experiment, materials for optical SHG. (9)

INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS: Laser cutting, drilling & Piercing. Laser welding, operating characteristics and applications. medical. Spectroscopic (qualitative), laser Raman effect, stimulated Raman effect - Brillouin scattering. (9)

LASER SURFACE TREATMENT: Laser heat treatment, laser surface melting, laser surface alloying, laser cladding. Laser ablative processes. Macro and micromachining. (9)

Total L: 45 TEXTBOOKS: 1. Wlliam T. Silfast, ― Laser Fundamentals‖ Cambridge University Press, 2012 2. S.Nagabhushana, N.Sathyanarayana, ― Lasers and Optical Instrumentation,I.K.International Publishing House, 2010.

REFERENCES: 1. William M.Steen and Jyotirmoy Mazumder, ― Laser Material Processing‖ Springer, 2010. 2. Bloom A L, "Gas Lasers", John Wiley & Sons Inc., New York, 1968.

15OH22 MICRO ELECTROMECHANICAL SYSTEMS 3 0 0 3

MEMS AND MICROINTEGRATEDSYSTEMS: Introduction, history of MEMS development, intrinsic characteristics of MEMS. Devices: Sensors and Actuators. Overview of microfabrication, microelectronics fabrication process, silicon based MEMS processes, new materials and fabrication processes. Points of consideration for processing. (9)

SCALING LAWS AND MINIATURIZATION: Introduction. Scaling in geometry. Scaling in rigid body dynamics. The trimmer force scaling vector – scaling in electrostatic forces, electromagnetic forces, scaling in electricity and fluid dynamics, scaling in heat conducting and heatconvection. (9)

MEMS PROCESSING: Photolithography. Photoresist and applications. Light sources. X-ray and electron beam lithography. Ion implantation. Diffusion process. Oxidation, thermal oxidation. Silicon di oxide. Thermal oxidation rates. Oxide thickness by colour (9)

MICROMACHINING METHODS Bulk micromachining. Isotropic and anisotropic etching. Wet etchants, etch stops, dry etching comparison of wet and dry etching. Dry etching – physical etching – reactive ion etching, comparison of wet and dry etching. Surface micromachining – process in general, problems in surface micromachining. The LIGA process – description, materials for substrates and photoresists, electroplating, the SLIGA process. (9)

MICROSYSTEM PACKAGING:The three levels of microsystem packaging – die level, device level and system level. Essential packaging technologies – die preparation – surface bonding, wire bonding and sealing. Three dimensional packaging. Assembly of Microsystems – selection of packaging materials (9)

Total L :45 TEXTBOOKS: 1. Tai-Ran Hsu, ―MEMS and Microsystems Design and Manufacture‖, Tata Mcgraw Hill Publishing Co Ltd, New Delhi, 2002. 2. Chang Liu, Foundations of MEMS, Pearson International Edition, 2006.

REFERENCE: 1. Mark Madou, Fundamentals of microfabrication, CRC Press, New York, 1997.

15OH23 NANOMATERIALS AND APPLICATIONS 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION AND CLASSIFICATION: Atoms, Clusters and Nanomaterials-Classification of nanostructures, nanoscale architecture – Effects of the nanometre length scale – Changes to the system total energy, changes to the system structures, vacancies in nanocrystals, dislocations in nanocrystals – Effect of nanoscale dimensions on various properties – Structural, thermal, chemical, mechanical, magnetic, optical and electronic properties. (11)

NANOMATERIALS SYNTHESIS AND PROCESSING: Top-down processes: Ball Milling, lithography, machining process; Bottom- up processes: i) Wet chemical synthesis of nanomaterials- sol-gel, liquid solid reactions; ii) Gas phase synthesis of nanomaterials- Furnace, Flame assisted ultrasonic spray pyrolysis; iii) Gas condensation processing; iv) Chemical vapour deposition (CVD)- plasma-assisted deposition process, MBE and MOVPE-Preparation, safety and storage issues -STM and AFM Techniques. (11)

SEMICONDUCTOR NANOSTRUCTURES: Quantum confinement in semiconductor nanostructures - Quantum wells, quantum wires, quantum dots, superlattices, band offsets and electronic density of states – Fabrication techniques – Requirements, epitaxial growth, cleared edge overgrowth – Growth on vicinal substrates, strain-induced dots and wires, electrostatically induced dots and wires, quantum well width fluctuations, thermally annealed quantum wells and self-assembly techniques. (11)

GROWTH AND PROPERTIES OF INORGANIC NANOMATERIALS: Introduction and classification-Thermodynamics and kinetics of phase transformation: Thermodynamics, homogenous nucleation, heterogeneous nucleation, Growth–Microstructure: grain and matrix strain, particle size measurement, grain boundary structure-Microstructural stability: grain growth, zener pinning, solute drag – Power consolidation: compaction of nanopowders, sintering, role of impurities, porosity. (12)

Total L : 45

TEXTBOOKS: 1. Kelsall Robert W, Ian Hamley and Mark Geoghegan, ―Nanoscale Science and Technology‖, Wiley Eastern, 2004. 2. Michael Kohler, Wolfgang and Fritzsche, ―Nanotechnology: Introduction to Nanostructuring Techniques‖, Wiley –VcH, 2004

REFERENCES: 1. Bharat Bhushan, ―Springer Handbook of Nanotechnology‖, 2004. 2. Charles P Poole, Frank J Owens, ―Introduction to Nanotechnology‖, John Wiley and Sons, 2003. 3. Dutta J. & Hofmann H., ―Nanomaterials‖, 2003.

15OH24 PHYSICS FOR SOLAR PV SYSTEMS AND SOLID-STATE LIGHTING SYSTEMS 3 0 0 3

SOLAR RADIATION: Photometry- photometric units and quantities. Cosine law. Black body radiation spectrum. Wien's displacement law. Solar spectrum. Solar motion - celestial sphere, astronomical co-ordinates. Need for solar tracking. Atmospheric absorption. Air mass. Diurnal and seasonal variations in solar radiation. Climatic and geographic factors. Terrestrial solar illumination. (9)

TYPES OF SOLAR ENERGY CONVERTORS: Thermal and PV systems. Advantages of PV systems. Semiconductor PV systems. IV characteristics. Other electrical parameters. Conditions for maximum power transfer. Conversion efficiency. (8)

PHYSICS OF SEMICONDUCTOR JUNCTIONS: Elemental and compound semiconductors. Band structure of silicon p-n junctions and III-V compound semiconductor junctions. light emission and absorbtion. Creation and recombination of electron hole pairs. Lattice mediated recombination conservation of momentum. Direct and indirect band gap semiconductors. Structure of Solar PV devices and solid state lighting devices- LEDS. Factors limiting efficiency of conversion of light energy to electrical energy (PV) and vice versa (Lighting) High power LEDS. (10)

SOLID STATE LIGHT SOURCES: IV characteristics of LEDS. Manufacturing spread in Cut-in voltage. Combination of LED units for higher power-special considerations. Series parallel combinations. Minimising thermal losses. Reflector surfaces for multiple sources. Uniformity of illumination. (9)

CHARACTERITICS OF LIGHT SOURCES: Absorbtion and emission spectra. Transmission and absorption characteristics of housings for electro-optical devices. Flourescence. Modification of spectra of LED sources. Flourescent materials for solid state lighting- White-light sources and near-white light sources. Degradation and life. (9)

Total L : 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. JaspritSingh ,‖Electronic and Optoelectronic Properties of Semiconductor Structures‖, Cambridge University Press, 2003. 2. Arturas Zukauskas, Michael S. Shur, Remis Gaska,‖ Introduction to Solid-State Lighting‖, Wiley-Interscience, 2002.

REFERENCES: 1. Arthur Beiser ― Concepts of modern Physics‖ Tata Mcgraw Hill , 2002. 2. Rong-Jun Xie, Yuan Qiang Li, Naoto Hirosaki, Japan; Hajime Yamamoto,‖ Nitride Phosphors and Solid-State Lighting‖, CRC Press,2011. 3. S.M.Sze,‖ Physics of semiconductor devices‖, John Wiley and Sons, 2007.

15OH25 SENSORS FOR ENGINEERING APPLICATIONS 3 0 0 3

STRAIN AND PRESSURE MEASUREMENT: Resistance strain guage, piezoelectric pressure gauge, characteristics. Electronic circuits for strain gauge, load cells. Interferometer, Fibre-optic methods. Pressure gauges Aneroid capacitance pressure gauge, ionization gauge, Using the transducers for applications (9)

MOTION SENSORS: Capacitor plate sensor, Inductive sensors, LVDT Accelerometer systems, rotation sensors drag cup devices, piezoelectric devices. Rotary encoders. (9)

LIGHT RADIATION: Color temperature, light flux, photo sensors, photomultiplier, photo resistor and photoconductors, photodiodes, phototransistors, photovoltaic devices, fiber-optic applications, light transducer, solid-state ,transducers liquid crystal devices. (9)

HEAT AND TEMPERATURE: Bimetallic strip, Bourdon temperature gauge, thermocouples, Resistance thermometers, thermistors, PTC thermistors, bolometer, Pyroelectric detector. (9)

ELECTRONIC SENSORS: Proximity detectors – Inductive and capacitive, ultrasonic, photo beam detectors Reed switch, magnet and Hall-effect units, Doppler detectors, liquid level detectors, flow sensors, smoke sensors. (9)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Doebelin E O, ―Measurement Systems, Application and Design‖ , McGraw Hill, Fifth Edition, 2004 2. Ian R Sinclair, ―Sensors and Transducers‖, Third Edition, Newnes publishers, 2001.

REFERENCES: 1. Jack P Holman, ―Experimental Methods for Engineers‖, Seventh Edition, McGraw Hill, USA, 2001. 2. Robert G Seippel, ―Transducers, Sensors and Detectors‖, Reston Publishing Company, USA, 1983.

15OH26 THIN FILM TECHNOLOGY 3 0 0 3

PREPARATION OF THIN FILMS: Study of thin film vacuum coating unit - Construction and uses of vapour sources-wire, sublimation, crucible and electron bombardment heated sources. Physical vapour deposition – Thermal evaporation – electron beam evaporation – Sputtering - Study of glow Discharge - Physical nature of sputtering - Sputtering yield - Experimental set up for DC and RF magnetron sputtering, Pulsed laser deposition and Ion beam assisted deposition. Chemical vapour deposition – Thermodynamics of CVD - Atmospheric pressure CVD – MOCVD and PECVD processes. Chemical methods: Qualitative study of preparation of thin films by Electroplating, vapour phase growth and anodization. (9)

NUCLEATION AND GROWTH: Nucleation and growth of thin films – four stages of film growth - Directionality of evaporation molecules - Cosine law of emission. Emission from a point source. Mass of material condensing on the substrate. (6)

DEPOSITION MONITORING AND CONTROL: Microbalance, Crystal oscillator thickness monitor, optical monitor, Resistance Monitor. Thickness measurement: Multiple Beam Interferometer, Fizeau (Tolansky) technique - Fringes of equal chromatic order (FECO) method - Ellipsometry (qualitative only). (7)

ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES: Sheet resistance - size effect - Electrical conduction in thin metallic films. Effect of ageing and annealing - Oxidation - Agglomeration. (5)

DIELECTRIC PROPERTIES: DC conduction mechanism - Low field and high field conduction. Breakdown mechanism in dielectric films - AC conduction mechanism. Temperature dependence of conductivity. (5)

STRUCTURE AND OPTICAL PROPERTIES: Study of structure of thin films using x-ray diffraction method, Optical constants of thin films – spectrophotometer- Transmittance, absorption, determination of band gap. (5)

APPLICATION OF THIN FILMS: Thin film resistors: Materials and Design of thin film resistors (Choice of resistor and shape and area) - Trimming of thin film resistors - sheet resistance control - Individual resistor trimming. Thin film capacitors: Materials - Capacitor structures - Capacitor yield and capacitor stability. Thin film field effect transistors: Fabrication and characteristics - Thin film solar cells – antireflection coatings. (8)

Total L:45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Milton Ohring, ―Materials Science of Thin Films‖, Academic Press, 2002. 2. Goswami A, "Thin Film Fundamentals", New Age International (P) Ltd., 1996.

REFERENCES: 1. Donald Smith, ―Thin Film Deposition ‖, McGraw –Hill, 1995. 2. Maissel L I and Glang R, "Hand Book of Thin Film Technology", McGraw Hill, 1970. 3. Icha Elshabini-Riadaud Fred D. Barlow III "Thin Film Technology Hand book", Mc Graw Hill Company, 1997.

15OH27 NONLINEAR SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING APPLICATIONS 3 0 0 3 INTRODUCTION: Dynamical systems: Linear and Nonlinear Forces, Mathematical Implications of Nonlinearity- Linear waves- ordinary differential equations (ODEs)- Partial differential equations (PDEs)- Methods to solve ODEs and PDEs- Numerical methods – Linear and Nonlinear oscillations- Nonlinear waves- Quantitative features (9)

COHERENT STRUCTURES (QUALITATIVE): Linear and Nonlinear dispersive waves – Notion of Integrability, Painleve analysis, Soliton and its special collision properties – KdV equation – Basic theory of KdV equation – Ubiquitous soliton equations: magnetic spin systems, Optical fibers, – AKNS Method, Backlund transformation, Hirota bilinearization method, - Perturbation methods. (9)

BIFURCATIONS AND ONSET OF CHAOS: One dimensional flows – Two dimensional flows – Phase plane – Limit cycles – Simple bifurcations: Saddle –Node, Pitchfork, Transcritical and Hopf – Discrete Dynamical system – The Logistic Map Strange attractors Period doubling– Routes to chaos. (9)

CHAOS THEORY AND CHARACTERISTION: One dimensional maps – Duffing oscillators – Lorenz equations – BVP and DVP oscillators – Pendulum – Chaos in nonlinear circuits – Chaos in conservative system – characterization of chaos: Lyapunov Exponent, Poincare section –Fractals. (9)

APPLICATIONS: Soliton based communication systems – Solition based computation – Synchronization of chaos – Chaos based communication – Cryptography – Image processing – Stochastic – Resonance – Chaos based computation – Time Series analysis. Spin transfer torque, Spin valves, MRAM (9)

Total L: 45 63

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Lakshmanan M and Rajasekar S, ―Nonlinear Dynamics: Integrability‖, Chaos and Patterns, Springer, Berlin 2003 2. Drazin G and Johnson R.S, ―Solitons: An Introduction‖, Cambridge University Press,1989. 3. Strogatz S, “Nonlinear Dynamics and Chaos‖, Addison Wesley, 1995.

REFERENCES: 1. Hasegawa A and Kodama Y, ―Solitons in Optical Communications‖, Oxford Press, 1995. 2. Lakshmanan M and Murali K, ―Chaos in Nonlinear Oscillators‖, World Scientific, Singapore, 1989. 3. Thompson J M T and Stewart H B, ―Nonlinear Dynamics and Chaos‖, Wiley 2002.

15OH28 NONLINEAR FIBER OPTICS 3 0 0 3

FIBER NONLINEARITIES: Introduction - Nonlinear Refraction - Maxwell's Equations – in free space and different Medium. Fiber Modes: single mode and multimode - Eigen value Equations Single Mode Condition - Nonlinear pulse Propagation - Higher Order Nonlinear Effects. (9)

GROUP VELOCITY DISPERSION AND PHASE MODULATION: Gaussian Pulse - Chirped Gaussian Pulse - Higher Order Dispersions - Changes in Pulse Shape – Self Phase Modulation (SPM) induced Spectral Broadening - Non-linear Phase Shift - Effect of Group Velocity Dispersion - Self Steepening - Application of SPM- Cross Phase Modulation (XPM) - Coupling between Waves of Different Frequencies - Non-linear Birefringence – Optical Kerr Effect - Pulse Shaping. (9)

OPTICAL SOLITONS AND DISPERSION MANAGEMENT: Soliton Characteristics - Soliton Stability - Bright and Dark Solitons – Other kinds of Solitons - Effect of Birefringence in Solitons - Solitons based Fiber Optic Communication System (Qualitative treatment) – Demerits - Dispersion Managed Solitons (DMS). (9)

SOLITON LASERS: Non-linear Fiber Loop Mirrors - Soliton Lasers - Fiber Raman Lasers – Mode locked Fiber Lasers, Fiber Raman Amplifiers - Fiber Raman Solitons - Erbium doped fiber amplifiers. (9)

APPLICATIONS OF SOLITONS: DMS for single channel transmission – WDM transmission - Fiber Gratings- Fiber Couplers –Fiber Interferometers – Pulse Compression – Soliton Switching – Soliton light wave systems. (9)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Govind P. Agrawal ―Nonlinear Fiber Optics‖, Academic Press, New York, 1995. 2. Murti Y V G S and Vijayan C ―Essentials of Nonlinear Optics‖, Wiley, 2014.

REFERENCES: 1. Hasegawa A and Matsumoto M ―Optical Solitons in Fibers‖ Springer, Berlin, 2003. 2. Govind P. Agrawal, ―Applications of Nonlinear Fiber Optics‖. Academic Press, New York, 2001. 3. Lakshmanan M and Rajasekar S, ―Nonlinear Dynamics: Integrability‖, Chaos and Patterns, Springer, Berlin, 2003. 4. Kivshar Y S and Govind Agrawal, ―Optical Solitons : From Fibers to Photonic Crystals‖, Academic Press, New York, 2003.

15OH29 CHAOTRONICS 3 0 0 3

LINEAR AND NONLINEAR CIRCUITS: Linear circuit elements – nonlinear circuit elements – switches, reactive nonlinear energy storage devises-inductance and capacitance -circuits with linear elements – circuits with nonlinear elements – LC, RLC and forced RLC circuits - importance of nonlinearity – low and higher order electronic circuits with nonlinearity – Op-amp: Mathematical operations. (9)

BIFURCATION AND CHAOS: Introduction – periodic, quasi-periodic and chaotic behaviors – types of bifurcations: saddle node, Pitchfork, Transcritical and Hopf – routes to chaos– discrete and continuous dynamical systems – characterization of periodic and chaotic motions- strange attractors. (9)

DISCRETE MAP BASED CHAOTIC CIRCUITS: Introduction – logistic map dynamics and power electronics – Onset of chaos– circuit realization of logistic map – cob-web diagrams – Poincare-map construction - bifurcation diagram circuits – Henon map circuit – phase-portrait. (9)

CONTINUOUS TYPE CHAOTIC CIRCUITS: Introduction – autonomous chaotic circuits: Chua‘s diode, Chua‘s circuit, Chua‘s canonical circuit – Wien-bridge oscillator based chaotic circuit – Colpitts chaotic oscillator – negative resistance based chaotic circuits – LC oscillator based chaotic circuits. Non-autonomous chaotic circuits: RL-diode circuit, driven Chua‘s circuit, MLC circuit- stochastic resonance circuit. Analog simulation circuits: Duffing oscillator, van-der Pol oscillator – Lorenz system (9)

HIGHER-ORDER CHAOTIC CIRCUITS; Introduction – simple hyper-chaotic circuits with LCR elements – negative resistance based hyper-chaotic circuits – delay-chaotic circuits: autonomous and non-autonomous versions. Power-electronic circuits – CNN based chaotic circuits. (9)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Lakshmanan M and Murali K, ―Chaotic oscillators: Controlling and synchronization‖, World Scientific, Singapore, 1996. 2. Lakshmanan M and Rajasekar S, ―Nonlinear dynamics: Integrability, chaos and patterns‖, Springer, Berlin, 2001.

REFERENCES: 1. Strogatz S H, ―Nonlinear dynamics and chaos‖, Addison-Wesley, Manchester, 1995. 2 Chua L O , Desoer C A and Kuh E S, ―Linear and nonlinear circuits‖. McGraw-Hill, Singapore 1987. 3 Chua L O, ―CNN: A paradigm for complexity‖. World Scientific, Singapore, 1998. 4. Van Wyk M A and Steeb W H, ―Chaos in electronics‖. Springer, Berlin, 1997.

CHEMISTRY

15OH33 CHEMICAL SENSORS AND BIOSENSORS 3 0 0 3

BIOSENSORS: Introduction – amperometric enzyme electrodes-characteristics- enzyme activity determinations – biosensors for enzyme immunoassay – Potentiometric enzyme electrodes – electrode characteristics and performance –pH glass and ion-selective electrodes – solid-state pH and redox electrodes –gas electrodes. (9)

IMMUNO BIOSENSORS: Potentiometric immunobiosensors – immobilization techniques – analytical applications. Principle and measurements of enzyme thermistor devices. Transducer – experimental techniques – types of biological element: immobilized enzymes – immobilized cells – determination of enzyme activities in solution (9)

CHEMICALLY MEDIATED AND REDOX BASED HYDRO-GEL BASED BIOSENSORS: Introduction – sensing chemistry and materials –sensing techniques –transducer types. Transducer-based fiber optic biosensors – Optical biosensors based on competitive binding. Electron conducting redox polymer in biosensors –enzyme electrodes – specific sensor examples. Hybridization at oligonucleotide sensitive electrodes: function of oligonucleotide sensitive electrodes – hybridization efficiency and sensitivity – probe oligonucleotide structure and dynamics – hybridization conditions – hybridization kinetics. (9)

FLUOROPHORE AND CHROMOPHORES BASED FIBEROPTIC BIOSENSORS: Enzyme based nonmediated fiberoptic biosensors – chromophores and flurophore detection. Bioluminescence and chemiluminescence based fiberoptic sensors – bioluminescence and chemiluminecent reactions – analytical potential of luminescent reactions – applications (9)

DETERMINATION OF METAL IONS BY FLUORESCENCE ANISOTROPY: Theory of anisotropy based determination of metal ions – fluorescent aryl sulfonamides for zinc determination- removal of zinc from carbonic anhydrase – determination of zinc using reagent approach – determination of copper and other ions by using reagentless approach. (9)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Copper J. M. and Cass E. G. A., ―Biosensors‖, Oxford University Press, 2004. 2. Brian Eggins, ―Chemical Sensors and Biosensors‖, John Willey & Sons, 2002.

REFERENCES: 1. Bansi Dhar M, Anthony T., ―Advances in Biosensors: Perspectives in Biosensors (Advances in Biosensors)‖, JAI Press, 2003. 2. Blum L. J. and Coulet P. R., ―Biosensor Principles and Applications‖, Marcel Dekker Inc., 1991.

15OH37 ENERGY STORING DEVICES AND FUEL CELLS 3 0 0 3

BATTERIES: Types-battery characteristics - voltage, current, capacity, electricity storage density, power, discharge rate, cycle life, energy efficiency, shelf life. Primary cells: Fabrication, performance aspects, packing and rating of zinc-carbon, alkaline-manganese, silver oxide cells. Lithium primary batteries. (9)

SECONDARY BATTERIES: Fabrication, performance aspects and rating of lead acid and sealed lead acid battery, nickel-cadmium, Ni-metal-hydride lithium ion batteries, Rechargeable Zinc alkaline batteries and thermal batteries. (9)

ADVANCED BATTERIES: Metal / air, zinc-bromine, sodium-beta alumina and lithium / iron sulphide batteries. Photogalvanic cells. Battery specifications for cars, heart pacemakers, torpedo batteries, satellite batteries. (9)

FUEL CELLS: Classification, working principle, components, applications and environmental aspects of alkaline, phosphoric acid, solid oxide, molten carbonate, direct methanol and proton exchange membrane fuel cells. (9)

HYDROGEN AS FUEL: Sources of hydrogen - Hydrogen production – electrolysis, thermochemical methods, fossil fuel methods and solar energy method– gas clean-up – various methods of hydrogen storage. Hydrogen as an engine fuel - features and limitations. Ideal efficiency of a fuel cell. (9)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Dell, Ronald M. Rand and David A. J., ―Understanding Batteries‖, Royal Society of Chemistry, 2001. 2. Aulice Scibioh M. and Viswanathan B., ―Fuel Cells – Principles and Applications‖, University Press, 2006.

REFERENCES: 1. Lindon David, ―Handbook of Batteries‖, McGraw Hill, 2002. 2. Kiehne H. A., ―Battery Technology Handbook‖, Expert Verlag, Renningen Malsheim, 2003. 3. Hoogers G. (Ed), ―Fuel Cell Handbook‖, CRC, Boca Raton, FL, 2003. 4. Palanna O.G., ―Engineering Chemistry‖, Tata Mc.Graw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2009.

15OH39 MODERN ELECTRONIC MATERIALS 3 0 0 3

MATERIALS FOR ORGANIC ELECTRONICS: Organic thin film transistors and conducting polymer based electrochemical transistors, electroluminescence, electrochromic, photoelectrochromic materials, nanowires, nanoswitches, nanotransducers, nanooptical sensors. (9)

PENTACENE, POLYTHIOPHENE, INDOCARBAZOLE SYSTEMS: Pentacene transistors - performance. Engineered pentacenes – Reversible functionalization – end-substituted derivatives, perifunctionalized pentacenes. Heteropentacenes. Semiconductors based on polythiophene and Indolo[3,2-b]carbazole – polydialkylterthiophenes, polydialkylquaterthiophenes, polythiophene nanoparticles, indocarbazole designs. (9)

POLYMERS IN ELECTRONICS: Conducting polymers – charge transport in conjugated polymers – Electrical properties of doped conjugated polymers based biosensors. Organic light emitting diodes – Polymers for light emitting diodes, Structure and fabrication methods. Photoresists – Chemistry and types – Synthetic photopolymers – Photochemistry of crosslinking – Wafer processable photoresists – Resist processing – Development of crosslinking resists. (9) OPTICAL LITHOGRAPHY: Generalized Photolithographic systems. Optical exposure techniques – contact proximity printing, projection printing. Photoresists and substrates – General properties of photoresists, optical properties of positive photoresists, the wafer substrate, substrate topography, multilayer resist technology. Characterisation of lithographic image (9)

LIQUID CRYSTALLINE POLYMERS: Classification of liquid crystals – Chemical constitution – liquid crystalline behaviour of polymers, stability. Applications – Optoelectronic materials, displays, laser writable devices, NLO, sensors and actuators. (9)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Hagen Klauk ―Organic Electronics: Materials, Manufacturing, and Applications‖ Wiley-VCH, 2006. 2. Donald A. M., Windle A. H., Hanna S., ―Liquid Crystalline Polymers,‖ Cambridge University Press, 2006.

REFERENCES: 1. Kenneth G. Budinski and Michael K. Budinski, ‖Engineering Materials: Properties and Selection‖, Prentice Hall, 2004. 2. Arnost Reiser, ―Photoreactive Polymers the Science and Technology of Resists‖, Wiley Interscience, New York, 1989. 3. Kohler M. and Fritzsche W. ―Nanotechnology: An Introduction to Nanostructuring Techniques‖, Wiley, New York, 2007. 4. Arora G. D., ―Liquid Crystals and Polymers‖ Sarup and Sons, India, 2005.

COMPUTER APPLICATIONS

15OH46 COMPUTER GRAPHICS AND VIRTUAL REALITY 3 0 0 3

BASICS OF COMPUTER GRAPHICS: Display Devices - Bitmap and Vector based graphics - Overview of Coordinate system - Scan Conversion of: point - line using Digital differential analyzer & Bresenham‘ s algorithm - circle using midpoint approach ; Curve Generation : Bezier and B-Spline curves. Introduction to fractals: generation procedure - classification dimension and Koch Curve. (11)

AREA FILLING, TRANSFORMATIONS AND VIEWING: Area filling: Inside/outside Test - scan line polygon fill algorithm - Boundary fill and flood fill algorithm. Basic geometrical 2D and 3D transformation. Viewing pipeline - view coordinate reference frame - window to viewport transformation. (9)

BASICS OF ANIMATION: Key frame animation - sequence - motion control methods - morphing - warping. (8)

VIRTUAL REALITY: Components of VR system - types of VR - position trackers - navigation - gesture interface – displays - Open GL rendering pipeline. (9)

VR PROGRAMMING: VRML, defining and using nodes and shapes - VRML browsers - Java 3D – visual object definition by shape 3D instances - ColorCube class - Geometric utility classes. (8)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Donald Hearn and M. Pauline Baker, ―Computer Graphics‖, Pearson Education, 2011. 2. R. K Maurya, ―Computer Graphics with Virtual Reality Systems‖, Wiley India, 2009.

REFERENCES: 1. Grigore Burdea, Philippe Coiffet, ―Virtual Reality Technology‖, Wiley, 2003. 2. F.S. Hill , Stephen M. Kelley , ―Computer Graphics using Open GL‖ Prentice Hall, 2009.

15OH47 DATA AND FILE STRUCTURES 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Data structures - Abstract data Types - Primitive data structures - Algorithms: Structure, properties – analysis of time complexities. . (4)

ARRAYS: Representation of linear and multi dimensional arrays – Operations - Applications. (5)

STACKS : Representation - Operations - implementation - Applications: Recursion handling; Evaluation of expressions. (5)

QUEUES: Representation - Operations - sequential implementation – Circular Queues-Priority Queues - Deque – Applications: Job Scheduling systems. (7)

LISTS: Singly linked lists, Doubly linked lists, Circular lists, Multiply linked lists – Operations - Linked stacks - Linked queues- Applications: Addition of Polynomials; Sparse Matrix representation. (9)

FILES: File Types – Basic file operations – Heap Organization- Sequential file organization – Indexed Sequential File – Direct file organization (8)

SORTING: Insertion Sort - Shell Sort - Bubble Sort - Quick Sort - Merge Sort – Algorithms - Analysis. (7)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Sahni Sartaj, "Data Structures, Algorithms and Applications in C++", Silicon Press, 2009 2. Mark Allen Weiss ,― Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C‖, Pearson Education, 2012.

REFERENCES: 1. Aaron M Tanenbaum, Moshe J Augenstein and Yedidyah Langsam, "Data structures using C and C++ ", PHI Learning, 2012. 2. Vijayalakshmi Pai G.A, ―Data Structures and Algorithms: Concepts Techniques and Applications‖, Mc Graw Hill, 2009. 3. Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronald L. Rivest and Clifford Stein, ― Introduction to Algorithms ‖, The MIT Press, 2009. 4. A. Chitra. P.T. Rajan ―Data Structures," Tata McGraw Hill Education, 2008.

15OH48 DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Databases – Conventional file Processing – Data Modeling for a database – Three level architecture – Data Independence – Components of a Database Management System – characteristics - Advantages and disadvantages of a DBMS - Data base administrator-functions and responsibilities. (5)

DATAMODELING: Introduction to Hierarchical data model - Network data model- ER model: Entities, Attributes, relationships – Weak and strong entity types – Design of Entity Relationship data models. (7)

RELATIONAL MODEL: Relational data model basics - properties of Relations- Domains and Key concept – Enforcing data integrity constraints - Relational algebra operations. (8)

RELATIONAL DATABASE MANIPULATION: Introduction to Structured Query Language(SQL) – SQL commands for defining database – Manipulations on database – Basic data retrieval operations - aggregate function- order by/group by clause- sub queries-in-any-all-views in SQL. (13)

DATA BASE DESIGN THEORY: Functional dependencies - Normal forms – Normalization: 1NF to 5NF- Domain Key Normal Form – losses join and dependency preserving decomposition. (7)

DATABASE TRANSACTION & SECURITY: - Transaction processing – properties - Concurrency control mechanism - security and integrity threats - Defense Mechanism. (5)

Total L : 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Elmasri R and Navathe S B, ―Fundamentals of Database Systems‖, Pearson Education, 2010. 2. Silberschatz A, Korth H and Sudarshan S, ―Database System Concepts‖, McGraw-Hill, 2010.

REFERENCES: 1. Raghu Ramakrishnan and Johannes Gehrke, ―Database Management System‖, McGraw Hill, 2006. 2. Thomas Condly, Carolyn Begg, ―Database System‖ Pearson Education, 2009. 3. Date C J, ―An Introduction to Database Systems‖, Pearson Education 2008.

15OH49 HIGH PERFORMANCE COMPUTING 3 0 0 3

MODERN PROCESSORS: Stored-program computer architecture – General-purpose cache-based microprocessor architecture – Memory hierarchies - Multicore processors - Multithread processors - Vector processors - Optimization techniques for serial code - Common sense optimizations - Simple measures - large impact - Role of compilers. (7)

PARALLEL COMPUTERS: Parallel architectures -Trends in architectures, CMPs, GPUs, and Grids, Multiprocessors, Multicomputers, Multithreading, Pipelining- Data access optimization - Balance analysis and lightspeed estimates - Storage order - Taxonomy of parallel computing paradigms - Shared memory computers - Distributed memory computers - Hierarchical systems – Networks - Basics of parallelization- Parallelism – Parallel scalability. (11)

PARALLEL PROGRAMMING: Motivating parallelism - Scope of parallel computing - Parallel programming platforms: Implict parallelism trends in microprocessor architectures -Low Level Approaches –Threads –Message passing–Issues in scalability and portability –Transactional Memory -Parallel Programming: Higher Level Approaches –ZPL –Automatic Parallelization and HPF - Limitations - Dichotomy - Physical organizations - Communication costs – Routing mechanisms for interconnected networks- Impact of process. (11)

PRINCIPLES OF PARALLEL ALGORITHM DESIGN: Preliminaries - Decomposition techniques - Characteristics of tasks and interactions - Mapping techniques for load balancing - Methods for containing interaction overheads - Parallel algorithm models – Basic communication operations. (7)

SORTING AND GRAPH ALGORITHMS: Dense matrix Algorithm: Matrix-vector multiplication - Martix- matrix multiplication- Issues in sorting on parallel computing - Sorting networks - Bubble sorts and its variants - Quick sort - Graph algorithms - Definition and representation - Prims algorithm - Dijkstra's algorithm - All pairs shortest path - Transitive closure – Connected components. (9)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Georg Hager and Gerhard Wellein, Introduction to High Performance Computing for Scientists and Engineers, Chapman & Hall, 2010. 2. John Levesque and Gene Wagenbreth, High Performance Computing: Programming and Applications, Chapman & Hall, 2010.

REFERENCES: 1. Ananth Grama and George Karypis, Introduction to parallel computing, Addison-Wesley 2009. 2. John L. Hennessy and David Patterson, Computer Architecture- A Quantitative Approach, Elsevier, 2012.

15OH50 MAINFRAME SYSTEMS 3 0 0 3

EVOLUTION OF MAINFRAME: Overview of Computer Architecture -Classification of Computers -micro, mini, mainframes and super computer - key features – benefits. (6)

MAINFRAME SYSTEM: Attributes of Mainframes - Reasons for opting Mainframes - Users of Mainframes - Difference between Centralized and Distributed computing - Batch processing - Online/Interactive transactions. (9)

MAINFRAME WORKLOADS : Concept - strategy and benefits of the z/OS environment - Application enablement in z/OS - Overview of e-business support in z/OS - Connectivity to the z/OS environment - Security support provided by z/OS (9)

SYSTEM MANAGEMENT- Scalability – availability - backup and recovery features in z/OS - z/OS system services - zSeries processor configurations. (6)

COBOL: Introduction to COBOL - Program Structure - Procedure Division - Table Handling - File Handling. (9)

CASE STUDY : z/VM – Linux – zVSE – zTPF. (6)

Total L : 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Introduction to the New Mainframe: z/OS Basics, IBM Red Book, 2011. 2. M. K. Roy, D. Ghosh Dastidhar, ―COBOL programming‖, Tata-McGraw Hill,1989.

REFERENCE: 1. IBM Redbook, ―COBOL - Language Reference‖, 5th ed., Ver 3, Release 2, 2003.

15OH51 MOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Open Source Platform – Mobile Devices – Open Handset Alliance – Mobile Applications. (4)

ANDROID: Features of android – Development Framework – Android SDK – Native Libraries – Application framework – ADK – Android and Java. (5)

BASIC WIDGETS: Android Components – Android activity life cycle – Layouts and controls – Event Handling – creating and starting an activity - using controls. (6)

BUILDING USER INTERFACES: Fundamental Android UI design – Layouts – Fragments – Creating Views – List view – Grid View control – View pager control. (6)

USING RESOURCES AND MEDIA: Resources Types – Creating Resources – Using Drawable resources – Playing Audio – Playing Video – Displaying progress. (6)

BUILDING MENUS: Menus and types – Creating menus through XML – Creating menus through coding – Using the ActionBar – Drop-down List ActionBar. (6)

DATABASES: Android databases – SQLite – introduction – creating, opening, querying the database – Extracting values from a cursor - Creating content providers – Using Content providers. (6)

PUBLISHING ANDROID APPLICATIONS: Setting versioning information – Signing and publishing the applications – Distributing applications - Monetizing the applications. (6)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Reto Meier and Wrox Wiley, ―Professional Android 4 Application Development‖, 2012. 2. Zigurad Mednieks, Larid Dornin,G.Blake Meike,Masumi Nakamura, ‖Programming Andriod‖, O‘Reilly,2013.

REFERENCE: 1. B.M Harwani , ―Android programming unleashed‖, Pearson Education, New Delhi,2013..

15OH52 MULTICORE PROGRAMMING 3 0 0 3

BASICS OF MULTICORE : Definition - hybrid architectures - The software developer‘s viewpoint - single core - multicore – Types: multicore designs. (7)

CHALLENGES : Sequential model – Concurrency – software development - Processor architecture - Operating systems role.(10)

MULTIPROCESSING : Process creation - Working with process environment variables - Killing a process - Process resources - Synchronous and a asynchronous processes - Multithreading - Comparing threads to processes - Architecture - Creation and management of threads. (10)

COMMUNICATION AND SYNCHRONIZATION: Thread strategy approaches - Decomposition and encapsulation of work - Approaches to application design - PADL and PBS. (9)

UML: Modelling the structure of a system - UML and concurrent behavior - Basic testing types - Defect removal for parallel programs - Standard software engineering tests. (9)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOK: 1. M. Herlihy and N. Shavit, ―The Art of Multiprocessor Programming‖, Morgan Kaufmann, 2012.

REFERENCES: 1. D. B. Kirk and W. W. Hwu, ―Programming Massively Parallel processors: A Hands-on approach‖, Morgan Kaufmann, 2010. 2 C. Huges and T. Huges ,‖Professional Multi-core programming: Design and Implementation for C++developers‖, Wrox, 2008.

15OH53 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING 3 0 0 3

PRINCIPLES OF OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING: Software crisis Software Evolution - Procedure Oriented Programming - Object Oriented Programming Paradigm - Basic Concepts and Benefits of OOP - Object Oriented Programming Language - Application of OOP - Structure of C++ - Types and Declarations - Pointers, Arrays, and Structures - Expressions and Statements - Manipulators. (10)

FUNCTIONS IN C++: Function Prototyping - Call by Reference - Return by reference - Inline functions – Default - Const Arguments (6)

CLASSES AND OBJECTS: Data members - Member functions - Nesting of Member functions - Private member functions - Memory allocation for Objects - Static data members - Static Member Functions - Arrays of Objects - Objects as Function Arguments - Friend Functions - Returning Objects. . (7)

CONSTRUCTORS: Parameterized Constructors - Multiple Constructors in a Class - Constructors with Default Arguments – Dynamic Initialization of Objects - Copy and Dynamic Constructors – Destructors. (6)

INHERITANCE: Defining Derived Classes - Single Inheritance - Making a Private Member Inheritable - Multiple Inheritance – Hierarchical Inheritance - Hybrid Inheritance - Virtual Base Classes - Abstract Classes - Constructors in Derived Classes. (8)

POLYMORPHISM: Compile and Run Time Polymorphism – Operators Overloading - Unary and Binary Operators Overloading - Function Overloading. (8)

Total L : 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Bjarne Stroustrup, ―The C++ Programming Language‖, Pearson, 2013. 2. Stanley B Lippman, Josee Lajoie, Barbara E Moo ―C++ Primer‖, Pearson, 2012.

REFERENCE: 1. Harvey M Deitel and Paul J Deitel, ―C++ How to Program‖, Prentice Hall, 2011.

15OH54 PROGRAMMING IN PYTHON 3 0 0 3

BASICS : Python - Variables - Executing Python from the Command Line - Editing Python Files - Python Reserved Words - Basic Syntax-Comments - Strings and Numeric Data Types - Simple Input and Output. (8)

CONTROL STATEMENTS: Control Flow and Syntax - Indenting - if Statement - Relational Operators - Logical Operators - Bit Wise Operators - while Loop - break and continue - for Loop - Lists – Tuples - Sets - Dictionaries. (8)

FUNCTIONS: Definition - Passing parameters to a Function - Variable Number of Arguments - Scope - Passing Functions to a Function - Mapping Functions in a Dictionary – Lambda - Modules - Standard Modules – sys – math – time - dir Function. (9)

ERROR HANDLING: Run Time Errors - Exception Model - Exception Hierarchy - Handling Multiple Exceptions - Data Streams - Access Modes Writing - Data to a File Reading - Data From a File - Additional File Methods - Using Pipes as Data Streams - Handling IO Exceptions - Working with Directories. (10) 70

OBJECT ORIENTED FEATURES: Classes Principles of Object Orientation - Creating Classes - Instance Methods - File Organization - Special Methods - Class Variables – Inheritance – Polymorphism - Type Identification - Simple Character Matches - Special Characters - Character Classes – Quantifiers - Dot Character - Greedy Matches – Grouping - Matching at Beginning or End - Match Objects – Substituting - Splitting a String - Compiling Regular Expressions. (10)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Mark Summerfield. ―Programming in Python 3: A Complete introduction to the Python Language‖, Addison-Wesley Professional, 2009. 2. Martin C. Brown, ―PYTHON: The Complete Reference‖, McGraw-Hill, 2001.

REFERENCES: 1. Wesley J Chun, ―Core Python Applications Programming‖, Prentice Hall, 2012. 2. Allen B Downey, ―Think Python‖, O‘Reilly, 2012.

15OH55 RESPONSIVE WEB DESIGN 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION TO HTML AND XHTML: Origins and Evolution of HTML - Basic Syntax - Standard HTML Document Structure - Basic Text Formatting - Images - Hypertext Links – Lists - Tables - Frames and Forms. (6)

CASCADING STYLE SHEETS: Introduction - Levels of Style Sheets - Style Specification Formats – Style Classes - Properties and Property Values - Color - The span and div Tags. (7)

HTML5: Media Queries supporting different viewports – Syntax - Fluid Layouts- Fluid Images- Serving Different Images for different screen sizes - HTML 5 for responsive designs - semantic elements in HTML5 – Embedding Media in HTML5. (10)

CSS3: Selectors - Typography and Color Modes – Aesthetics with CSS3 – Text shadows - Box shadows - Background Gradients – patterns - Multiple Background images Transitions - Transformations and Animations Forms with HTML5 and CSS3. (12)

BASICS OF JAVASCRIPT: Object Orientation and JavaScript - General Syntactic Characteristics – Primitives - Operations and Expressions - Screen Output - Control Statements - Object Creation and Modification - Arrays - Functions - Constructors - Errors in Scripts. (10)

Total L : 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Ben Frain, ―Responsive Web Design using HTML5 and CSS3‖, PACKT Publishing, 2012. 2. Thomas Powell and Fritz Schneider,‖Javascript 2.0 : The Complete reference‖, Tata McGraw Hill,2012.

REFERENCE: 1. Thomas Powell, ― HTML and CSS: The Complete Reference‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.

15OH56 SOCIAL WEB MINING 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Data mining and web mining – web community and social network analysis – Characteristics of web data – web community – The evolution of social networks – basic concept in social networks . (9)

SOCIAL NETWORK DATA AND REPRESENTATION: Structural – composition-affiliation variables-modes-boundary specification and sampling- type of networks- measurement and collection - Review of graph theory- Data set- Tools-Pajek, Netdraw, UCInet (10)

STRUCTURAL PROPERTIES OF SOCIAL NETWORKS: Notions of centrality - cohesiveness of subgroups - roles and positions - structural equivalence - equitable partitions. (12)

WEB CONTENT MINING: Boolean model - vector space model - web search – feature enrichment of short texts- - automatic topic extraction from web document – opinion search and opinion spam. (5)

WEB LINKAGE MINING : Hyperlinks- co-citation and bibliographic coupling- page rank and HITS algorithm – web community discovery – web graph measurement and modelling - using link information for webpage classification. (9)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Stanley Wasserman, Katherine Faust, ―Social network analysis: methods and applications‖, Cambridge University Press, 2009.

2. John Scott, ―Social Network Analysis: A Handbook‖, SAGE Publications, 2000.

REFERENCES: 1. Guandong xu, yanchun zhang , ―Web mining and social networking: techniques‖, Springer science and business media, 2011. 2. Charles Kadushin, ―Understanding Social Network: Theories, Concepts, and Findings‖, Oxford Press, 2011.

15OH57 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Software Characteristics-Comparison with other Engineering disciplines-Software Crisis and Myths-Software life cycle models-Selection of process models for projects- Agile methods- Software Engineering paradigms. (8)

REQUIREMENTS GATHERING: Requirements gathering tasks – Requirements Engineering Process - Qualities of good requirements-Types of Requirements-Requirements elicitation- Requirements documentation- Analysis Documentation. (7)

DESIGN: Functional Decomposition-Context diagram-Data flow diagrams-Data Dictionary-Functional Independence-Modular Design-Coupling-Cohesion- Design tools – Structured Chart, HIPO Diagram, Decision Tree, Decision Table, Pseudo code – User Interface Design - Software Design Documentation. (12)

PROGRAMMING STANDARDS: Structured programming coding standards-Maintainability of code. (5)

SOFTWARE TESTING FUNDAMENTALS – Black-Box and White-Box testing – Basis Path testing – Requirements phase testing - Design phase testing - Program phase testing - Desk debugging and program peer view test tools - Evaluating test results - Installation phase testing - Acceptance testing – Testing GUI – Testing Web Applications (8)

DEBUGGING : The art of Debugging – Debugging Process – Debugging Strategies. (5)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Roger Pressman S, ―Software Engineering: A Practitioner‘s Approach‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2015. 2. Ian Sommerville, ―Software Engineering‖, Pearson Education, 2011.

REFERENCES: 1. James Peter and Pedrycz W, ―Software Engineering: An Engineering Approach‖, John Wiley & Sons, 2007. 2. James Rumbaugh, Ivar Jacobson and Grady Booch, ―The Unified Modeling Language Reference Manual‖, Pearson, India, 2009. 3. Glenford J Myers, Tom Badgelt, Todd M Thomas and Corey Sandler, ―The art of Software Testing‖, John Wiley, 2004.

15OH58 JAVA PROGRAMMING 2 2 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Features of Java – Java Development Environment – Java Virtual Machine- byte codes in java - Naming conventions and Data Types - Operators - Control Structures - Arrays and Strings. (3+3)

OBJECT ORIENTED CONCEPTS: Classes and objects- creation- access specifiers- constructors – Methods - static- Inheritance - Composition-polymorphism -nested classes–wrapper classes- Abstract classes. (5+6)

PACKAGES AND INTERFACES: - Packages - Access protection - Importing packages - Interface - Defining and Implementing Interface. (3+3)

EXCEPTION HANDLING: Exception types - Uncaught Exception - Using Try and Catch - Multiple catch clauses - Nested try statements - throw - throws - Java Built-in Exception - Creating user defined exceptions- Assertions. (4+4)

INPUT/OUTPUT: Files – Stream classes – Byte Streams – Character Streams – Serialization. (3+3) MULTI THREADED PROGRAMMING: Java thread model - Priorities - Synchronization - Messaging - Thread class and runnable Interface - Synchronization - Interthread Communication. (4+4)

GUI PROGRAMMING- AWT-Swing classes - Components - Labels, Buttons, Check Boxes, combo box- Controls Menus – Frames Event delegation model –listener and listener methods –Event classes- Applets. (5+4)

DATABASE CONNECTIVITY: Architecture – connect RDBMS – Exploring java.sql package. (3+3)

Total L: 30+T:30 = 60 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Cay S Horstmann and Gary Cornell, ―Core Java Volume I & 2‖, Pearson Education, 2013. 72

2. Herbert Schildt, ―JAVA - The Complete Reference‖, Tata Mc-Graw Hill, 2013.

REFERENCES: 1. Deitel and Deitel, ―JAVA - How to Program‖, Prentice Hall International Inc., 2011. 2. Walter Slavic, ―Absolute Java‖, Pearson Education, 2013.

15OH59 GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEM 2 2 0 3

BASICS: GIS - Basic spatial concepts - Coordinate Systems - GIS and Information Systems – Definitions – History - Components – Hardware, Software, Data, People, Methods – Proprietary and Open Source Software - Types of data – Types of attributes – scales/ levels of measurements. Database Structures – Relational, Object Oriented – Spatial data models – Raster Data Structures – Raster Data – Vector Data Structures -Raster and Vector Models- TIN and GRID data models. (8+8)

DATA INPUT AND TOPOLOGY: Scanner - Raster Data Input – Raster Data File Formats – Geo referencing – Vector Data Input – Digitizer – Datum Projection and reprojection -Coordinate Transformation – Topology - Adjacency, connectivity and containment – Topological Consistency – Non topological file formats - Attribute Data linking – Linking External Databases – GPS Data Integration- Geodatabases (8+8)

DATA QUALITY AND STANDARDS: Data quality - Basic aspects - completeness, logical consistency, accuracy - positional, temporal, thematic - Lineage – Metadata – GIS Standards – Interoperability – Open Geospatial Consortium - Spatial Data Infrastructure – application in public information service. (5+4)

DATA MANAGEMENT AND OUTPUT: Import / Export – Data Management functions - Raster to Vector - Vector to Raster Conversion - Data Output - Map Compilation – Chart/Graphs – Multimedia – Enterprise Vs Desktop GIS - Distributed GIS. (5+5)

GIS MODELLING AND APPLICATIONS: Spatial modelling – External, Conceptual, Logical, Internal –GIS Modeling with case study-spatial data mining – Digital Elevation Model – applications:e-government : operation and decision support – e-business : advertisement , customer service, business analysis and decision support and in e-health science. (4+5)

Total L: 30 + T: 30 = 60

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Paul A. Longley, Mike Goodchild, David J. Maguire, ―Geographic Information Systems and Science‖, John Wiley & Sons Inc, 2011. 2. Pinde Fu, Jiulin Sun, ―Web GIS: Principles and Applications‖, ESRI Press, 2011.

REFERENCES: 1. Kang-Tsung Chang, ―Introduction to Geographic Information Systems‖, McGraw Hill Publishing, 2011. 2. Rene Rubalcava, ―ArcGIS web Development‖, Manning Publications , 2014. 3. Silas Tomas, ―ArcPy and ArcGIS – Geospatial Analysis with Python‖, Packt Publishing Ltd., 2015.

15OH60 PROGRAMMING FOR ROBOTICS 2 2 0 3 BASICS OF ROBOTICS: History – Definition – Components – Building a robot – The Robot drive mechanism. (3+2)

ROBOT SIMULATION: Mathematical modeling of the robot - Robot kinematics – Concepts of ROS and Gazebo. (4+4)

DESIGNING CHEFBOT HARDWARE: Specifications - Block diagram - Working with Robotic Actuators and Wheel Encoders - Interfacing DC geared motor with Tiva C LaunchPad - Interfacing quadrature encoder with Tiva C Launchpad - Working with Dynamixel actuators. (5+5)

WORKING WITH ROBOTIC SENSORS: Working with ultrasonic distance sensors - Working with the IR proximity sensor - Working with Inertial Measurement Unit. (4+4)

PYTHON AND ROS: Introduction to OpenCV, OpenNI, and PCL - Programming Kinect with Python using ROS, OpenCV, and OpenNI - Working with Point Clouds using Kinect, ROS, OpenNI, and PCL. (6+6)

INTERFACING IT INTO ROS, USING PYTHON: Building ChefBot hardware - Writing a ROS Python driver for ChefBot - Understanding ChefBot ROS launch files - Working with ChefBot Python nodes and launch files - The Calibration and Testing of ChefBot - The Calibration of Xbox Kinect using ROS - Wheel odometry calibration - Testing of the robot using GUI (8+9)

Total L: 30 + T: 30 = 60

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Lentin Joseph, ―Learning Robotics using Python‖, PACKT Publishing, 2015. 2. Aaron Martinez and Enrique Fernandez, ―Learning ROS for Robotics Programming‖, PACKT Publishing, 2013.

REFERENCES: 1. Bill Smart, Brian Gerkey, Morgan Quigley, ―Programming Robots with ROS: A Practical Introduction to the Robot Operating System‖, O‘Reilly Publishers, 2015.

HUMANITIES

15OH61 AN INTRODUCTION TO INDIAN CONSTITUTION 3 0 0 3

PREAMBLE AND ITS PHILOSOPHY: Introduction and Evolution of Indian Constitution preamble and its Philosophy. (4)

CENTRE-STATE RELATIONS: Directive Principles of State Policy, Fundamental Rights and Duties, Centre-State Relations. (6)

UNION GOVERNMENT: Powers, Functions and Position of President, Vice-President and Council of Ministers.. (6)

COMPOSITION OF PARLIAMENT: Constitution Amendment Procedure, Financial Legislation in Parliament. Case Study. (5)

FEDERAL SYSTEM: Features of Federal System, Administrative Relationship between Union and States, Powers, Functions and Position of Governors, Function of Chief Ministers, Council of Ministers. Composition and powers of the State Legislature. (8)

JUDICIARY: The Union Judiciary - Supreme Court and High Court. (6)

PUBLIC SERVICES: All India Services, Central Civil Services, State Services, Local Services and Training of Civil Services. (5)

INTERNATIONAL POLITICS: Foreign Policy of India, Foreign Policy of USA, International Institutions like UNO, WTO, SAARC and Environmentalism. (5)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Basu D.D., ―Introduction to the Constitution of India‖, Prentice Hall of India, 2001. 2. Briji Kishore Sharma, ―Introduction to the Constitution of India‖, Prentice Hall of India, 2005.

REFERENCES: 1. Pandey J. N., ―Constitutional Law of India‖, Central Law Agency, 1998. 2. Hoshiar Singh, ―Indian Administration‖ - Kitab Mahal, 2003. 3. Jain. M. C., ―The Constitution of India‖, Law House, New Delhi, 2001. 4. Shukla. V. N., ―Constitution of India‖, Eastern Book Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2011.

15OH62 ENTREPRENEURSHIP 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION TO ENTREPRENEURSHIP: Definition – Characteristics and Functions of an Entrepreneur – Common myths about entrepreneurs – Importance or Entrepreneurship. Seminar in R5 & R6. (5)

CREATIVITY AND INNOVATION: The role of creativity – The innovation Process – Sources of New Ideas – Methods of Generating Ideas – Creative Problem Solving – Entrepreneurial Process. (6)

DEVELOPING AN EFFECTIVE BUSINESS MODEL: The Importance of a Business Model – Starting a small scale industry - Components of an Effective Business Model. (5)

APPRAISAL OF PROJECTS: Importance of Evaluating Various options and future investments- Entrepreneurship incentives and subsidies – Appraisal Techniques. (8)

FORMS OF BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: Sole Proprietorship – Partnership – Limited liability partnership - Joint Stock Companies and Cooperatives. (4)

FINANCING THE NEW VENTURE: Determining Financial Needs – Sources of Financing – Equity and Debt Funding – Case studies in Evaluating Financial Performance. (8)

THE MARKETING FUNCTION: Industry Analysis – Competitor Analysis – Marketing Research for the New Venture – Defining the Purpose or Objectives – Gathering Data from Secondary Sources – Gathering Information from Primary Sources – Analyzing and Interpreting the Results – The Marketing Process. (5)

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY PROTECTION AND ETH ICS: Patents – Copyright - Trademark- Geographical indications – Ethical and social responsibility and challenges. (4)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Donald F.Kuratko and Richard M. Hodgetts, ―Entrepreneurship‖, South-Western. 2. Vasant Desai, ―The Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development and Management‖, Himalaya Publishing House, 2010.

REFERENCES: 1. Gupta S.L., Arun Mittal, ―Entrepreneurship Development‖, International Book House, 2012. 2. Sudha G. S., ―Management and Entrepreneurship Development‖, Indus Valley Publication, 2009. 3. Badi V., Badi N. V., ―Business Ethics‖, R. Vrinda Publication (P) Ltd., 2012. 4. Prasanna Chandra, ―Projects- Planning, Analysis, Financing, Implementation and review‖, TATA McGraw Hill, 2012.

15OH63 HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3

NATURE AND SCOPE OF HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT: Meaning and Definition of HRM, Objectives and Functions of HRM, Models of HRM, HRM in a changing Environment, Human Resource Management in the wake of Globalization. (6)

TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT: Principles of Learning, Objectives, Types and Training Methods, Management Development: Its Meaning, Scope and Objectives. (6)

WAGE AND SALARY ADMINISTRATION: Principles and Techniques of Wage Fixation, Job Evaluation, Incentive Schemes. (5)

PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL: Process, Methods, Factors that distort appraisal, Case studies in Methods to Improve Performance, Role of Performance in the Performance Management Process, Performance Appraisal Vs. Potential Appraisal. (6)

MORALE AND MOTIVATION OF EMPLOYEES: Morale-importance of Moral and Motivation Methods of Employees, Empowerment – Factors Affecting Empowerment – Process – Benefits. (6)

WORK ENVIRONMENT AND TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF EMPLOYMENT: Fatigue – Safety – Accident Prevention Accident Records – Factories Act of 1948 and pollution legislations. (4)

INTERNATIONAL HRM: Model, Variables that outline difference between local and International HRM approaches to IHRM, Linking HRM to International Expansion Strategies. (6)

TRENDS IN HR: HR Outsourcing – HRIS – Management of Turnover and retention – Workforce Rationalization – Managing Separation and Rightsizing – Case studies in Trends in Employee Engagement and Retention. (6)

Total L: 45 Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Gary Dessler & Biju Varkkey, ―Human Resource Management‖, Pearson Publications, New Delhi, 2012. 2. Rao VSP., ―Human Resources Management Text and Cases‖, Excel Books, 2010.

REFERENCES: 1. Aswathappa K, ―Human Resource and Personnel Management – Text and Cases‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 2011. 2. Bernardin H John., ―Human Resource Management – An experiential Approach‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007. 3. Cascio H, Wayne, ―Managing Human Resources – Productivity, Quality of Work Life and Profits‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 2004. 4. Dezenzo A David and Robbins P Robbins, ―Human Resource Management‖, John Wiley and Sons, Inc, MA., 2002.

15OH64 INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 0 0 3

INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY: Introduction – Concept and Meaning – Characteristics and Scope. (3)

GROUP DYNAMICS: Individual behaviour – Group behavior – Features of Group – Formation and Development – Types of Groups – Group Structure and Cohesiveness. (6)

PERCEPTION AND ATTITUDE: Importance of Perception – Need for Shaping Perception – Workplace Attitude. (3) 75

MOTIVATION AND LEADERSHIP: Meaning – Types - Motivation Theories - Implications of Motivational Theories in Workplace – Ways for Improving Employee Motivation – Leadership Styles Theories – Ethical Leadership. (6)

INTERPERSONAL RELATIONSHIP: Managing emotions – Emotional Intelligence – Building Interpersonal Relations– Managing the Boss – Dealing with Subordinates. (6)

STRESS: Dynamics – Types – Signs – Causes – Workplace Stress and Coping Strategies. (4)

ORGANISATION CULTURE: Meaning – Types – Importance – Changing Organizational Culture and Matching People with Organizational Culture – Working Environment. (5)

INDUSTRIAL FATIGUE BOREDOM: Types of Industrial Fatigue – Symptoms – Causes and Remedies of Industrial Fatigue Industrial Boredom – Causes – Effective Ways to Reduce Boredom. (6)

JOB SATISFACTION: Job Satisfaction – Consequences – Tips for Reducing Job Dissatisfaction. (3)

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT: Concept – Objectives – Process – Methods of Performance Evaluation. (3) Total L: 45 Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Vikram Bisen & Priya, ―Industrial Psychology‖, New Age International (P) Ltd., Publishers, 2010. 2. Michael G Aamodt, ―Industrial / Organizational Psychology-An Applied Approach‖, Wadsworth Cengage Learning, 2012.

REFERENCES: 1. Harold Koontz, Heinz Weihrich and Ramachandra Aryasri, ―Principles of Management‖, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2004. 2. Ronald Riggio, ―Introduction to Industrial and Organizational Psychology‖, Pearson Publication, 2012.

15OH65 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3

PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT: Meaning, Definition and Significance of Management, Basic Functions of Management – Planning, Organizing, Staffing, Directing and Controlling. (5)

ENGINEERS AND ORGANIZATIONAL ENVIRONMENT: Social, Economic, Technological and Political. Social Responsibility of Engineers. (3)

MANAGEMENT CONCEPTS: MBO, Theory Z, Kaizen, Six Sigma, Quality Circles and TQM. (Case Study) (5)

BUSINESS PROCESS REENGINEERING: Need for BPR, Various phases of BPR, Production and Productivity in six sigma and TQM – Factors Influencing Productivity. (7)

ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR: Significance of OB, Role of Leadership, Personality and Motivation, Stress, Attitudes, Values and Perceptions at work. (7)

INDUSTRIAL AND BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: Growth of Industries (Small Scale, Medium Scale and Large Scale Industries). Forms of Business Organizations. Resource Management – Internal and External Sources. (6)

MANAGING INFORMATION: Why Information Matters – Strategic Importance of Information – Cost of Useful Information – Getting and Sharing Information. (6)

WELFARE IN INDUSTRY: Working condition, service facilities, legal legislation – Factories Act, 1948 and Workmen‘s Compensation Act. (6)

Total L: 45 Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Harold Koontz, Heinz Weihrich and Ramachandra Aryasri, ―Principles of Management‖, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2004. 2. Chuck Williams & Manas Ranjan Tripathy, ―Principles of Management‖, Cengage Learning India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2013.

REFERENCES: 1. Gupta C.B., ―Management Theory and Practice‖, Sultan Chand and Sons, New Delhi, 2009. 2. Rao V.S.P., ―Management Text and Cases‖, Excel books, New Delhi, 2009. 3. Fred Luthans, ―Organisational Behaviour‖, Mc-Graw Hill, New York, 2005. 4. Robert Kreitner, ―Management Theory and Application‖, Cengage Learning India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2010.

15OH66 BUSINESS STATISTICS 3 0 0 3

STATISTICS INTRODUCTION: Definition, Types of Statistics, Types of Variables, Descriptive Measures, Basic Definition and Rules of Probability, Independence of Events. (9)

DESCRIPTIVES MEASURES: Measures of central tendency, dispersion, Probability Distributions. (6)

SAMPLING: Definition, Selection of Statistical tools, Sampling Methods, Sampling Frame determining the sample size. (6)

HYPOTHESIS TESTING: ANOVA- Independent sample t test, Paired t test. (4)

PARAMETRIC TEST: Concept, Chi square tests for Association and homogeneity, One sample t test. (4)

CORRELATION AND REGRESSION: Karl Pearson Correlation, Linear regression (Both manual and software applications), Components, Trend-Method of least squares and moving averages, seasonal variation-Simple average method only. (10)

STATISTICAL DECISION THEORY: Uncertainty and risk and Decision tree analysis (6)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Nandagopal, Arulrajan and Vivek., ―Research Methods‖, Excel Books, 2007. 2. Levin R.I. and Rubin D., ―Quantitative Approaches to Management‖, McGraw Hill, 2012.

REFERENCES: 1. Viswanathan P.K., ―Business Statistics‖, Pearson Education, 2007. 2. Anderson Sweeney Williams., ―Quantitative Methods for Business‖, Thomson South Western, 2011. 3. Naval Bajpai., ―Business Statistics‖, Pearson Education, 2013.

15OH67 DISASTER MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Disaster – Definition, Factors and Significance, Difference between Hazard and Disaster, History of Disasters and Types, Disaster Aids. (4)

NATURAL DISASTERS: Cyclones, Floods, Drought and Desertification - Earthquake, Tsunami, Landslides and Avalanche (5)

MAN MADE DISASTERS: Chemical industrial hazards, major power breakdowns, traffic accidents, Fire, War, Atom bombs, Nuclear disaster.- Forest Fire-Oil fire –accident in Mines. (8)

GEOSPATIAL TECHNOLOGY: Remote sensing, GIS and GPS applications in real time disaster monitoring, prevention and rehabilitation- disaster mapping. (8)

RISK ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION: Hazards, Risks and Vulnerabilities. -Disasters in and India ,Assessment of Disaster Vulnerability of a location and vulnerable groups- Preparedness and Mitigation measures for various Disasters- Mitigation through capacity building -Preparation of Disaster Management Plans. (8)

DISASTER MANAGEMENT: Legislative responsibilities of disaster management- Disaster management act 2005- post disaster recovery & rehabilitation, Relief & Logistics Management; disaster related infrastructure development- Post Disaster, Emergency Support Functions and their coordination mechanism. (8)

GLOBAL PERSPECTIVE: Study of Environmental Impacts Induced by Human Activity, Industrial Accidents, Outbreaks of Disease and Epidemics, War and Conflicts. (4)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Ramana Murthy., ―Disaster Management‖, Dominant, New Delhi, 2004. 2. Rajdeep Dasgupta., ―Disaster Management and Rehabilitation‖, Mittal Publishers, New Delhi, 2007.

REFERENCES: 1. ―Disaster Management in India - A Status Report- Published by the National Disaster Management Institute‖, Ministry of Home Affairs, Govt. of India, 2004. 2. Murthy D B N., ―Disaster Management: Text and Case Studies‖, Deep and Deep Publications (P) Ltd., New Delhi, 2007. 3. Sundar I and Sezhiyan T., ―Disaster Management‖, Sarup and Sons, New Delhi, 2007.Khanna B K., ―All You Wanted To Know About Disasters‖, New India Publishing Agency, New Delhi, 2005. 77

15OH68 FINANCIAL AND MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING: Meaning, Definition and significance of Accounting, Accounting Principles, Concepts and Conventions, Classifications of Accounts. (9)

BASIC ACCOUNTING: Journal Entry, Ledger, and Trial Balance Sheet, preparation of final accounts: Trading, Profit & Loss Account, Balance sheet. (9)

BASIC FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: Meaning – Types of Financial Analysis Income Statement, common analysis, trend analysis, ratio analysis, corporate cash flow, DuPont Model. (9)

COST ACCOUNTING: Accounting for overheads, Cost sheet, Marginal and Absorption costing, Break even analysis, Effect on profits, Activity Based Costing system. (6)

ACCOUNTING FOR DECISION MAKING: CVP Analysis -Relevant Costs and Revenue for Decision Making, Pricing Decisions, Operational Decisions, Exploring New markets, Make or buy decisions. (6)

ACCOUNTING FOR PLANNING AND CONTROLLING: Budgets, Budgetary Control -Variance Analysis - Cost and Financial Variances. (6)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Ambrish Gupta., ―Financial Accounting for Management - An Analytical Perspective‖, Pearson, 2012. 2. Charles T. Horngren, Gary L. Sundem, William O. Stratton, Dave Burgstahler and Jeff O. Schatzberg., ―Introduction to Management Accounting‖, Global Edition, Pearson, 2013.

REFERENCES: 1. Colin Drury., ―Cost and Management Accounting - An Introduction‖, Cengage Learning EMEA, 2011. 2. Khan M.Y. and Jain P.K., ―Management Accounting‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2010. 3. Sanjay Dhamija., ―Financial Accounting for Managers‖, Pearson, 2012.

15OH69 MARKETING MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3

FUNDAMENTALS OF MARKETING: Meaning & Definition, The Perspectives on Marketing, Selling Vs Marketing, Marketing Environment- Internal & External, prospects & Challenges of marketing in Global Environment. (9)

MARKETING STRATEGY: Formulating Marketing Strategy, Key Drivers of Marketing Strategy, Marketing Strategies- Marketing Mix Components. (7)

COMPETITOR ANALYSIS: Analysis of Consumer & Industrial Markets, Building Competitive Advantage. (6)

MARKETING MIX DECISIONS: Product Planning &Development, Product Cycle, New Product Development, Market Segmentation, Targeting and Positioning, Advertising & Sales Promotion, Pricing objectives, Pricing policies & Methods. (10)

BUYER BEHAVIOUR: Understanding Industrial and Individual Buyer Behavior, Influencing Factors, Online Buying Behavior, Building Customer Satisfaction. (6)

MARKETING RESEARCH & TRENDS IN MARKETING: Marketing Information System, Marketing Research Process & Purpose, Ethics in Marketing, Online Marketing Trends. (7)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Philip Kortler and Kevin Lane Keller., ―Marketing Management‖, PH, 2012. 2. Ramaswamy V S and Namakumari S., ―Marketing Management‖, Global Perspective Indian Context, Macmillian Publishers India Ltd, 2009.

REFERENCES: 1. Baines et al., ―Marketing‖, Oxford, 2014. 2. Lamb and Hara., ―MKTG‖, Cengage Publications, 2013. 3. Chandrasekar K. S., ―Marketing Management Text and Cases‖, Tata McGraw Hill Vijaynicole, 2010.

15OH70 DEFENCE PRACTICES AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3

HISTORY & ENVIRONMENTAL AWARENESS: NCC- Army, Navy, Air force; Aim and Motto; Ranks and Equivalent Ranks; Honors and Awards; Organization; Training – Nation Building; Civil affairs; Social Service & Needs; Environment & Ecology; Pollution; Rain Water Harvesting; Law and Order; Corruption. (7)

WEAPONS: Introduction; Types of Weapons; Armed Forces Fighting Arms; Service Corps; Section Formation & Types; Firing Order; Judging Distance; Types of Land; Working Principle of Rifle, Tank, Missiles; Characteristics of supporting Rifle and its ammunitions; Field Craft and Battle Craft; Fighting - Role of Fighting Arms and map reading. (7)

DISASTER MANAGEMENT: Definition; Types of Disaster; Elements of Disaster Management, Foundations of Disaster Studies- Review of Concepts, Organizations – NDMA, NIDM, NDMRT, NEC, Disaster Mitigation, Disaster Preparedness, Disaster Relief, Reconstruction Planning, Economic and Social Rehabilitation, Globalization and Disaster Studies, Social Science and Domains Approach. (7)

LIFE SKILL MANAGEMENT: Introduction; Concept of Life Skills; Internalizing of Life Skills; Self awareness and Empathy; Knowing Myself; Self care; Empathizing with others; Creative Thinking & Critical Thinking; Practicing Decision making & Problem Solving; Effective Communication – Inter Personal Relationship; Coping with Emotions & Stress; Facilitation skills – Verbal & Non verbal; Training Methodologies. (7)

HEALTH AND HYGIENE: Anatomy, Physiology, Microbiology – Personal and Mental Health ; Infectious and Contagious Diseases & its prevention; First Aid in common Medical Emergencies; Basics of Home Nursing; Treatment and care of Wounds and Fractures. (7)

FIELD TRAINING: Foot Drill; Handling & Inspection Training; Map Reading; Physical Proficiency Training; Introduction to Yoga.(10)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOK: 1. ―Cadets Hand Book for Senior Division‖, OTA, Kamptee. 2. Schneid T and Collins L, ―Disaster Management and Preparedness‖, Lewis Publishers, Washington, D.C, 1998.

REFERENCES: 1. ―Facilitator's Manual on Enhancing Life Skills‖ Rajiv Gandhi National Institute of Youth Development, 2009. 2. Manoj J.S., ―Health and Hygiene‖, Agra University Publication. 3. United States. War Dept. Military Intelligence Division ―Japanese infantry weapons‖ The Division, 1943.

ENGLISH

15OH75 ENGLISH AND SOFT SKILLS FOR EMPLOYABILITY 3 0 0 3

SELF MANAGEMENT AND ATTITUDES: Self Concept, Stress management, Positive attitude, Influential Skills, Initiative, Empathy, Social Etiquette. (5)

COMMUNICATION STYLES : Presentation Skills, Interpersonal Communication Skills, Interviewing Skills, Verbal and Nonverbal (body language) skills, Active Listening, Professional Writing, Effective email writing. (16)

TEAM WORK: Inter team cooperation, Intra team cooperation, Diversity, Productivity, Goal Setting and action (4)

LEADERSHIP SKILLS: Empowerment, Planning, Establishing Credibility, Vision & direction, Supervision, Mentoring, Decision- making, Creativity, Flexibility, Team problem solving. (5)

MANAGING TIME AND PRESSURES: Managing Change, Time management, Effective meetings (5)

EFFECTIVE AND EXCELLENT CUSTOMER SERVICE: Communication with the customer- telephonic and online services, Managing conflicts or Challenging communication, Setting and resetting customer expectations, Building customer confidence, Growing customer relationship, Opportunity management, Developing team approach to meet customer needs. (10) Total L: 45 TEXT BOOK: 1. Monograph prepared by the Faculty, Department of English, 2015.

REFERENCES: 1. Charles J and Stewart William B Cash, ―Interviewing: Principles and Practices‖, Tata Mc-Graw Hill, New Delhi, 2010.

2. Rao M S, ―Soft Skills –Enhancing Employability- Connecting Campus with Corporate‖, IK International Publishing House, New Delhi, 2010. 3. Simon Sweeney, ―English for Business Communication‖, Cambridge University Press, New Delhi, 2012.

15OH76 ENGLISH FOR COMPETITIVE EXAMINATIONS 3 0 0 3

READING COMPREHENSION: Focus on different levels of Comprehension- Literal, Inferential, Analytical and Critical reasoning (7)

Identifying key words and signal words, decoding the building blocks of a passage, understanding jargons and double distractors (2)

LISTENING COMPREHENSION: Micro skills and Macro skills of Listening (4)

Identifying tone and purpose, eliminating distracters in objective type questions (2)

SPEAKING : Sub skills of speaking- Genre-specific oral communication (4)

VERBAL ABILITY: Word formation and expansion, Selecting and ordering words - Identifying and correlating synonyms and antonyms - Collocations (5)

Sentence Completion (5)

Verbal analogies (3)

Spotting and correcting errors (4)

WRITING : Mapping ideas, developing points and employing Variety in sentence types (3)

Referencing, Ellipsis and substitution in writing – Skillful paragraphing (unity, coherence and cohesion) (3)

Total L: 45 TEXTBOOK: 1. Monograph prepared by the Faculty, Department of English, 2015

REFERENCES: 1. Kaplan, ―GRE Complete 2016: The Ultimate in Comprehensive Self-Study for GRE‖ Kaplan Publishing, 2015 2. Bruce Stirling, ―Speaking and Writing Strategies for the TOEFL IBT‖, Nova Press, 2009. 3. Lin Lougheed, ― Barron's IELTS: International English Language Testing System‖ , Barron's Educational Series, 2013 4. Sujit Kumar, ―Verbal Ability for the CAT‖ , Pearson Education India, South India, 2011.

15OH77 GERMAN LANGUAGE – INTERNATIONAL LEVEL A1.1 3 0 0 3

GUTEN TAG! - LEARNING: To greet, learn numbers till 20, practice telephone numbers & e mail address, learn alphabet, speak about countries & languages ; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: W – Questions, Verbs & Personal nouns I. (7.5)

FREUNDE, KOLLEGEN UND ICH - LEARNING: To speak about hobbies, jobs, learn numbers from 20; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Articles, Verbs & Personal pronouns II, sein & haben verbs, ja/nein Frage, singular/plural. (7.5)

IN DER STADT – LEARNING: To know places, buildings, question, know transport systems, understand international words; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Definite & indefinite articles, Negotiation, Imperative with Sie. (7.5)

GUTEN APPETIT! – LEARNING: To speak about food, shop, converse; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Sentence position, Accusative, Accusative with verbs. (7.5)

TAG FΫR TAG – LEARNING: To learn time related expressions, speak about family, ask excuse, fix appointments on phone; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Preposition – am, im, um, von…bis, Possessive articles, Modalverbs. (7.5)

ZEIT MIT FREUNDEN – LEARNING: To speak about birthdays, understand & write invitations, converse in the restaurant; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Accusative personal pronouns and prepositions. (7.5)

Total L: 45 80

TEXTBOOK: 1. Stefanie Dengler, ―Netzwerk A1.1‖, Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2015.

REFERENCES: 1. Johannes Gerbes, ―Fit fϋrs Goethe-Zertifikat A1‖, Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2010. 2. Paul Rusch, ―Einfach Grammatik‖, Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2012. 3. Hermann Funk, ―studio d A1‖, Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2009.

15OH78 GERMAN LANGUAGE – INTERNATIONAL LEVEL A1.2 3 0 0 3

KONTAKTE - LEARNING: To arrange appointments, understand and give instructions, understand and reply letters, find information in the text, identify the situations and understand the conversation ; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Dative Preposition & Article , Accusative Possessive Article. (7.5)

MEINE WOHNUNG - LEARNING: To understand the advertisements related to flats/houses, describe a flat, write a text about a flat; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Adjective with sein ( sehr/zu), wechselpreposition with Dat. (7.5)

ALLES ARBEIT? – LEARNING: To describe daily routine, talk about the past, speake about jobs, position, advertisements, prepare telephone conversation; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Conjunctions, Perfect tense ( regular & irregular verbs ). (7.5)

KLEIDUNG UND MODE – LEARNING: To speak about clothes, understand the conversation at shopping centers, about Berlin. Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Perfect tense (trennbare & nicht trennbare verbs), personal pronomen & verbs with Dat. (7.5)

GESUND UND MUNTER – LEARNING: To make personal statements, name body parts, understand sport activities, conversation with the doctor, get & give tips to healthy life, e mail writing; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Imperative, Modalverbs. (7.5)

AB IN DEN URLAUB! – LEARNING: To suggest a city tour, describe the directions, write a postcard, describe the weather, make a complain in the hotel, speak about the trips, letter writing ; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Adverbs (time). (7.5)

Total L : 45

TEXTBOOK: 1. Stefanie Dengler, ―‗Netzwerk A1.2‖, Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2015.

REFERENCES: 1. Johannes Gerbes,‖‗Fit fϋrs Goethe-Zertifikat A1‖, Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2010. 2. Paul Rusch, ―Einfach Grammatik‖, Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2012. 3. Hermann Funk, ―studio d A1‖, Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2009.

15OH79 ENGLISH FOR COM PETITIVE EXAMINATIONS (BASIC LEVEL)

2 1 0 3 VOCABULARY : Word formation - Synonym s , Antonym s - Misspelled words- Commonly confused words - Idioms and Phrasal verbs - Cloze passage (4 + 2)

READING : Structure and Organisation of a text - Reading Techniques: skimming for main idea(s), distinguishing main ideas from specific details, scan for details, , making use of contextual clues to infer meanings of unfamiliar words from context (5 + 3) WRITING : Parts of Speech - Phrases and Clauses - Sentence structure and word order - Grammar: Prepositions, Tenses, SV agreement (8 + 5)

READING & WRITING : Reading Techniques: distinguishing facts from opinions - Note-making - Pre-writing strategies, Composing short passages - Summarizing (6 + 2)

LISTENING & SPEAKING : Note- taking - Identifying and distinguishing the main ideas from supporting details, infer meanings of unfamiliar words from context - Discussing about and responding to the content of a lecture or listening passage orally and/or in writing - Spoken discourse markers of familiar topics - Conversation practice & Oral Presentation techniques - Short speeches & Informal discussions (7 + 3)

Total L: 30 +T: 15 = 45 81

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Faculty - Department of English "Course Materials", PSG College of Technology., Coimbatore, 2019

REFERENCES: 1. Micahel Mac Carthy, Felicity O‘ Dell, "English Vocabulary in Use Elementary Book", Cambridge University Press India Private Limited., Cambridge, 2012. 2. Raymond Murphy, "Essential English Grammar: A Self-Study Reference and Practice Book for Elementary Students of English with Answers", Cambridge University Press India Private Limited., Cambridge, 2012. 3. Donn Byrne, "Basic Comprehension Passages", Pearson Education., UK, 2006. Grant Taylor, "English Conversation Practice", Tata MacGraw Hill., UK, 2001.

APPAREL AND FASHION DESIGN

15FOD1 THEATRE AND FILM COSTUMES 3 0 0 3

INDIAN THEATRE: Theatre evolution – ritual to theatre, western, eastern, and Indian theatre - sanskrit theatre and devotional theatres. (12)

THEATRE COSTUMES: Study of regional theatre, modern theatre and dance costumes; theatre practitioners, image-makers. (11)

FILM COSTUMES: Fundamentals of costume design for film, design objectives, costume designer‘s process, the role of costume designer in film and television. (11)

COSTUME DESIGN: Developing design for film costumes, speciality costumes, accumulating, assembling and fitting the costumes. (11)

Total L:45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. H. S. Shiva Prakash, ―Incredible India - Traditional Theatres‖, Wisdom Tree, New Delhi, 2007. 2. Sonal Mansingh ―Incredible India – Classical Dances‖, Wisdom Tree, New Delhi, 2010.

REFERENCES: 1. Karen Brewster and Melissa Shafer, ―Fundamentals of Theatrical Design‖, Allworth Press, New York, 2011. 2. Milly S. Baranger, ―Theatre – a way of seeing‖, Cengage Learning, USA, 2015. 3. Richard La Motte, ―Costume Design 101‖, Heinemann, Portsmouth, Michael Wiese Productions, USA, 2nd edition, 2010. 4. Holly Colle and Kristin M. Burke, ―Costuming for film‖, Silman James, 1st edition, 2005.

15FOD2 ELEMENTS AND PRINCIPLES OF FASHION DESIGN 3 0 0 3

DESIGN: Definition, concepts - design as process and product, types - fabric design and garment design: structural, decorative and functional. (10)

ELEMENTS OF DESIGN: Space, line, shape, form, pattern, texture and colour (12)

PRINCIPLES OF DESIGN:Balance, harmony, rhythm, emphasis and proportion. (12)

COLOUR IN DESIGN: Dimensions – hue, value and intensity, colour theory – light theory - Newton‘s theory and pigment theory - Prang and Munsell, psychological theory – Ostwald theory; pantone, colour schemes. (11)

Total L:45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Suzanne Marshall, Hazd Jackson and M.Sue Stanley, ―Individuality in dress design‖, Pearson Publications, UK, 2011. 2. Caroline Tatham and Julian Seaman, ―Fashion designing and drawing course‖, Thames and Hudson Publishers, UK, 2003.

REFERENCES: 1. Gerald F. Brommer , ―Illustrated Elements of Art and Principles of Design‖, Crystal Production, England, 2011 2. Poppy Evans, ―Exploring the Elements of Design‖ ,Cengage learning, USA, 2013. 3. Marian L Davis, ―Visual Design and Dress‖, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1996.

15FOD3 WORLD ART AND CRAFT 3 0 0 3

ART AND CRAFT OF ASIA: Study of art and craft of Cambodia, China, Indonesia, Japan, Laos, Malaysia, Myanmar, Nepal, Philippines, Singapore, South Korea, Sri Lanka, Taiwan, Thailand, Vietnam and Pakistan. (12)

ART AND CRAFT OF EUROPE: Study of art and craft of Albania, Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Denmark, Hungary, Iceland, England, Germany, Italy, Latvia, Romania, France, Greece, Spain, Scotland, Sweden and Switzerland. (11)

ART AND CRAFT OF AMERICA: Study of art and craft of North America – Canada, Mexico and USA; Study of art and craft of South America – Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Ecuador and Peru. (11)

ART AND CRAFT OF AFRICA AND MIDDLE EAST: Study of art and craft of Egypt, Kenya, Morocco, South Africa, Saudi Arabia, Jordan, Oman, Yemen, Turkey, Israel and Iran. (11)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Marilyn Stokstad and Michael W.Cothren, ―Art History‖, Vol. 1 & 2, Pearson Publishers, New York, 2017. 2. Christina Maranci, ―A Survival Guide for Art History Students‖, Pearson Publishers, New York, 2005.

REFERENCES: 1. Anne D‘Alleva, ―Methods and Theories of Art History‖, Laurence King Publishing, 2nd edition, London, 2012.

15FOD4 FASHION JOURNALISM 3 0 0 3

JOURNALISM AND MEDIA: History and evolution, scope and functions of journalism, kinds and principles of journalism. Fashion industry – Brands, seasons, designers, market, design process, branding – extensions and collaborations. Fashion media and audiences – Print media, broadcast, online, fashion and media. Importance of brand, audiences and advertising agencies. (11)

NEWS WRITING: Ideas, sources and interviewing. Writing fashion news and features – ground rules for writing, writing news – online, e-tail and audience. Developing the news content. (11)

REPORTING: The shows, catwalk, trends – spotting, reporting and critical analysis. Fashion photography – product, ideas for shoot, planning a shoot, photography for different media and fashion video. (11)

SOCIAL MEDIA AND PR: Fashion blogging and social media – benefits and appeal of blogs, brands, impact on journalism, ethics and transparency. Public Relations – Introduction, importance, PR and fashion journalist, law and ethics. (12)

Total L:45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Julie Bradford, ―Fashion Journalism‖, Routledge Taylor & Francis group, 2015. 2. Wheeler, S. ―Feature Writing for Journalists‖, Routledge (1st Edition), 2009

REFERENCES: 1. Schuman, S. ―The sartorialist: Closer‖, Particular Books, London, 2012 2. Quinn, F. ―Law of Journalists‖ Pearson, London, 2013.

APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTATIONAL SCIENCES

15OH82 OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES 2 2 0 3

LINEAR PROGRAMMING: Graphical method for two dimensional problems – Central problems of Linear Programming – Definitions – Simplex Algorithm – Phase I and Phase II of Simplex Method. (8)

CONVEX OPTIMIZATION: Convex sets and cones- Convex functions- Convex optimization problems- linear and quadratic programs; second-order cone and semi-definite programs; quasi-convex optimization problems; vector and multi-criterion optimization. (5)

SIMPLEX MULTIPLIERS: Dual and Primal – Dual Simplex Method – Revised Simplex Method - Sensitivity Analysis – Transportation problem and its solution – Assignment problem and its solution by Hungarian method – Karmakar‘s method – Statement, Conversion of the Linear Programming problem into the required form, Algorithm. (7)

INTEGER PROGRAMMING: Gomory cutting plane methods for all integer and mixed integer programming problems - Branch and Bound method (Land – Dolg and Dakin algorithms) – Zero-One Implicit enumeration Algorithm. (5)

DYNAMIC PROGRAMMING: Principle of Optimality – Backward and forward induction methods- Calculus method of solution- Tabular method of solution – Shortest path network problems – Applications in production. (5)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE: 1. Solving inequalities using Simplex, Two-phase, Dual simplex methods, Revised simplex method. 2. Finding initial basic feasible solution using (i) North-West corner rule(ii) Matrix minimum and (iii) Vogel‘s approximation method and also perform optimalitytest using MODI method. 3. Solving Assignment problem using Hungarian method. 4. Gomory;s cutting plane methods for all IPP and mixed IPP. 5. Solving Dynamic Programming problems. 6. Critical path for the given PERT and CPM networks. Total L: 30+T:30 = 60 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Hamdy A Taha, ―Operations Research – An Introduction‖, Prentice Hall, 2011. 2. Slephen Boyd and Lieven Vandenberghe ― Convex Optimization‖ Cambridge University Press, 2009.

REFERENCES: 1. Hillier F and Liberman G J, ―Introduction to Operations Research‖, McGraw Hill, 2014. 2. Kambo N S, ―Mathematical Programming Techniques‖, East-West Press, 2012. 3. Singiresu S Rao, ―Engineering optimization theory and Practice‖, John Wiley, 2014.

15OH83 DATA SCIENCE 2 2 0 3

INTRODUCTION TO DATA SCIENCE : Data wrangling, cleaning, and sampling to get a suitable data set - Mathematics for understanding the data – Descriptive statistics : Visualizing Data - Central Tendency –Variability –Standardizing -Normal Distribution -Sampling Distributions. (6)

DATA MANIPULATION AT SCALE : Parallel databases, parallel query processing, in-database analytics, MapReduce, Hadoop, Key-value stores and NoSQL; tradeoffs of SQL and NoSQL. (5)

DATA ANALYTICS USING STATISTICAL TECHNIQUES : Review of univariate regression, multiple regression - Linear regression and related methods - splines and regularization - Kernel methods - Generalized additive models - Kernel smoothing - Gaussian mixtures and EM algorithm - Geometry, subspaces, orthogonality, projections, normal equations, rank deficiency, estimable functions and Gauss-Markov theorem - Computation via QR decomposition, Gramm-Schmidt orthogonalization and the SVD - Multivariate normal distribution. (11)

COMMUNICATING RESULTS : Visualization - descriptive statistics and visualization, privacy, ethics – multivariate visualization (3)

SPECIAL TOPICS : Graph Analytics: structure, traversals, analytics, PageRank, community detection, recursive queries, Semantic web. (3)

CASE STUDY : Community Detection – Collaborative Network – Opinion mining – Co-citation network (2)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE: 1. Introduction to R and problems using R. 2. Collect datasets from Kaggle and Data Analysis. 3. Implementation of various predictive models. 4. Generate the results using Confidence levels. 5. Implementation of SVD. Total L: 30+T:30 = 60 TEXT BOOKS: 1. AnandRajaraman and Jeffrey David Ullman, ―Mining of Massive Datasets‖, Cambridge University Press, 2011. 2. Ravi Kannan and John Hopcroft, ―Foundations of Data Science‖, 2013.

REFERENCES: 1. Johannes Ledolter, ‗Data Mining and Business Analytics with R‘, John Wiley & Sons, 2013 2. Gareth James and Daniel Witten, Trevor Hastie, Robert Tibshirani, ―An Introduction to Statistical Learning with Applications in R‖, Springer, 2013. 3. Michael T. Longnecker, R. Lyman Ott,‖ An Introduction to Statistical Methods and Data Analysis‖, Cengage Learning 2008. 4. T. Hastie, R. Tibshirani, and J. Friedman, ―The elements of statistical learning: data mining, inference, and prediction‖, Springer, 2009.

5. Matthew A. Russell,‖Mining the Social Web: Analyzing Data from Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, and Other Social Media Sites‖, O'Reilly Media, 2013. 6. Philipp K. Janert, ―Data Analysis with Open Source Tools‖, O'Reilly Media, 2010.

15OH84 DATA VISUALIZATION 2 2 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Information visualization – Theoretical foundations – Information visualization types – Design principles - A framework for producing data visualization (5)

STATIC DATA VISUALIZATION – tools – working with various data formats (3)

DYNAMIC DATA DISPLAYS : Introduction to web based visual displays – deep visualization – collecting sensor data – visualization – D3 framework - Introduction to Many eyes and bubble charts (6)

MAPS – Introduction to building choropleth maps (3)

TREES – Network visualizations – Displaying behavior through network graphs (6)

BIG DATA VISUALIZATION – Visualizations to present and explore big data – visualization of text data and Protein sequences (7)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE: Note: Explore software like R, Python, Google Vision, Google Refine, and ManyEyes; Data sets are available on Gap minder, Flowing data

1. Visualization of static data. 2. Visualization of web data. 3. Visualization of sensor data. 4. Visualization of protein data. Total L: 30 + T: 30 = 60

TEXT BOOK: 1. Ware C and Kaufman M ‖Visual thinking for design‖, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2008.

REFERENCES: 1. Chakrabarti, S ―Mining the web: Discovering knowledge from hypertext data ―,Morgan Kaufman Publishers, 2003. 2. Fry ,‖Visualizing data‖, Sebastopo‖,O‘Reily, 2007.

15OH85 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE 2 2 0 3

INTRODUCTION: The foundations of AI - The History of AI- Intelligent agents- Agent based system. (2)

PROBLEM SOLVING: State Space models- Searching for solution- Uninformed/Blind search - Informed/ Heuristic search - A* search - Hill-climbing search- Genetic Algorithm– Markovian Decision Process (MDP) – Maximum value policies, Adversarial games– value/policy iteration – Minimax – Alpha-beta pruning – Temporal difference (TD) - Constraint satisfaction problem - factor graphs - Backtracking search. (8) KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION AND REASONING: Knowledge representation - Logics – First order logic- Inference in first order logic – Higher order logic - Markov logic. (5)

UNCERTAIN KNOWLEDGE AND PROBABILISTIC REASONING: Uncertainty-Probabilistic reasoning - Semantics of Bayesian network -, Exact inference in Bayesian network- Approximate inference in Bayesian network- Direct sampling methods, Inference by Markov chain simulation - Probabilistic reasoning over time – Hidden Markov Models. (5)

DECISION-MAKING: basics of utility theory, sequential decision problems - decision network– policy -Decision process in infinite horizon: Optimal policy, Value iteration - policy iteration- Partially observable decision process – Decisions in Multi agent system: elementary game theory, (6)

LEARNING: Learning from observation - Knowledge in learning – Supervised Learning - Unsupervised and Reinforcement learning. (2)

ROBOTICS: Introduction. (2)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE: Lab assignments will be provided for all the topics given below. 1. A* algorithm for 8 –puzzle and Missionaries and Cannibals problem. 85

2. Hill climbing and genetic algorithm 3. Constraint satisfaction techniques, 4. Simple games – minimax and expectimax 5. Logic based exercises. 6. Implementing HMM models 7. Applications of sequential decision making and multi agent decision making 8. Implementing decision network and dynamic networks. Total L: 30+T:30 = 60

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Stuart Russell and Peter Norvig, ―Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach‖, Pearson Education, 2014. 2. David Pool and Alan Mackworth, ―Artificial Intelligence: Foundations of Computational agents‖, Cambridge University, 2011. 3. Daphne Koller and N Friedman, ―Probabilistic Graphical Models - Principles and Techniques‖, MIT, 2009. 4. Tsang and Edward, ―Foundations of Constraint Satisfaction: The Classic Text‖, BoD–Books on Demand, 2014.

REFERENCES: 1. Christopher M.Bishop, ―Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning‖, Springer, 2013. 2. Nils J. Nilsson, ―The Quest for Artificial Intelligence: A History of Ideas and achievements‖, Cambridge University Press, 2010.

15OH86 PERVASIVE COMPUTING 2 2 0 3 INTRODUCTION: Past, present, future; the pervasive computing market, m-Business, challenges and future of pervasive computing - modelling key for pervasive computing - pervasive system environment interaction - architectural design for pervasive system, application examples of pervasive computing: Healthcare, Tracking, emergency information systems, home networking appliances and entertainment. (4)

DEVICE TECHNOLOGY FOR PERVASIVE COMPUTING: Hardware,computing devices and their characteristics - pervasive information access devices-smart identification, smart card, labels, tokens - embedded controls, smart sensors, actuators -Human- machine interfaces, Biometrics - Various operating systems for pervasive devices. (4)

COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES FOR PERVASIVE COMPUTING: Connecting the world – WWAN, SRWC, DECT, Bluetooth, IrDA – mobile internet – internet protocols. Audio networks, data networks - wireless data networks - pervasive networks - service oriented networks - network design issues - Managing smart devices in virtual environments, human user-centered and physical environments - pervasive computing issues and outlook. (6)

APPROACHES FOR DEVELOPING PERVASIVE APPLICATIONS: Categorization - smart services for pervasive application development - developing mobile applications – presentation transcoding – device independent view component – heterogeneity of device platforms - Context Awareness and Mobility to build pervasive applications. (6)

CONTEXT AWARE SYSTEMS: Modelling - mobility awareness - spatial awareness - temporal awareness - ICT system awareness - Intelligent Systems - basic concepts- autonomous systems - reflective and self-aware systems - self management and autonomic computing - complex systems. (6)

LOCATION AWARE SYSTEMS: Basic concepts - location modelling - Introduction to location management – DNS Server, server process, client process – location update – location inquiry-location management cost – network topology – mobility pattern, memory less movement model, Markovian Model, Shortest distance model, Gauss-Markov model, Activity Based Model, Mobility Trace. (4)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE: 1. Create application with onClick, onKeyDown, onFocusChanged Event Handlers. 2. Create application with Toast Notifications. 3. Create application with Android's Advanced User Interface Functions. 4. Create Android Audio/Video Application. 5. Create application to Create, Modify and Query an SQLite Database. 6. Create application that Works with an Android Content Provider. 7. Create application that performs Data Storage and Retrieval from Android External Storage. 8. Create Location-Aware application that uses Proximity Alerts and Google Maps API. 9. Implementation of small packages to demonstrate all APIs. Note: All implementations using android. Total L:30+T:30=60 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Stefan Poslad, ―Ubiquitous Computing - Smart Devices, Environment and Interactions‖, John Wiley, 2011. 2. Adelstein F and Gupta S K S, ―Fundamentals of Mobile and Pervasive Computing‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 2008.

REFERENCES: 1. Guruduth Banavar, Norman Cohen, Chandra Narayanaswami, ―Pervasive Computing: An Application-Based Approach‖, Wiley Inter Science, 2012. 86

2. Mohammed Ilyas and ImadMahgoub, ―Mobile Computing Handbook‖, Auerbach Publications, 2005. 3. Burkhardt, Henn, Hepper and Rintdorff, Schaeck. ―Pervasive Computing‖, Pearson Education, 2009. 4. AshokeTalukdar and RoopaYavagal, ―Mobile Computing‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.

15OH87 PARALLEL AND DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING 2 2 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Concepts and Terminology – Generic Processor / ASIC Processor Architecture – Pipeline Architecture – Instruction Set Architecture - Types of Parallelism - Flynn's Classical Taxonomy – Terminology . (4)

PARALLEL COMPUTER MEMORY ARCHITECTURES: Shared Memory - Distributed Memory -Hybrid Distributed-Shared Memory Multiprocessors: Communication and Memory issues - Message Passing Architectures - Vector Processing and SIMD Architectures. (4)

PARALLEL PROGRAMMING MODELS: Overview -Shared Memory Model - Threads Model - Message Passing Model - Data Parallel Model - Other Models. (4)

DESIGNING PARALLEL PROGRAMS: Automatic vs. Manual Parallelization - Understand the Problem and the Program - Partitioning -Communications - Synchronization -Data Dependencies - Load Balancing -Granularity -I/O -Limits and Costs of Parallel Programming - Performance Analysis and Tuning - Parallel Examples -Array Processing - Compiler Transformation techniques for High performance computing: - Transformations for parallel Machines. (5)

PRAM ALGORITHMS& BSP: PRAM model of computation- Work-Time formalism and Brent‘s Theorem; algorithm design techniques-parallel prefix, pointer jumping, (3)

HIGH PERFORMANCE COMPUTING ARCHITECTURES - Latency Hiding Architectures -Multithreading Architectures -Dataflow Architectures. (3)

DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING:Introduction -- Definitions, motivation - Communication Mechanisms - Communication protocols,- RPC- RMI. HadoopArchitecture: History of HadoopHadoop Background-Architecture-Hadoop and RDBMS-Subprojects- Distributions-Documentation. Hadoop Distributed File System (HDFS): HDFS Clusters – NameNodes, Data Nodes & Clients. MapReduce :-Processing & Generating large data sets, Map functions, Programming MapReduce using SQL / Bash / Python, Parallel Processing, Failover. (7)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE: 1. Basic Master – Worker program and send messages. 2. Write a program to find the summation of largest number in a very larger array of integers. ( The contents of the array should be equally distributed to all processes ). 3. Write a parallel program in SPMD to calculate the PI value using integral approximation method. 4. Simple Matrix multiplication, Transpose, using parallel algorithm. 5. Select your own choice of very dense computational problem having divide and conquer method and implement it in parallel algorithm. And produce the performance chart with 2, 4, 6 and 8 nodes. 6. Hadoop setup – Map reduce – Programming models – Text mining. Total L:30+T:30=60

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Michael J Quinn, ― Parallel Computing : Theory And Practice‖, Tata Mcgraw-Hill,2004. 2. Joel M.Crichlow,‖ Distributed And Parallel Computing‖ , Prentice Hall, 2007. 3. Andrew S. Tanenbaum and Maarten van Steen, ― Distributed Systems, Principles and Paradigm‖, Prentice Hall, 2013. 4. Jason Sanders, Edward Kandrot, ―CUDA by Example: An Introduction to General-Purpose GPU Programming‖, Pearson Education, 2011.

REFERENCES: 1. Lynch N.N., ―Distributed Algorithms‖, Morgan Kaufmann, 2010. 2. Vijay K Garg, ―Elements of Distributed Computing‖, Wiley 2014. 3. Shane Cook, ―CUDA Programming: A Developer's Guide to Parallel Computing with GPUs (Applications of GPU Computing)‖, Elsevier, 2013. 4. Tom White, ―Hadoop Definitive Guide‖, O‘Reily, 2012. 5. Srinath Perera, Thilina Gunarathne, ―Mapreduce Cook book‖, Packy Publishing, 2013. 6. David F. Bacon, Susan L. Graham and Oliver J. Sharp, ―Compiler Transformations for High Performance Computing‖, Technical report, 1994.

15OH88 CYBER SECURITY 2 2 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Security Goals, Attacks, Services and Mechanisms – Techniques – Understanding Threats. (2)

CRYPTOGRAPHY: Basic encryption and decryption – Substitution, Transposition – AES- Public key cryptosystem: RSA cryptosystem –Data Integrity- Cryptography hash functions- Digital Signatures-Digital signature standard(DSS)- Authentication- Passwords- Biometrics-Interactive protocol- Key management – Diffie –Hellman Key exchange- Digital certificates. (8)

PROGRAM SECURITY: Secure Programs – Buffer overflows – Malware – viruses and other malicious code – Targeted Malicious code –Defense Mechanism. (6)

NETWORK SECURITY: Security at application layer: email security – SMIME- Security at transport layer: SSL protocol. Security at network layer: firewalls – intrusion detection system – IPsec (5)

WEB SECURITY: Overview, various types of web application vulnerabilities, Reconnaissance, Authentication, Authorization (Fuzzing and Privilege Escalation), Session Management, Cross Site Scripting (XSS),Cross Site Request Forgery (CSRF), SQL Injection and Blind SQL Injection. (5)

OS SECURITY: Memory and Address protection – Access Control –file protection mechanisms –User authentication –models of security –Trusted OS design. (4)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE: 1. Design of a Client server application for a basic cryptosystem. 2. Detection of a Buffer overflow attack. 3. Packet Sniffing using Wireshark Tool to perform the traffic analysis attack. 4. Key distribution using RSA( KDC) – Key hacking. 5. Key exchange using Diffie- Hellman technique – MITM attack. 6. Password authentication. 7. Transaction security using SQL Injection attacks. 8. Port scanning tools. 9. Performing attacks and testing with attack tools. 10. Security testing for Web applications. Total L:30+TP:30 = 60

TEXT BOOKS: 1. James Graham, Richard Howard and Ryan Olson, ―Cyber Security Essentials‖, CRC Press, USA, 2011 2. Behrouz A Forouzan, Debdeep Mukhopadhyay, ―Cryptography and Network Security‖, Tata Mc-Graw Hill, 2010.

REFERENCES: 1. William Stallings, ―Cryptography and Network Security‖, Prentice Hall, 2006. 2. Roberta Bragg, Mark Rhodes, Keith Strass Berg J, ―Network Security- The Complete Reference‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 2006. 3. Brian Sullivan, Vincent Liu, ―Web Application security: A beginners guide, Tata McGraw Hill, 2012. 4. Charles P Fleeger, Shari Lawrence P Fleeger, ―Security in Computing‖, Pearson Education, 2004.

15OH89 RANDOMIZED ALGORITHMS 2 2 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Randomized algorithms, randomized quick sort, Karger‘s min-cut algorithm Las Vegas and Monte Carlo algorithms, computational models and complexity classes. (4)

MOMENT, DEVIATION AND TAIL INEQUALITIES: Occupancy problem, Markov and Chebyshev inequalities- randomized selection- coupon collector‘s problem, the Chernoff bound- routing in a parallel computer- a wiring problem. (4)

PROBABILISTIC METHODS: Overview of the method – maximum satisfiability - finding a large cut, Expander graphs. (4)

MARKOV CHAINS AND RANDOMWALKS: Markov chains, Random walk on graphs - connectivity in undirected graphs – Expanders and rapidly mixing random walks. (4)

DATA STRUCTURES AND GRAPH ALGORITHMS: Random Treaps, hashing – hash tables – perfect hashing, skip lists - Fast min-cut. (4)

ONLINE ALGORITHMS: Paging problem-adversary models- paging against an oblivious adversary-relating the adversaries-the adaptive online adversary, k-server problem. (4)

PARALLEL AND DISTRIBUTED ALGORITHMS: Sorting on a PRAM – Maximal Independent sets. (3) 88

DERANDOMIZATION: The method of Conditional Probabilities – Derandomizing max-cut algorithm – Constructing pairwise independent values modulo a prime - Pairwise independent – large cut. (3)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE: 1. Implementation of randomized quick sort and solve real time problems using it. 2. Find solution for s-t min-cut problem adapting min cut algorithm. 3. Implementation of randomized selection and problems related to it. 4. Implementation of treap data structure. 5. Problems using randomized hash table. 6. Implement the shortest path and fast min-cut algorithms. 7. Implementation of randomized primality testing. Total L: 30+TP:30 = 60

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Motwani R and Raghavan P ―Randomized Algorithms‖, Cambridge University Press, 2010. 2. Michael Mitzenmacher and Eli Upfal, ―Probability & Computing: Randomized Algorithms and Probabilistic Analysis‖, Cambridge University Press, 2009.

REFERENCES: 1. Thomas H Cormen, Charles E Leiserson and Ronald L Rivest, ―Introduction toAlgorithms‖, MIT Press, 2009. 2. Jon Kleinberg and Eve Tardos, ―Algorithm Design‖, Pearson Education, 2012.

15OH90 APPROXIMATION ALGORITHMS 2 2 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Definition-performance ratios, vertex-cover problem. (3)

COMBINATORIAL ALGORITHMS: lower bounding techniques and Metric TSP, multiway cut problem, the minimum k-cut problem, FPTAS for knapsack, greedy algorithms for Makespan-PTAS for minimum Makespan, Euclidean TSP. (7)

LINEAR PROGRAMMING RELAXATIONS: LP-duality, min-max relations and LP-duality, rounding applied to vertex cover-simple rounding algorithm-randomized rounding, primal dual method and vertex cover. (5)

CUTS, METRICAL RELAXATIONS AND EMBEDDINGS: multiway cut, sum multi-commodity flow, some applications of multicut, rounding for Sparsest Cut via L1 Embeddings. (5)

SEMIDEFINITE PROGRAMMING: Strict quadratic programs and vector programs, properties of positive semidefinite matrices, the semidefinite programming problem, randomized rounding algorithm, improving the guarantee for MAX-2SAT. (5)

HARDNESS OF APPROXIMATION: reduction, graphs, and hardness factors, the PCP theorem, hardness of MAX-3SAT. (5)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE: 1. Implementation of vertex-cover algorithm. 2. Implementation of Greedy algorithm for makespan. 3. Problems related to Euclidean TSP. 4. Implementation of different algorithms with rounding. 5. Implementation of applications of multicut. Total L:30+T:30 = 60

TEXT BOOKS: 1. David P. Williamson, David B. Shmoys, ―the design of approximation algorithms‖, Cambridge university press, 2011 2. Vijay V. Vazirani, ―Approximation Algorithms‖, Springer Verlag, 2003.

REFERENCES: 1. Thomas H Cormen, Charles E Leiserson and Ronald L Rivest, ―Introduction to Algorithms‖, MIT Press, 2009. 2. Anany Levitin, ―Introduction to design and analysis of algorithm‖, Pearson Education, 2011.

15OH91 NETWORK SCIENCE 2 2 0 3 INTRODUCTION: Basics of networks and graphs, random network model - degree distribution, evolution, small world property, six degrees of separation, Watts-Strogatz model, local clustering coefficient, random networks and network science. (6)

BARABÁSI-ALBERT MODEL: Growth and preferential attachment, Barabási-Albert model, degree dynamics, degree distribution, diameter and the clustering coefficient, preferential attachment - absence of growth, measure, non-linearity, the origins. (6)

SCALE-FREE PROPERTY: Power laws and scale-free networks, Hubs, Universality, Ultra-small property, role of the degree exponent, Generating networks with a pre-defined degree distribution. (6)

EVOLVING NETWORKS: Bianconi-Barabási model, measuring fitness, Bose-Einstein condensation, evolving networks. (5)

DEGREE CORRELATIONS: Assortativity and disassortativity, Measuring degree correlations, Structural cutoffs, Degree correlations in real networks, Generating correlated networks, impact of degree correlations. (7)

Total L:30+T:30 = 60 TUTORIAL PRACTICE: 1. Implementation of Barabási-Albert model. 2. Implementation of Watts-Strogatz model. 3. Implementation of Bianconi-Barabási model. 4. Obtaining Degree correlations in real networks. 5. Case studies of the theory concepts on real networks.

TEXT BOOK: 1. Ted G. Lewis, ―Network Science: Theory and Practice‖, Wiley, 2013.

REFERENCES: 1. Estrada, E., Fox, M., Higham, D.J. and Oppo, G.L., ―Network Science - Complexity in Nature and Technology‖, Springer, 2010. 2. Laszlo Barabasi, Network Science, http://barabasilab.neu.edu/networksciencebook/downlPDF.html

15OH92 APPLIED STOCHASTIC PROCESSES 2 2 0 3

STOCHASTIC PROCESSES: Introduction – Classification of Stochastic Processes – Markov Chain (2)

DISCRETE TIME MARKOV CHAINS: Introduction -Transition Probability Matrices – Chapman Kolmogorov Equations - Classification of States – Transient Distributions –Limiting Behaviour – Cost Models – First Passage times – Markov Decision process. (7)

RANDOM WALK MODELS: Symmetric random walk – Random walk on graphs – Gambler‘s Ruin model (3)

CONTINUOUS TIME MARKOV CHAINS: Introduction – Poisson Process - Birth and Death Processes – Kolmogorov Differential Equations – Pure Birth Process - Pure Death Process – Applications (8)

GENERALIZED MARKOV MODELS: Introduction – Distribution - Renewal Theorems - Residual and Excess Life Times – Alternating Renewal Process - Renewal Reward Processes – Semi Markov Process (5)

GENERAL QUEUEING MODELS: Single and Multi server Poisson Queues - Single Server Queue with Poisson input and general service– General input and exponential service Queueing models. (5)

TUTORIALS PRACTICE: 1. Case Study for Markov Chain: Passport Credit Card Company, Manufacturing, Telecommunication 2. Case Study for generalized Markov Process: Healthy Heart Coronary Care Facility 3. Modeling Network Protocols using Queueing Models 4. Performance Evaluation of Communication Systems 5. Page Ranking Algorithms

Total L:30 T:30= 60 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Kulkarni, V.G., ―Introduction to Modeling and Analysis of Stochastic Systems‖, Springer, 2011. 2. Sheldon M. Ross, ―Introduction to Probability Models‖, Academic Press, 2014.

REFERENCES: 1. Roy D.Yates and David J. Goodman, ―Probability and Stochastic Processes – A friendly Introduction for Electrical and Computer Engineers‖, John Wiley & Sons, 2014. 2. SaeedGhahramani, ―Fundamentals of Probability with Stochastic Processes‖, Pearson, 2014. 3. Dimitri Bertsekas, Robert Gallager, ―Data Networks‖, Pearson , 2003. 4. Samuel Karlin Howard E.Taylor, ―A First course in Stochastic Processes‖, Academic Press, 2011. 5. Gross.D and Harris C.M, ―Fundamentals of Queueing theory‖, John Wiley & Sons, 2013.

15OH93 MODELLING AND SIMULATION 2 2 0 3

PRINCIPLE OF COMPUTER MODELLING AND SIMULATION: Monte Carlo simulation. Nature of computer modeling and simulation.Limitations of simulation, areas of application. (3)

SYSTEM AND ENVIRONMENT:Components of a system - discrete and continuous systems. Models of a system - A variety of modelling approaches. (3)

DATA-DRIVEN MODELS: Empirical Models-Introduction - Linear Empirical Model- Predictions-Linear Regression - Nonlinear One- Term Model - Multiterm Models - Advanced Fitting with Computational Tools (3)

RANDOM VARIABLE GENERATION: Inverse transform technique - Exponential distribution - Uniform distribution - Weibull distribution. Empirical continuous distribution - generating approximate normal variates - Erlang distribution. Empirical Discrete distribution - Discrete Uniform distribution - Poisson distribution - Geometric distribution - Acceptance - Rejection technique for Poisson distribution - Gamma distribution. (4)

DESIGN AND EVALUATION OF SIMULATION EXPERIMENTS: Input - Output analysis - variance reduction techniques - Antithetic variables - verification and validation of simulation models. (4)

DISCRETE EVENT SIMULATION: Concepts in discrete-event simulation, manual simulation using event scheduling, single channel queue, two server queue, simulation of inventory problem. (5)

SIMULATION LANGUAGES - GPSS - SIMSCRIPT - SIMULA - SIMPLE_1, Programming for Discrete event systems in GPSS, SIMPLE_1 and C. (4)

CASE STUDIES: Simulation of LAN - Manufacturing system - Hospital system. (4)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE: 1. Implement variance reduction. 2. Implement event scheduling. 3. Simulate inventory problem. 4. Simulate a manufacturing system. Total L: 30+T: 30=60

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Jerry Banks and John S. Carson, "Discrete Event System Simulation", Prentice Hall, 2013. 2. AngelaB.Shiflet andGeorge W. Shiflet, ― Introduction to Computational Science: Modeling and Simulation for theSciences‖, Princeton University Press, 2014

REFERENCES: 1. Mohsen Guizani, Ammar Rayes, Bilal Khan, Ala Al-Fugaha, ―Network Modelling and Simulation A Practical Perspective‖, John Wiley, 2010. 2. Averil M Law , "Simulation Modelling and Analysis", Tata McGraw Hill,2014.

15OH94 GRAPH ALGORITHMS 2 2 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Graphs, subgraphs, matrix representations, degree sequence, connected graphs, vertex and edge connectivity, distance in graphs, weighted graphs, graph classes, interval graphs, clique, independent set, vertex cover. Trees – characterizations, rooted, unrooted, spanning tree, matrix tree theorem, Cayley‘s formula. Graph operations – union, intersection, product. Digraphs – connectivity, tournament, transitive closure, topological order. Algorithms – time and space complexities. (4)

PATH AND TREE ALGORITHMS: Shortest path problem, Dijkstra‘s algorithm, Floyd‘s algorithm for all pair shortest path, Bellman- Ford-Moore shortest path algorithm for graphs with negative length edges. Minimum weight spanning tree – fundamental cycles, cotrees and bonds, Prim‘s and Kruskals‘s algorithms, Cheriton-Tarjan algorithm. Depth-first and breadth-first algorithms for finding blocks. (4)

MATCHING: Maximum and perfect matchings, augmenting path, Berge‘s, Konig‘s and Tutte‘s theorems, Hall‘s theorem, Hungarian algorithm, Edmond-Blossom algorithm. Kuhn-Munker‘s algorithm for optimal assignment. (4)

NETWORK FLOW: Maximum flow in a network, minimum cut, Ford-Fulkerson algorithm, Max-flow min-cut theorem. Similarity between matching and flow theories. (3)

EULERIAN AND HAMILTONIAN GRAPHS: Eulerian trails and tours. Optimal Chinese Postman Tour – Edmond‘s and Johnson algorithm, Eulerian trail - Fleury‘s algorithm. Hamiltonian cycles – Ore‘s and Dirac‘s conditions. Gray codes, Traveling Salesman problem – Christofide‘s algorithm. (5)

VERTEX COLORING: Vertex coloring and bounds. Sequential coloring, largest degree first algorithms. Maximum clique and vertex coloring. Mycielski‘s construction for large chromatic number. (3)

GRAPH ISOMORPHISM: Isomorphism, subgraph isomorphism, László Babai‘s quasi-polynomial time solution for graph isomorphism problem. (4)

PLANAR GRAPHS: Euler‘s formula, dual graph, Kuratowski‘s theorem, 4-color problem, Wagner‘s theorem. Planarity testing – Hopcraft-Tarjan algorithm. (3)

Total L: 30+T: 30=60

TUTORIAL PRACTICE: 1. VLSI Physical design – maximum Independent set, maximum clique and minimum coloring for interval graphs, Steiner minimum tree in routing. 2. Isomorphism/subgraph isomorphism problem in Data mining - common subgraph pattern in networks, chemical compound within a chemical database. 3. Link verification using Eulerian trails. 4. Network flow – finding maximum flow in network 5. Register allocation, frequency assignment using vertex coloring 6. Traveling salesman problem using Hamiltonian concept 7. Planar graph embedding 8. Solving optimal assignment problem

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Willian Kocay, Donald L. Kreher, Graphs, Algorithms, and Optimization, CRC Press, 2013. 2. Jonathan Gross and Jay Yellen, Graph Theory and its Applications, CRC Press, 2006.

REFERENCES: 1. Douglas B West, Introduction to Graph Theory, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2012. 2. Naveed Sherwani, Algorithms for VLSI Physical Design Automation, Springer, 2013. 3. Bang-Jensen, Jørgen, Gutin, Gregory Z., Diagraphs: Theory, Algorithms and Applications, Springer-Verlag, 2010.

APPLIED SCIENCES

15OH97 NANO MAGNETISM AND SPINTRONICS 3 0 0 3

MAGNETISM AND QUANTUM PHENOMENOLOGY: Introduction - Types of magnetism-weak magnetism, ferromagnetism, antiferromagnetism, Magnetic materials – B-H loop and magnetic domain, soft magnetic materials, hard magnetic materials, recording media. Quantum mechanics and magnetism – spin, spin-orbit interaction, Hund‘s rule – Exchange interaction - Magnetic Anisotropy - Magnetic domain walls and domain – Magnetization Process – electronic transport in magnetic materials (9)

ELECTRONIC STRUCTURES OF 0D SYSTEMS: Electron density in a conductor –Fermi energy –Quantum confinement – Quantum structures –Density of states in lower dimensions –Band gap of nanomaterials –Tunneling –Single electron phenomena – Single electron Transistor. Conductivity of metallic nanowires –Ballistic transport –Quantum resistance and conductance (9)

SPINTRONICS: Introduction – spin injection and spin dependent tunnelling – spin orbit coupling in semiconductors – spin transport and spin transfer - spin relaxation – spin dephasing - materials for spin electronics (9)

SPINTRONIC DEVICES: Giant Magnetoresistance – Tunneling magnetoresistance – Spin valve – Spin based transistors – carbon nano tube devices (9)

ORGANIC SPINTRONICS: Introduction to organic semiconductors – Spin-Polarized Transport in Organic Semiconductors – Organic magnetoresistance - Spintronic Applications of Organic Materials - Magnetic Field Effects in π-Conjugated Systems - Investigating Spin-Dependent Processes in Organic Semiconductors - Organic Spintronics: Toward Sensor and Memory Applications (9)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Charles kittel, ― Introduction to solid state Physics‖, John Wiley & Sons, USA, 2005 2. O‘Handley R C, ―Modern magnetic materials‖, John Wiley & Sons, USA, 2000.

3. Ziese M and Thornton M, ―Spin electronics‖: Springer – Verlag Berlin Heidelberg, 2000 4. Hanson G.W., ― Fundamentals of nanoelectronics‖, Pearson Education,2009.

REFERENCES: 1. Zeev Valy Vardeny, ―Organic Spintronics‖, CRC Press. 2010 2. Jiles D, ―Introduction to Magnetism and Magnetic Materials‖ Chapman & Hall, London,1998 3. Brutting W, ―Physics of Organic semiconductors‖ Wiley-VCH Verlag Gmbh & Co, 2005

15OH98 FINANCIAL ENGINEERING 3 0 0 3

A Simple Market Model Basic Notions and Assumptions - No-Arbitrage Principle - One-Step Binomial Model - Risk and Return - Forward Contracts - Call and Put Options - Managing Risk with Options . (7)

Risk-Free Assets Time Value of Money - Simple Interest - Periodic Compounding - Streams of Payments - Continuous Compounding - Money Market - Zero-Coupon Bonds - Coupon Bonds - Money Market Account. (7)

Risky Assets: Dynamics of Stock Prices - Return - Expected Return - Binomial Tree Model- Risk-Neutral Probability - Martingale Property - Trinomial Tree Model. (7)

Discrete Time Market Models: Stock and Money Market Models- Investment Strategies - The Principle of No Arbitrage - Application to the Binomial Tree Model - Fundamental Theorem of Asset Pricing. (7)

Continuous Models: Stochastic differential equations framework - Geometric Brownian motion - Ito Lemma - Black-Scholes formula- -Black-Scholes differential equation. (9)

Portfolio Management : Risk - Two Securities - Risk and Expected Return on a Portfolio - Several Securities - Risk and Expected Return on a Portfolio - Efficient Frontier - Capital Asset Pricing Model. (8) Total 45

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Marek Capinski and Tomasz Zastawniak, Mathematics for finance, springer, 2003. 2. Steven E. Shreve, Stochastic Calculus for Finance II - Continuous Time Models, Springer, 2004

REFERENCES: 1. Sheldon M. Ross, An Elementary Introduction to Mathematical Finance, Cambridge University Press, 2011. 2. Steven E. Shreve, Stochastic Calculus for Finance I - The Binomial Asset Pricing Model, Springer, 2005. 3. Edwin J. Elton, Martin J. Gruber, Stephen J. Brown and William N. Goetzmann, ―Modern Portfolio Theory and Investment analysis‖, Wiley, 2014.

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES

GROUP A : ELECTRICAL / POWER

15E001 FLEXIBLE AC TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Fundamentals of AC power transmission, transmission problems and needs, emergence of FACTS-FACTS control considerations, FACTS controllers (6).

SHUNT COMPENSATORS I: Need for shunt controllers - Principle and operation of SVC- transient stability improvement-power oscillation damping-applications (4)

SHUNT COMPENSATORS II: Methods of controllable VAR generation- types - Variable Impedance type & switching converter type – Static Synchronous Compensator (STATCOM) - configuration, characteristics and control - applications. (7)

SERIES COMPENSATOR: Principles of operation- types - static series compensation using GCSC, TCSC and TSSC, Static Synchronous Series Compensator (SSSC) – characteristics and control-applications. (9)

VOLTAGE REGULATORS AND PHASE SHIFTERS: Principles of operation-types -Steady state model and characteristics of a static voltage regulators and phase shifters- power circuit configurations-applications. (9)

UNIFIED POWER FLOW CONTROLLER: Principles of operation – characteristics - independent active and reactive power flow control -applications. Comparison of UPFC with the controlled series compensators and phase shifters. (10)

Total L : 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Hingorani ,L.Gyugyi, ‗Understanding FACTS - Concepts and Technology of flexible ac transmission system‘, IEEE Press New York, 2000. 2. K.R.Padiyar, ‗FACTS controllers for transmission and Distribution systems‘ New Age international Publishers, 2007.

REFERENCES: 1. R .Mohan Mathur and Rajiv K.Varma , ‗Thyristor - based FACTS controllers for Electrical transmission systems‘, IEEE press, Wiley Inter science , ISBN no . 0-471-20643-1,2002. 2. P. Kundur. Power system stability and control. McGraw-Hill, New York, 1994.

15E002 SPECIAL MACHINES AND CONTROLLERS 3 0 0 3

STEPPER MOTORS: Types - Constructional features – principle of operation – variable reluctance motor – single and Multi-stack configurations – Permanent Magnet Stepper motor – Hybrid stepper motor. Different modes of Excitation - theory of torque predictions – Drive systems and circuit for open-loop and closed-loop control of stepper motor. (9)

SWITCHED RELUCTANCE MOTORS: Constructional features – principle of operation –Torque Equation - Power Converters for SR Motor – Rotor Sensing Mechanism & Logic Controller – Sensorless Control of SR motor - Applications. (8)

SYNCHRONOUS RELUCTANCE MOTORS (SynRM): Principle of operation and working of SynRM- Phasor diagram and torque equation –Constant direct axis current control, Fast torque response control- Advantages and applications of SynRM. (7)

PERMANENT MAGNET MOTORS: PERMANENT MAGNET BRUSHLESS DC MOTOS: Principle of operation – Types – Magnetic circuit analysis – EMF and torque equations – Power controllers – Motor characteristics and control – Applications. PERMANENT MAGNET SYNCHRONOUS MOTORS: Principle of operation, EMF, power input and torque expressions, Phasor diagram, Power Controllers, Torque speed characteristics, Self control – Applications. (10)

LINEAR MOTORS: Linear Induction Motor (LIM) classification – construction – Principle of operation – DC Linear Motor (DCLM) types –control applications – Linear Synchronous Motor (LSM) – Types and Applications. (4)

SERVOMOTORS AND MISCELLANEOUS SINGLE PHASE SPECIAL MOTORS: Servomotor – Types – Constructional features, principle of operation – control applications- Principle of operation of AC series motors, Phasor diagram-characteristics. (7)

Total L : 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Kenjo T, ―Stepping Motors and their Microprocessor Controls‖, Clarendon Press London, 2003. 2. K. Venkataratnam, ―Special Electrical Machines‖, University Press, India, 2009.

REFERENCES: 1. E.G. Janardanan, ―Special Electrical Machines‖, PHI Learning Private Limited, Delhi, 2014. 2. Miller T J E, ―Brushless Permanent Magnet and Reluctance Motor Drives‖, Clarendon Press, Oxford, New Delhi, 1989 3. Naser A and Boldea, ―Linear Electric Motors: Theory Design and Practical Applications‖, Prentice Hall Inc., New Jersey 1987. 4. J. R. Hendershot, Timothy John Eastham Miller, ―Design of Brushless Permanent-magnet Machines‖ Motor Design Books, 2010.

15E003 RENEWABLE ENERGY SOURCES 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Trends in energy consumption - Energy sources and their availability – Yield Energy ratio: Classification of Energy sources, Conventional and renewable sources. (2)

SOLAR POWER SYSTEMS: Solar Thermal Systems: Principle and operation – Low, medium and high temperature systems. Solar Photovoltaic Systems: Solar cells and their characteristics - Influence of insolation and temperature - PV arrays – Maximum Power Point Tracking Algorithms – Buck-Boost Converters, Grid Connected PV System – Overview of Islanding - Stand alone PV systems – Concentrated Solar PV systems - Batteries for solar applications - AH rating of the batteries – Types and Sizing of Batteries. (10)

WIND ENERGY SYSTEMS: Nature and Power in the wind - Wind Energy Conversion System (WECS) - Components and Classification of a WECS - Yaw and Pitch Control - Betz model - Wind Turbines – Types - Horizontal and vertical axis wind turbines. Generators for WECS – Types - Selection of Generators – Operation and Control of Grid-connected and Self-excited Induction Generators – Permanent Magnet Synchronous Generators - Schemes for Fixed and Variable Speed Wind Turbines. (11)

FUEL CELLS: Principle and operation – Types –Efficiency –Effect of Polarization on Efficiency- Construction and Working of H2O2 and Proton Exchange Membrane Fuel Cell. Introduction to Hydrogen Energy Production and Storage. (8)

MISCELLANEOUS SOURCES: Energy from Oceans – Tidal Energy – Magneto Hydro Dynamic Systems – Geo-thermal Energy.(7)

MODELING AND SIMULATION: Modeling of PV Cell – Simulating the Characteristics of a PV cell – Parameters for Modeling Induction Generator and Fuel cell in MATLAB. (7) Total L : 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Khan B H, ―Non-Conventional Energy Resources‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi 2010 2. Mukund R Patel, ―Wind and Solar Power Systems‖, CRC Press, New York, 2011.

REFERENCES: 1. Solanki, Chetan Singh, " Solar Photovoltaics - Fundamentals, Technologies and Applications", PHI, New Delhi, 2015. 2. Bhadra S N, Banerjee S, Kastha D, ― Wind Electrical Systems‖, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2008 3. Colleen Speigel, ―PEM Fuel Cell Modeling and Simulation Using MATLAB‖, Academic Press, New Delhi, 2008 4. Roger A. Messenger, "Photovoltaic Systems Engineering", CRC Press, New York, 2010.

15E004 UTILIZATION OF ELECTRICAL ENERGY 3 0 0 3

ELECTRIC TRACTION: Requirements of traction system - Systems of traction - Systems of track electrification - Speed-Time curves - Tractive effort - Power of traction motor - Specific energy consumption – Block Diagram of Modern Locomotive – Main and Auxiliary Power supply circuits – Current Collection Systems -Motors for traction - Starting and speed control - Electric braking – Case Study Metro Rail System. (12)

ELECTRIC HEATING : Advantages of electric heating – Types of Heating - Resistance heating - Temperature control, Induction heating – induction furnace - Dielectric heating - Choice of voltage and frequencies for Dielectric heating. (5)

WELDING : Equipments for Welding - Resistance welding - Arc welding - Laser welding – Ultrasonic Welding (3)

ILLUMINATION: Nature of light - Luminous intensity - Illumination - Brightness - Lamp efficiency - Luminous efficiency - Laws of illumination - Electrical sources of light - Fluorescent lamp, Sodium Vapour lamp, Mercury Vapour lamp – CFL – LED Lighting systems - Polar curves - Calculation of illumination - Indoor and outdoor Lighting schemes (8)

REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING: Refrigeration Systems – Refrigerants – Types of Refrigeration Systems – Electrical Circuit of a Domestic Refrigerator – Trouble shooting of Refrigerator. Air Conditioning Systems – Types - Electrical circuit of window and Central Air Conditioning Systems. (7)

ECONOMIC ASPECTS OF UTILISATION: PF and its improvement - Load curves - Load factors - Its improvement – Depreciation – Types. Introduction to Availability based Tariff - Demand side Management –Peak clipping – Peak shifting – valley filling - Use of off peak energy - Trends in Conservation : Green Buildings. Introduction to Energy conservation and Energy auditing - Case studies on Energy efficiency in thermal & electrical utilities. (10) Total L : 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Garg G C, "Utilisation of Electric Power and Electric Traction", Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 1997. 2. Openshaw Taylor E ―Utilisation of Electric Energy in SI Units.‖, Universities Press, Hyderabad, 2011.

REFERENCES: 1. Wadhwa C L, ―Generation, Distribution and Utilization of Electrical Energy‖ New Age International Publishers, New Delhi, 2012. 2. Tripathy, S.C., ―Electric Energy Utilisation and Conservation‖, Tata Mc Graw-Hill, New Delhi, 1993. 3. Suryanarayanan, N.V., ―Utilization of Electric Power Including Electric Drives and Electric Traction‖, New Age International Publishers, New Delhi, 2010 4. Abbi Y P, Shashank Jain, ―Handbook on Energy Audit and Environment Management‖, Teri Press, New Delhi, 2006

15E005 ADVANCED CONTROL SYSTEMS 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION : Design specifications - Design using root locus approach – frequency response approach – advantages and disadvantages (4)

COMPENSATOR DESIGN: Lead, lag, lag-lead compensation - Realisation of compensator using electrical Networks - Frequency response of compensator- Design using Bode plot (8)

CONTROLLER DESIGN: P, PI, PID Controllers - Transfer function – Design in frequency domiain - Ziegler-Nichols tuning of PID Controller, Cohen Coon tuning Method. (7)

STATE SPACE ANALYSIS: Advantages over Laplace transform approach –state space formulation - state model simple linear electrical network - Solution of State equations - State Transition Matrix - Controllability and Observability – Pole placement by state feedback controller (8)

SAMPLED DATA SYSTEM: Sampling process – Reconstruction of sampled signals - Hold circuits zero and first order hold - Z and Inverse Z transform - Pulse transfer function –Statbility analysis using Jury‘s stability test. (8)

NON-LINEAR SYSTEMS: Introduction – Properties of Non-Linear systems – Describing function for simple non-linearities: on- off relay, dead zone, saturation and relay with hysteresis– singular points – construction of phase trajectory for non-linear second order system – Isocline method – stability analysis using phase trajectoroy- limit cycle in phase portrait (10)

Total L : 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Constantine H. Houpis, Stuart N. Sheldon,‖ Linear Control System Analysis and Design with MATLAB®, CRC Press, USA,2013 2. Ogata K, ―Modern Control Engineering‖, Prentice-Hall of India, New Delhi, 2010.

REFERENCES : 1. Nagrath I J and Gopal M, ―Control System Engg‖, New Age International Publishers, New Delhi, 2014. 2. Gopal M, ―Modern Control Systems Theory‖, New Age International Publishers, New Delhi, 2011. 3. Norman S. Nise, ―Control system Engineering‖, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2011. 4. Gopal M, ―Digital Control and State Variable Methods‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2008

15E006 SMART GRID 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION TO SMART GRID : Evolution of Electric Grid – Need for Smart Grid – Difference between conventional & smart grid – Overview of enabling technologies – International experience in Smart Grid deployment efforts – Smart Grid road map for India – Smart Grid Architecture (9)

WIDE AREA MONITORING SYSTEM : Fundamentals of Synchrophasor Technology – concept and benefits of Wide Area Monitoring System – Structure and functions of Phasor Measuring Unit (PMU) and Phasor Data Concentrator (PDC) – Road Map for Synchrophasor applications (NAPSI) – Operational experience and Blackout analysis using PMU - Case study on PMU. (9)

SMART METERS: Features and functions of Smart Meters – Functional specification – category of Smart Meters – Automatic Meter Reading (AMR )and Advanced Metering Infrastructure (AMI) drivers and benefits – AMI protocol – Demand Side Integration: Peak load, Outage and Power Quality management. (9)

INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY: Overview of Smart Grid Communication system – Modulation and Demodulation Techniques: Radio Communication – Mobile Communication – Power Line Communication – Optical Fibre Communication – Communication Protocol for Smart Grid. (9)

SMART GRID APPLICATIONS : Overview and concept of Renewable Integration – Introduction to distributed generation - Role of Protective Relaying in Smart Grid – House Area Network – Advanced Energy Storage Technology: Flow battery – Fuel cell – SMES – Super capacitors – Plug – in Hybrid electric Vehicles (5)

SMART GRID CYBER SECURITY: Security issues in DG, Distribution Automation, AMI, Electric Vehicle Management Systems – Approach to assessment of smart grid cyber security risks – Methodologies. Cyber Security requirements – Smart Grid Information Model. (4)

Total L : 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. James Momoh, ― SMART GRID : Fundamentals of Design and Analysis‖, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 2012. 2. Janaka Ekanayake, Nick Jenkins, Kithsiri Liyanage, Jianzhong Wu, Akihiko Yokoyama, ―Smart Grid: Technology and Applications‖, John Wiley & Sons, New Jersey, 2012. REFERENCES: 1. ―Smart Grid Primer‖, Published by Power Grid Corporation of India Limited, September 2013. 2. Fereidoon.P.Sioshansi, ―Smart Grid – Integrating Renewable, Distributed and Efficient Energy‖, Academic Press, 2011. 3. Stuart Borlase, ―Smart Grids: Infrastructure, Technology and Solutions‖ Edited by, CRC Press Publication, 2013.

15E007 PLC AND SCADA 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: History and developments in industrial automation. Vertical integration of industrial automation, Control elements in industrial automation, PLC Introduction: Basics of PLC, Advantages, Capabilities of PLC, Architecture of PLC, Scan cycle, Types of PLC, Types of I/O modules, Configuring a PLC, PLC wiring. (9)

PROGRAMMING OF PLC: Types of Programming - Process Control Programs using Relay Ladder Logic - PLC arithmetic functions - Timers and counters –data transfer-comparison and manipulation instructions, PID instructions, PTO / PWM generation. (9)

NETWORKING OF PLCs : PLC Networking- Networking standards & IEEE Standard - Protocols - Field bus - Process bus and ControlNet – DeviceNet and Ethernet. (9)

SUPERVISORY CONTROL AND DATA ACQUISITION (SCADA) – overview – Developer and runtime packages – architecture – Tools – Tag – Internal &External graphics, Alarm logging – Tag logging – Trends – history– Report generation. Communication Protocols of SCADA –Proprietary and Open Protocols. OLE/OPC – DDE – Server/Client - Interfacing of SCADA with PLC and other field devices. (10)

HMI SYSTEMS: Necessity and Role in Industrial Automation, Text display - operator panels - Touch panels - Panel PCs - Integrated displays, interfacing PLC to HMI. (4)

APPLICATIONS OF PLC & SCADA: Case studies of Machine automation, Process automation. (4)

Total L : 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. John W Webb & Ronald A Reis, ―Programmable logic controllers: Principles and Applications‖, Prentice Hall India, 2011. 2. WinCC software manual, Siemens, 2013

REFERENCE: 1. W. Bolton, ―Mechatronics‖, Pearson Education, 2009 2. Kelvin T Erikson, ―Programmable Logic Controllers ", Dogwood Valley Press, 2009 3. RS VIEW 32 Software Manual, Allen Bradley, 2010 4. CIMPLICITY SCADA Packages Manual, Fanuc India Ltd, 2009

15E008 HVDC TRANSMISSION 3 0 0 3

GENERAL ASPECTS: Historical development of HVAC and HVDC system. HVDC system configuration and components- comparison – Economic technical performance – Reliability – Limitations. (6)

CONVERTER CIRCUITS AND ANALYSIS: Introduction to single phase and three phase converters. Converters for HVDC system – 6 pulse converter and 12 pulse converter (both LCC and VSC types). Analysis of 6 pulse converter with and without source impedance. – With overlap less than 60 degrees - With overlap greater than 60 degrees - Complete characteristics of HVDC converter –rectifier mode and Inverter mode of operation- equivalent circuits. (10)

CONTROL: Basic means of control – Power reversal – constant current versus constant voltage control characteristics-desired features of control. Ideal and actual steady state characteristics and combined rectifier and inverter characteristics. –Constant minimum delay angle control, constant current control, constant extinction angle control and tap changer control. (9)

MISOPERATION OF CONVERTERS AND HARMONICS: Introduction to converter disturbance- causes and effects– By pass action in bridges -Commutation failure. Characteristic and un – characteristic harmonics – Troubles due to harmonics – Means of reducing harmonics. Need for reactive power – sources of VAr. (7)

POWER FLOW ANALYSIS IN AC/DC SYSTEMS : Modelling of DC links – DC network – DC converter – controller equations – solutions of DC load flow . Solution of AC-DC power flow. (7)

PROTECTION: Basics of protection – DC reactors – voltage and current oscillations – Clearing line faults and re-energising – Circuit breakers – over voltage protection – Control of di/dt and dv/dt.-Introduction to multi terminal HVDC system. (6) Total L : 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Kimbark E W, ―Direct Current Transmission‖, vol 1 ,Wiley Interscience , New York,1971. 2. Arrillaga J, ―High voltage Direct Current Transmission‖, IEE Publications, London, UK, 1999.

REFERENCES: 1. S. Kamakshaiah,V. Kamaraju ―HVDC Transmission‖ Tata McGraw-Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., 2011. 97

2. Adamson C and Hingorani N G,‖ High Voltage Direct Current Power Transmission‖, Garaway Ltd., 1968. 3. Padiyar K R, ―HVDC Transmission Systems‖ ,New Age International Publishers Ltd., New Delhi, 2002. 4. Chan-Ki Kim, Vijay K. Sood, Gil-Soo Jang, Seong-Joo Lim, Seok-Jin Lee, ―HVDC Transmission: Power Conversion Applications in Power Systems‖ April 2009, John Wiley & sons.(Asia) (P) Ltd.

15E009 POWER QUALITY 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Definition of power quality – Power quality- Voltage quality. Terms and definitions: General Classes of Power Quality Problems- Concepts of transients – short duration voltage variations - long duration voltage variation. Voltage imbalance - waveform distortion- voltage fluctuation – power frequency variation- power quality terms - International standards of power quality - IEEE- IEC and Computer Business Equipment Manufacturers Associations (CBEMA) curve. (8)

VOLTAGE SAGS AND INTERRUPTIONS: Sources of sags and interruptions - Estimating voltage sag performance. Thevenin‘s equivalent source - analysis and calculation of various faulted condition. Voltage sag due to induction motor starting. Estimation of the sag severity - mitigation of voltage sags, active series compensators. Static transfer switches and fast transfer switches. (8)

OVER VOLTAGES: Sources of over voltages - Capacitor switching – lightning - ferro resonance. Mitigation of voltage swells - surge arresters - low pass filters - power conditioners. Lightning protection – shielding – line arresters - protection of transformers and cables. An introduction to computer analysis tools for transients. (8)

HARMONICS: Harmonic distortion- voltage and current distortion- Harmonics versus Transients. Power System Quantities under Non-sinusoidal Conditions. Harmonic indices. Harmonic sources from commercial and industrial loads. Locating harmonic sources. Power system response characteristics. Effect of harmonics. Inter-harmonics – resonance. Harmonic distortion evaluation - devices for controlling harmonic distortion – passive and active filters. (12)

DISTRIBUTED GENERATION AND POWER QUALITY: Introduction to distributed generation - Interface to the Utility System - Power Quality Issues - Operating Conflicts. Interconnection Standards- Industry standards efforts, Interconnection requirements, simple interconnection and complex interconnection. (6)

POWER QUALITY MONITORING: Monitoring considerations. Power quality measurement equipment - harmonic / spectrum analyzer - flicker meters – disturbance analyzer. Applications of expert systems for power quality monitoring. (3)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Roger C. Dugan, Mark F. McGranaghan, Surya Santoso, H. Wayne Beaty, ‗Electrical Power Systems Quality‘ McGraw Hill, 2012. 2. Sankaran.C, "Power Quality", CRC Press, Washington, D.C., 2002

REFERENCES: 1. Math H.J.Bollen, "Understanding Power Quality Problems: Voltage Sags and Interruptions", IEEE Press, New York, 2000. 2. Arrillaga.J, Watson.N.R and Chen.S, "Power System Quality Assessment", John Wiley & Sons Ltd., England, 2000. 3. Barry W.Kennedy, ―Power Quality Primer‖, McGraw-Hill, New York, 2000.

GROUP B : ELECTRONICS / EMBEDDED

15E011 EMBEDDED SYSTEM DESIGN 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION TO EMBEDDED SYSTEM: Embedded system, Functional building block of embedded system, Characteristics of embedded system applications, Challenges in embedded system design, Embedded system design processes. (8)

ARCHITECTURE OF EMBEDDED SYSTEM: Computer architecture taxonomy, CPUs – Programming input and output, Supervisor mode, Exceptions & Traps, Co-processors, Memory system mechanisms. (5)

BUS-BASED SYSTEMS: CPU bus - Memory devices - I/O devices - Component interfacing - Assembly and linking - Basic compilation techniques – Program optimization. (5)

OS FOR EMBEDDED SYSTEMS: Introduction to RTOS, Multiple tasks and multiple processes, Context switching, Operating system, Scheduling policies, Interprocess communication mechanisms. Introduction to μC/ OS II. (10)

PERFORMANCE ISSUSES OF EMBEDDED SYSTEMS: CPU Performance, CPU power consumption, Program level performance analysis, Analysis and optimization of program size, energy and power, Evaluating operating system performance, Power management and optimization strategies for processes, Multiprocessors – CPUs and accelerators, Multiprocessor performance analysis. (9) 98

DESIGN & IMPLEMENTATION: Development and debugging, Manufacturing, Testing, Program validation and Testing, Distributed embedded architecture, Networks for Embedded Systems - I2C Bus, CAN Bus, Design examples: Cell phones, Digital Still Cameras, Elevator Controller. (8)

Total L : 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Wayne Wolf, "Computers as Components: Principles of Embedded Computer Systems Design‖, Reed Elsevier Publications, Gurgaon, Haryana, 2009. 2. Sriram V Iyer, Pankaj Gupta, ―Embedded Real-time Systems Programming”, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2012.

REFERENCES: 1. David E Simon, ―An Embedded Software Primer‖, Pearson Education India, New Delhi, 2013. 2. Rajkamal, ―Embedded Systems – Architecture, Programming and Design‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2010.

15E012 ADVANCED MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS 3 0 0 3

PENTIUM MICROPROCESSOR: Introduction – Architecture – Special Pentium registers – Memory management – Architectural Differences between Pentium II, Pentium III, Pentium IV, and Pentium Core 2 Microprocessors. (10)

INTRODUCTION TO ARM PROCESSORS: Overview of ARM Family Processor Evolution- Family of Cortex M processors: Features, Advantages and applications. (5)

ARCHITECTURE OF ARM CORTEX – M4: ARM Cortex-M4 Processor Core overview - Programmers Model – Registers – Operating modes - Memory Map -- System Timer - Exception and Interrupts - Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller - Floating Point Unit (FPU)- Memory Protection Unit – Power Management. (8)

INSTRUCTION SET AND CMSIS STANDARD: Thumb Instruction Set Overview- Instruction Set Summary – Introduction to Cortex Microcontroller Software Interface Standard (CMSIS) – CMSIS: Structure, Uses and Benefits – Debugging – Software Development Process. (7)

PERIPHERALS OF ARM CORTEX – M4 CONTROLLER: Cortex-M4 Peripherals - Parallel I/O Ports - Timers - Pulse Width Modulation - Frequency Measurement - Binary Actuators - Integral Control of a DC Motor – DAC – ADC. (9)

SERIAL COMMUNICATION: RS-232 – RS- 485 – Inter-integrated Circuit (I2C) – Universal Serial Bus (USB). (6)

Total L : 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Barry B Brey, "The Intel Microprocessor 8086/8088, 80186/80188, 80286, 80386, 80486 Pentium and Pentium Pro Processor Architecture, Programming and Interfacing", Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2. J. W. Valvano, ―Embedded Systems: Introduction to ARM Cortex -M Microcontrollers‖, Volume 1, 2013

REFERENCES: 1. Douglas V Hall, "Microprocessors and Interfacing: Programming and Hardware", Mc Graw Hill, New Delhi, 1992. 2. Mohammed Rafiquzzaman, "Microprocessors and Microcomputer based system design", UBS, New Delhi, 1995. 3. J. W. Valvano, ―Embedded Systems: Real-Time Interfacing ARM Cortex –Microcontrollers‖, Volume 2, 2014 4. Cortex-M4 Devices, Generic User Guide By ARM.

15E013 DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN 3 0 0 3

SYSTEM DESIGN USING PLDs AND CPLDs: Structure of PLDs – PAL16L8, PAL16R6 - Complex PLDs (CPLDs) – Altera Max 7000 series – PLD design process – Design of combinational and sequential circuits using PLDs – Adder – Sequence detector – counters - shift register - Design of state machines using Algorithmic State Machines (ASM) chart as a design tool. (9)

INTRODUCTION TO FIELD PROGRAMMABLE GATE ARRAYS (FPGAs): Types of FPGA – Xilinx XC3000 series – Logic Cell Array (LCA) – Configurable Logic Blocks (CLB) – Input/Output Blocks (IOB) – Programmable Interconnection Points (PIP) – Introduction to ACT 2 family - FPGA Design examples. (8)

INTRODUCTION TO VHDL: Digital System Design process – Levels of abstraction – VHDL: Design entities, Architectural body – Data types - Scalar types – Composite types – Access types – File types – Operators and expressions – Data objects. Concurrent and sequential statements: Concurrent Signal Assignment – Conditional Signal Assignment – Signal Drivers – Inertial, transport

and delta delays – Sequential control – Wait-if–Case – Loop – Next – Exit – Null process – Component instantiation – Block – Generics – Assert. (10)

SUBPROGRAMS, PACKAGES AND CONFIGURATIONS: Functions – Procedure– Package – Package declarations – Sub program declaration – Package body – Libraries – Predefined attributes – Configuration – Behavioural, Dataflow and Structural modeling of digital circuits – Simple VHDL codes. (9)

TESTING IN DIGITAL CIRCUITS AND DESIGN FOR TESTABILITY: Detection of faults in combinational logic circuits –Stuck-at- fault model – Path sensitising method – Fault detection in synchronous sequential circuits – Design for testability – Adhoc techniques – Scan registers – Level Sensitive Scan Design – Boundary Scan - Built-in-self test. (9)

Total L : 45

TEXT BOOKS : 1. Nelson V P, Nagale H T, Carroll B D, and Irwin J D, "Digital Logic Circuit Analysis and Design", Prentice Hall International, New Jersey, 1996 2. Charles H Roth and Lizy Kuriah John ―Digital Systems Design using VHDL‖, Cengage Learning, 2013.

REFERENCES: 1. Volnei A. Pedroni, ―Circuit Design and Simulation with VHDL‖, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2010. 2. Abramovici M B, Brever and Friedman D, ―Digital Systems Testing and Testable Design‖, Jaico Publishing House, New Delhi, 1997. 3. Samuel C Lee,‖ Digital Circuits and Logic Design‖, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2007. 4. Bhaskar J. ―A VHDL Primer‖, Prentice Hall of India, 2012.

15E014 VLSI DESIGN 3 0 0 3

OVERVIEW OF VLSI DESIGN METHODOLOGY: VLSI design process - Architectural design - Logical design - Physical design - Layout styles – Full-custom – Semi-custom approaches. (3)

BASIC ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES OF MOS AND CMOS CIRCUITS: MOS Transistor – Threshold voltage - Pass transistor - Transmission gate - Basic DC equations - Second order effects - MOS modules - Small signal AC characteristics - nMOS inverter - Steered input to an nMOS inverter - Depletion mode and enhancement mode pull-ups - CMOS inverter - DC characteristics -Inverter delay – Power consumption in CMOS gates – Static dissipation – Dynamic dissipation. (9)

VLSI FABRICATION TECHNIQUES: An overview of wafer fabrication - Wafer processing - Oxidation - Patterning - Diffusion - Ion implantation - Deposition - Silicon gate nMOS process – CMOS processes – Nwell - Pwell - Twintub - Silicon on Insulator – CMOS process enhancements - Interconnect - Circuit elements - Latchup - Latchup prevention techniques. (6)

LAYOUT DESIGN RULES: Layer representations - Stick diagrams - nMOS design style - CMOS design style - Design rules - Need for design rules - Mead Conway design rules for the silicon gate nMOS process - CMOS n-well / p-well lambda based design rules - Simple layout examples. (8)

Sheet resistance - Resistance estimation - Capacitance estimation - Driving large capacitive loads. (3) nMOS AND CMOS CIRCUIT AND LOGIC DESIGN: Switch logic- Pass transistor and transmission gate – Gate logic - Other forms of CMOS logic - Dynamic CMOS logic - Clocked CMOS logic – Pre-charged domino CMOS logic - Structured design - Simple combinational logic design examples - Parity generator - Multiplexers - Clocked sequential circuits – Two-phase clocking - Charge storage - Dynamic register element - nMOS and CMOS - Dynamic shift register – Semi- static register - JK flip-flop. (9)

SUBSYSTEM DESIGN PROCESS: General arrangement of a 4-bit arithmetic processor - Design of a 4-bit shifter - Design of an ALU subsystem - Implementation of ALU functions with an adder - Carry look ahead adder – Multipliers – Serial-parallel multipliers - Pipelined multiplier array. (7)

Total L : 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Douglas A Pucknell, and Kamran Eshraghian, "Basic VLSI design", Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2006. 2. Neil H E Weste and David Harris , " CMOS VLSI design: Circuits and System Perspective", Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2007.

REFERENCES: 1. Jan M Rabaey, Chandrakasan A, Nikolic B, ―Digital Integrated Circuits‖, PHI Learning, New Delhi 2013. 2. Amar Mukherjee, "Introduction to nMOS and CMOS VLSI system design", Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1986. 3. Wayne Wolf, "Modern VLSI Design: Systems on Chip design ", Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2004. 4. Eugene D Fabricus, "Introduction to VLSI Design", McGraw-Hill, New York, 1990.

100

15E015 MIXED SIGNAL VLSI DESIGN 3 0 0 3

DEVICE MODELLING: Introduction to Analog Design. MOS device model: dc, small signal and high frequency model, Diode model: dc, small signal and high frequency model. BJT: dc, small signal and high frequency model. Measurement of model parameters. (9)

BASIC ANALOG BULIDING BLOCKS: MOS Switches, Active Resistors, Current Sources and Sinks, Current Mirrors – Simple. Wilson, Cascode, Folded – Cascode. Voltage and Current. References – Bandgap voltage references, Comparators, Multipliers. (10)

SINGLE STAGE AMPLIFIERS : MOS Inverting Amplifier, Improving the performance of inverting amplifier .Single stage MOS amplifiers with passive load and active load – small signal analysis. (6)

MULTISTAGE AMPLIFIERS: The MOS Differential Pair – Operation with a Common Mode Input Voltage – operation with a Differential Input Voltage – Large Signal operation -Small Signal operation – Differential Gain-The Differential Half circuit - Differential Amplifier with Current - Source Loads- Cascode Differential Amplifier – Common Mode Gain and Common Mode Rejection Ratio(CMMR) – Folded Cascode Differential Amplifier - Operational Transconductance Amplifiers. (6)

ANALOG TO DIGITAL CONVERTERS: Quantization Errors - Non – idealities in the ADC – types of ADCs: Flash, two step, pipelined, successive approximation, folding ADCs, Delta Sigma ADCs (7)

DIGITAL TO ANALOG CONVERTERS: Non-idealities in the DACs – Types of DACs: Current switched, Resistive, charge redistribution (capacitive), Hybrid and segmented, Delta Sigma DACs (7)

Total L : 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Phillip Allen and Douglas Holdberg, ―CMOS Analog Circuit Design‖, Oxford University Press, 2014. 2. Adel S. Sedra, Kenneth C. Smith,‖ Microelectronic Circuits ―,Oxford University Press,2013.

REFERENCES : 1. David A Johns, Ken Martin, ―Analog Integrated Circuit Design‖ John Wiley and Sons, 2011 2. Baker R J, Li H W, and Boyce D E, ―CMOS: Circuit Design, Layout and Simulation‖, Prentice Hall of India, 2009 3. Rudy van de Plassche, ―CMOS Integrated Analog-to-Digital and Digital –to-Analog Converters―, Springer India, 2007. 4. Behzad Razavi,‖ Design of Analog CMOS Integrated Circuits‖, Tata MCGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2011.

15E016 VIRTUAL INSTRUMENTATION 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Virtual Instrumentation-concept& Architecture – Role of Hardware and Software in Virtual Instrumentation - Advantages of Virtual instruments over conventional instruments. (4)

SOFTWARE OVERVIEW: Graphical Programming-Advantages- LabVIEW environment: Front panel - Controls palette- Controls and Indicators, Block diagram- Functions palette-Functions & Libraries. Data flow programming –Creating simple Virtual Instruments- Editing, Debugging and Running a Virtual Instrument. Creating SUBVIs. (6)

PROGRAMMING STRUCTURES: Control Structures: FOR loops, WHILE loops Creation of Local & Global variables. Selection structures: CASE structure, Sequence structures-Flat and Stacked structures – Arrays: Creation & array operations. Clusters - Assembling and disassembling of elements using cluster operations. Waveform graphs and charts – String Functions and File I/O functions. (12)

DATA ACQUISITION AND I/O FUNCTIONS: DAQ architecture, connecting signal to DAQ boards, DAQ Assistant and I/O functions in LabVIEW, Measurement and Automation Explorer. (7)

INSTRUMENT CONNECTIVITY: GPIB Hardware & Software specifications - Serial Communication – RS 232, RS 485 standards- PXI / PCI: Controller and Chassis Configuration, configuration using VISA. (7)

LABVIEW APPLICATIONS: Image Acquisition – Machine vision system, Machine Vision Hardware and Software, Introduction to NI-IMAQ and IMAQ Vision. Motion Control: Components of a motion control system, Software for configuration, Prototyping and Development - General Applications. (9)

Total L : 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Sanjay Gupta and Joseph John, ―Virtual Instrumentation using LabVIEW‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2010. 101

2. Jovitha Jerome, ―Virtual Instrumentation using LabVIEW‖, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2011

REFERENCES: 1. LabVIEW: Basics I & II Manual, National Instruments, Bengaluru, 2005. 2. Garry W Johnson, Richard Jennings "LabVIEW Graphical Programming", Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2011.

15E017 COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 3 0 0 3

AM SYSTEM: Introduction to communication systems - Amplitude modulation theory - Frequency Spectrum - Representation - Power relation - AM Generation – Class C power Amplifier – Evolution & description of SSB – Balanced Modulator – Advantages of SSB Transmission - AM transmitter – AM receiver - AM envelope detector – Superheterodyne receiver. (8)

FM SYSTEM: Frequency Modulation - Phase Modulation –Representation and Frequency spectrum of FM wave – Effects of noise on carrier- Pre-emphasis and De-emphasis -FM Generation : Direct method – Stabilized reactance modulator – FM Transmitter – FM Receiver - Comparison of Wide band and Narrow band FM. (8)

DIGITAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM: Advantages of Digital Data transmission – Sampling – Pulse Code Modulation – source codes-error control codes - line codes. (7)

DIGITAL MODULATION SCHEMES: Digital amplitude modulation, Frequency Shift Keying and Phase Shift Keying – BPSK and QPSK- FSK transmitter and receiver. (7)

FIBRE OPTIC SYSTEM: History of fibre optics-optical fibres versus metallic cables-optical fibre communication system-light propagation through optical fibres-fibre configurations-acceptance angle and acceptance cone-losses in optical fibre cables, light sources, light detectors, lasers. (8)

ADVANCED COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS: Introduction to cellular radio telephones, Wireless Access methods, Wireless LAN – Introduction to ISDN and BISDN. (7)

Total L : 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Kennedy G and Davis B , ―Electronic Communication systems‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2011. 2. Wayne Tomasi, ―Advanced Electronic Communication Systems‖, Pearson Education, New Delhi 2004.

REFERENCES: 1. Keiser, ―Optical Fibre Communications‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2010. 2. Theodore S Rappaport, ―Wireless Communication‖, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2002 3. Simon Haykin, ―Communication Systems‖, Wiley Publications, Singapore, 2008.

15E018 NEURAL NETWORKS & FUZZY SYSTEMS 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION TO NEURAL NETWORKS: Differences between Biological and Artificial Neural Networks - Typical Architecture, Common Activation Functions, McCulloch - Pitts Neuron, Simple Neural Nets for Pattern Classification, Linear Separability - Hebb Net, Perceptron, Adaline, Madaline - Architecture, algorithm, and Simple Applications. (7)

NEURAL NETWORKS BASED ON PATTERN ASSOCIATION AND COMPETITION : Training Algorithms for Pattern Association - Hebb rule and Delta rule, Hetero-associative, Auto-associative and Iterative Auto-associative Net, Bidirectional Associative Memory - Architecture, Algorithm and Simple Applications. Kohonen Self-Organising Maps, Learning Vector Quantization, Counter Propagation - Architecture, Algorithm and Applications. (14)

ADAPTIVE RESONANCE AND BACKPROPAGATION NEURAL NETWORKS: ART1 and ART2 - Basic Operation and Algorithm, Standard Backpropagation Architecture, derivation of Learning Rules, Boltzmann Machine Learning - Architecture, Algorithm and Simple Applications. (6)

CLASSICAL AND FUZZY SETS AND RELATIONS: Properties and Operations on Classical and Fuzzy Sets, Crisp and Fuzzy Relations - Cardinality, Properties and Operations, Composition, Tolerance and Equivalence Relations, Simple Problems. (6)

MEMBERSHIP FUNCTIONS: Features of membership function, Standard forms and Boundaries, fuzzification, membership value assignments, Fuzzy to Crisp Conversions, Lambda Cuts for fuzzy sets and relations, Defuzzification methods. (7)

APPLICATIONS OF NEURAL NETWORKS AND FUZZY LOGIC: Applications of Neural Networks: Pattern Recognition - Image compression – Communication - Control systems - Applications of Fuzzy Logic: Fuzzy Pattern Recognition - Fuzzy Image compression - Fuzzy Logic Controllers. (5)

Total L : 45 102

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Sivanandam S N, Sumathi S, Deepa S N, ―Introduction to Fuzzy Logic using MATLAB‖, Springer-Verlag, Berlin Heidelberg, 2007. 2. Sivanandam S N, Sumathi S, Deepa S N,‖ Introduction to Neural Networks using Matlab 6.0,‖ Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2014.

REFERENCES: 1. Laurene Fausett, ―Fundamentals of Neural Networks‖, Pearson Education India, New Delhi, 2004. 2. Timothy Ross, ―Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications‖, Mc Graw-Hill, Singapore, 2010. 3. Zimmermann H J, ―Fuzzy set theory and its Applications‖, Allied Publisher, New Delhi, 2006. 4. Zurada J M, "Introduction to Artificial Neural Systems", Jaico Publishing House, Mumbai, 2006.

15E019 AUTOMOTIVE ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Current trends in modern automobiles – Drive by wire Systems -Vehicle functional domains and their requirements - Block diagram of electrical system - Typical wiring diagram. Components of an Automobile Electronic system and their functions. (8)

IGNITION AND ELECTRONIC FUEL CONTROL: Starting system: Basic starting circuit. Ignition system: Battery and magneto ignition system - Battery ignition system for four cylinder engine - Schematic of ignition circuit. Principle of carburetion - Variable venturi carburettor- Principle of fuel injection - Single point and multi point fuel injection. (7)

BATTERIES AND OTHER ACCESSORIES: Vehicle battery: Construction of lead acid battery - Ah and Reserve capacity - Cold cranking Amps - Charging the battery Charging system: Typical alternator in common use - Cut-out and regulator. Lighting & accessories system - Wiper motor - circuit diagram of wind screen wiper motor and washer - Flasher – Right light – Brake light – electric horn – engine cooling fan motor. (8)

AUTOMOBILE SENSORS AND ENGINE MANAGMENT: Block diagram of Engine control unit - Variables to be measured in automobiles - Principles of sensor: Magnetic reluctance and Hall effect - Temperature sensor : Coolant temperature - Speed sensor - Acceleration sensor - Throttle angle and MAP sensor concepts – EGO - Actuators: Solenoid Principle - Fuel injector. (8)

EMBEDDED SYSTEM IN AUTOMOTIVE CONTEXT : Embedded systems in typical modern automobile - Distributed systems, Embedded components -- Engine Management system - Diesel / Gasoline system, Components, System architecture (H/W, S/W) - Vehicle safety systems, - Body electronics systems, - Infotainment systems – Navigation, Car radio. (8)

DIAGNOSTICS AND AUTOMOTIVE NETWORKING PROTOCOLS : Diagnostics procedure: Introduction – Diagnostics theory – on board and off board diagnostics – Diagnostics Link Connector (DLC) - CAN protocol – LIN protocol. (6)

Total L : 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Tom Denton, ―Automobile Electrical and Electronics systems‖, Routledge Taylor & Francis Group London & New York, 2002. 2. Robert Bosch,‖ Automotive Electrics Automotive Electronics‖, Wiley, 2010

REFERENCES: 1. Nicolas Navet and Francoise Simonot-Lion, ―Automotive Embedded Systems Handbook‖, CRC Press, USA, 2013. 2. KK Jain , RB Sharma ―Automobile engineering‖, Tata McGraw Hill Publications, 2011 3. LjuboVlacic, Michel Parent &FurnioHarshima, ―Intelligent Vehicle Technologies: Theory and Applications‖, Butterworth- Heinemann publications, 2001. 4. William B. Ribbens, Norman P. Mansour,‖ Understanding of Automotive Electronics‖, Butterworth-Heinemann, United Kingdom 2014.

GROUP C: COMPUTER

15E021 ADVANCED DATA STRUCTURES 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Introduction to Analysis of Algorithms– Best Case and Worst Case complexities - Amortized time complexity - Complexity for bubble sort, quick sort.- Introduction to Divide and Conquer Algorithms, Greedy Algorithms, Non-deterministic Algorithms. (8)

SEARCHING: Introduction to Linear Search, Binary Search, and Binary Search trees. HASHING: Hash function – separate chaining – open addressing – linear probing – quadratic probing – double hashing - rehashing. (8)

AVL TREES: Definition – Height – Searching – insertion and deletion of elements, AVL rotations – Analysis. (6) 103

MULTIWAY SEARCH TREES: Indexed Sequential Access – m-way search trees – B-Tree – Searching, insertion and deletion - B+ trees – Tries - Red-Black trees. (8)

BINOMIAL HEAP AND FIBONACCI HEAP: Binomial trees and binomial heaps – Operations on binomial heap – Structure of Fibonacci heaps – merge heap operations, decreasing a key and deleting a node – Bounding the maximum degree. (7)

GRAPHS: Definition – Representations (Adjacency matrix, packed adjacency list and linked adjacency list) – Network representation – Shortest path algorithm - Graph search methods (Breadth First and Depth First Traversals) – Minimum spanning tree. (8)

Total L : 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Yedidayah Langsam, Moshe J. Augenstein, and Aaron M.Tanenbaum, "Data Structures using C and C++", PHI Learning, New Delhi, 2013. 2. Thomas H Cormen, Charles E Leiserson, and Ronald L Rivest, ―Introduction to Algorithms‖, PHI Learning, New Delhi, 2014.

REFERENCES : 1. Mark Allen Weiss, "Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C", Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2013 2. Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Sahni and Susan Anderson - freed, "Fundamentals of Data structures in C", Universities Press, Hyderabad, 2014. 3. Adam Drozdek, ―Data Structures and Algorithms in C++‖, Cengage Learning, New Delhi, 2012.

15E022 COMPUTER NETWORKS 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Computer Networks – A perspective – Goals – Applications – Classification of Networks - Layered Architecture for Communication – Advantages – Examples - OSI Model – TCP/IP Model – Protocols and Protocol Data Units (PDUs) (6)

DATA COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES: Data Types – Digital / Analog – Signaling Techniques - Digital / Analog – MODEM – CODEC – Error and Flow Control Techniques - Asynchronous and Synchronous Communication – Start-Stop Protocol - BISYNC – HDLC Protocols. (10)

LOCAL AREA NETWORKS (IEEE 802) : Topology: Star – Ring – Bus – Channel Access Techniques: FDM and TDM – CSMA – CSMA/CD – Ethernet LAN (802.3) – Switched LAN - Token BUS LAN (802.4)– Token Ring LAN (802.5) – Industrial Networking: CAN Bus – WiFi, WiMAX. and PAN. (12)

NETWORKING ISSUES: Wide Area Network (WAN) – X.25 Procedures – Datagram switching and Virtual Circuit Switching. (4)

INTERNETWORKING: internet - Routers – Gateways – Internet Protocol (IP) – IP Addresses – Classification – Special IP Addresses – Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) – Internet Applications – Electronic mail : SMTP, Remote Login : Telnet. (7)

NETWORK SECURITY: Network Attacks – Firewalls – Packet Filtering – Encryption / Decryption Techniques – Public Key Cryptography – Digital Authentication – Digital Signatures. (6)

Total L : 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Behrouz A Foruzan, ―Data Communications and Networking‖, McGraw-Hill, New York, 2012. 2. Behrouz A Foruzan, ― TCP/IP Protocol Suite‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2010.

REFERENCES: 1. William Stallings, ―Data and Computer Communication‖, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2009. 2. Fred Halsall, ―Data Communications, Computer Networks and Open Systems‖, Pearson Education, Asia, 2001. 3. Stanford H Rowe and Marsha L Schuh, ―Computer Networking‖, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2005. 4. Andrew.S Tanen Baum and David T.Wetherall, ―Computer Networks‖, Pearson Education, 2010.

15E023 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND QUALITY ASSURANCE 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION TO SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT & PROJECT PLANNING: Software development as a project, Stakeholders in software project, Software product, process, resources, quality, and cost; Objectives, issues, and problems relating to software projects. Project Planning - Steps in project planning, Defining scope and objectives, work breakdown structure, Deliverables and other products, time, cost, and resource estimation, Alternatives in planning. (8)

104

PROJECT EVALUATION & EFFORT ESTIMATION: Strategic assessment, Technical assessment, Cost-benefit analysis, Cash flow forecasting, Cost-benefit evaluation techniques, Break-even analysis, and Risk evaluation. Project Approach - Choosing development technology and methodology, choice of process model, Rapid application development, Waterfall model, V-process model, Spiral model, Prototyping, Incremental delivery. Effort Estimation - Problem in software estimation, Effort estimation techniques, Expert judgment, Estimation by analogy, Delphi technique, Algorithmic methods, Top-down and bottom-up estimation, Function point analysis, Object points, COCOMO model. (10)

ACTIVITY PLANNING & RISK MANAGEMENT: Project schedules, Sequencing and scheduling projects, Network Planning models - Precedence network – Critical Path, Shortening project duration. Risk Analysis and Management - Nature and categories of risk in software development, risk Identification, Risk assessment, Risk mitigation, monitoring and management, Evaluating schedule risk using PERT. (10)

RESOURCE ALLOCATION & PROJECT TRACKING: Nature of project resources, identifying resource requirement of activities, Allocating and scheduling resources, cost of resources, Standard, planned, and actual cost, Cost variance, time-cost trade-off. Project Tracking - Measurement of physical and financial progress, Earned value analysis, Status reports, Milestone reports, Change control. (5)

CONTRACT MANAGEMENT & MANAGING PEOPLE: Outsourcing of products and services, Types of contracts, Stages in contract placement, Terms of contract, Contract monitoring and Acceptance testing. Managing People - Organizational behavior, Recruitment and placement, Motivation, Group behavior, Individual and group decision making, Leadership and leadership styles, forms of organizational structures. (5)

SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE & CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT: Planning for quality, Product versus process quality management, Procedural and quantitative approaches, Defect analysis and prevention, Statistical process control, Pareto analysis, Causal analysis, Quality standards, ISO 9000, Capability Maturity Model, Quality audit. Configuration Management - Configuration management process, Software configuration items, Version control, change control, Configuration audit, Status reporting. (7)

Total L : 45 TEXT BOOKS : 1. Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell, Software Project Management, McGraw-Hill, 5th Edition, 2011. 2. Pankaj Jalote, Software Project Management in Practice, Pearson Education Asia, 2002.

REFERENCES: 1. Roger S. Pressman, Software Engineering: A practitioner‘s Approach, 8th Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2014. 2. Ramesh Gopalaswamy, Managing Global Software Projects, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2006.

15E024 ADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Computer architectural classification: Flynn‘s classification – Data flow versus Control flow computers – Parallelism in uniprocessor systems – Balancing of subsystem bandwidth – Parallel processing applications. (3)

MEMORY AND INPUT/OUTPUT SUBSYSTEMS: Hierarchical Memory Structure: Memory hierarchy – Optimisation –Addressing schemes for main memory – Multiple module memories – Memory interleaving – Virtual Memory System: Concepts – Paged Memory System – Segmented memory System – Memory with Paged Segments – Memory allocation and Management: Classification of memory Policies – Optimal Load Control – Memory Management Policies – Cache Memory and Management: Characteristics – Cache Memory Organisation – Fetch and Main Memory Update Policies – Block Replacement Policies – Performance evaluation and enhancement – Input Output Subsystems: Characteristics – Interrupt Mechanisms and Special Hardware – I/O Processors and I/O Channels. (9)

PIPELINING AND VECTOR PROCESSING: Principles of pipelining – Instruction and Arithmetic pipelines – Instruction prefetch and branch handling – Data buffering and Busing structures – Internal forwarding and Register tagging – Hazard detection and resolution – Job sequencing and Collision prevention – Vector Processing: Characteristics – Pipelined Vector Processing methods – Vectorization and optimization methods. (9)

ARRAY PROCESSING: SIMD Array Processors – Masking and data routing mechanisms – Inter PE communications – Interconnection networks – Parallel Algorithms for Array Processors – Associative Array Processing – systolic array processing. (8)

MULTIPROCESSOR ARCHITECTURE: Functional structures: Loosely coupled multiprocessors – Tightly coupled multiprocessors – Processor characteristics for multiprocessing – Multiprocessor scheduling strategies – Interconnection networks– Parallel memory organization – Parallel Algorithms for Multiprocessors. (8)

INTRODUCTION TO RISC ARCHITECTURE: Instruction execution characteristics – Instruction execution charts – Register files – Register optimization – Reduced Instruction Set Architecture – RISC pipelining – RISC versus CISC. (8)

Total L : 45

105

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Hwang K, and Briggs F A, ―Computer Architecture and Parallel Processing‖, Tata McGraw–Hill, New Delhi, 2013. 2. Stallings W, ―Computer Organization and Architecture: Designing for Performance‖, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2014.

REFERENCES: 1. David Patterson and John L Hennessy, ―Computer Organisation and Design: The Hardware/Software Interface‖, Elsevier Publishers, Waltham, 2012. 2. Kai Hwang, Naresh Jotwani, ―Advanced Computer Architecture – Parallelism, Scalability and Programmability‖, Tata McGraw– Hill, New Delhi, 2013.

15E025 PERSONAL COMPUTER SYSTEMS 3 0 0 3

PC PROCESSOR: 8088 Architecture - Addressing modes - Instruction set - Features of Pentium processors. (8)

AT ARCHITECTURE: System units - Task allocations of system board - Timer - DMA and interrupt controller - Memory map - I/O map - AT bus. (ISA) specifications - PCI bus - Extended memory and Expanded memory. (8)

PERIPHERAL INTERFACE: Keyboard - Speaker - Printer - Display adapters - VGA standard - Floppy disk and hard disk formats - CD ROM structure – USB Basics. (8)

ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE PROGRAMMING: Program Development stages - Macro Assembler - Directives (real-mode only) - Linker – Debugger. (7)

STRUCTURE OF MS-DOS: BIOS - DOS kernel - Command processor - Boot record - File directory - MS-DOS booting process - Program segment prefix - COM and EXE files - BIOS and DOS interrupts - Structure of device drivers. (7)

WINDOWS: Structure of window systems - Windows 98 - System architecture - Device drivers for windows - Virtual memory management - Windows based applications - MS-DOS based applications. (7)

Total L : 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Douglas V Hall, "Microprocessors and Interfacing: Programming and Hardware", Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2012. 2. Mathivanan N, ―Microprocessors, PC Hardware and Interfacing‖, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2005. REFERENCES: 1. Barry B Brey, "The Intel Microprocessor 8086/8088, 80186/80188, 80286, 80386, 80486, Pentium and Pentium Pro- processor, Pentium II, Pentium III, Pentium 4, and Core 2 with 64-bit extensions : Architecture, Programming and Interfacing", Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2012. 2. Ray Duncan, "Advanced MSDOS Programming", BPB Publications, New Delhi, 2008. 3. Andrew Macghee, Ryan Marshall ―Microsoft Windows 98 Resource Kit‖, Microsoft Press, Washington, 1998. 4. Muhammed Ali Mazidi, J.G.Mazidi and Danny Causey, ― The X86 PC Assembly Language, Design and Interfacing‖, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2010.

15E026 INTERNETWORKING AND APPLICATIONS 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION : Overview of the Internet – Protocol layering – standard client-server models – peer-to-peer paradigm – LAN Fundamentals – Wired LANS : ETHERNET Protocol – Wireless LANS : 1EEE 802.11, Bluetooth, WiMax - Connecting Devices : Repeaters, Hub, Switches, and Routers. (8)

INTERNETWORKING: Transport layer introduction – Transport-layer protocols – User Datagram Protocols (UDP) – Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) – Network layer introduction - Network layer protocols : IPv4 Datagram Format, IPv4 Addresses, Forwarding IP packets, ICMPv4 – Unicast Routing - Multicast Routing – Next Generation IP. (11)

NETWORK MANAGEMENT : Areas of Network Management – SNMP – SMI – MIB - ASN.1. (6)

NETWORK SECURITY : Introduction – Confidentiality – Message Integrity - Message Authentication - Digital Signature - Entry Authentication - Key management – Internet Security – Firewalls. (8)

MULTIMEDIA COMMUNICATIONS : Compression – Multimedia data – Multimedia in the Internet – Real-time Interactive protocols - Quality of Service. (7)

NETWORK APPLICATIONS : Electronic Mail : Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) – Multipurpose Internet Mail Extension (MIME) – World Wide Web and HTTP – Remote login : Telnet. (5) 106

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Behrouz A Forouzan and Firouz Mosharraf, ‖Computer Network – a Top Down Approach‖, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2012. 2. Behraouz A Forouzan, ―TCP/IP Protocol Suite‖, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2011.

REFERENCES: 1. Doughlas Comer, ―Internetworking with TCP/IP : Principles, Protocols and Architecture‖, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2006. 2. Andrew.S Tanen Baum and David T.Wetherall, ―Computer Networks‖, Pearson Education, 2010. 3. Jeffrey S. Beasley, Piyasat Nilkaew, Pearson, 2012. 4. James F.Kuros, Keith W.Ross, Pearson, 2012.

15E027 JAVA PROGRAMMING AND APPLICATIONS 3 0 0 3

OBJECT ORIENTATION IN JAVA: Introduction - Data Types - Operators - Declarations - Control Structures - Arrays and Strings - Input/output.-Java Classes - Fundamentals - Methods - Constructors - Scope rules - this keyword – object-based Vs object-oriented programming .- -Inheritance-Reusability - Composing class - Abstract classes - Abstract Functions – Method Overloading and Method Overriding- Wrapper Classes. (9)

PACKAGES AND INTERFACES: Packages - Access protection - Importing packages - Interface - Defining and Implementing Interface - Applying Interface - Variables in Interfaces. (6)

EXCEPTION HANDLING: Fundamentals - Exception types - Uncaught Exception - Using Try and Catch - Multiple catch clauses - Nested Try statements - Throw - Throws - Java Built-in Exception - Creating your own subclasses. (4)

MULTI THREADED PROGRAMMING: Java thread model - Priorities - Synchronization - Messaging - Thread class and runnable Interface - Main thread - Creating the Thread - Synchronization – Inter-thread Communication - Deadlock. (4)

I/O, APPLETS: I/O basics - Stream - Stream Classes - Predefined stream - Reading/Writing console input - Applet fundamentals - Native methods.- GUI Components - Applets - Java Scripts – AWT / Swings. (12)

NETWORK AND DATABASE PROGRAMMING: Fundamentals - Internet Addresses - Internet Protocols - DNS - Internet Services - Socket programming, UDP, TCP. JDBC – Database Connection and Table Creation – Execution of Embedded SQL Statements - ResultSet and ResultSetMetaData – Examples. (10)

Total L : 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Patrick Naughton and Herbert Schildt, "JAVA - The Complete Reference", Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2011. 2. Deitel and Deitel, "JAVA - How to Program", Prentice Hall International, 2012.

REFERENCE: 1. Kennath Litwak, ―Pure Java 2: A Code-Intensive Premium Reference‖, Tech Media Publications, New Delhi, 2000

15E028 RELATIONAL DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Purpose of database systems – data abstraction – data models – instances and schemas – data independence – data definition language – database manager – database users - over all system structure. (9)

E-R DATA MODEL: E-R model – E-R diagram, reducing E-R diagram to tables - Enhanced Entity Relationship (EER) – subclass - superclass –specialization and generalization. (4)

RELATIONAL DATA MODEL: Relational model - relational algebra – tuple and domain relational calculus – normalization – first, second, third and fourth normal forms - BCNF. (5)

DATA DEFINITION AND QUERYING: SQL – Query-by-example (QBE), Query integrity constraints – domain constraints – referential integrity – functional dependencies –assertions – triggers. (9)

TRANSACTION PROCESSING: Desirable properties of transactions - concurrency control - locking techniques - concurrency control - database recovery techniques - ARIES recovery algorithm - database security and authorization - security issue - access control based on granting/revoking of privileges. (9)

107

ADVANCED TOPICS IN DATABASES: Spatial and temporal databases – Mobile database- Multimedia and web database – introduction to data mining and warehousing. (9)

Total L : 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Abraham, Siberschatz, Henry.F.Korth and Sudharshan. S, ―Database System Concepts‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2014. 2. Ramez Elmasri and Shamkant Navethe, ―Fundamentals of Database Systems‖, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2011.

REFERENCES: 1. Sumathi S and Esakkirajan S, ―Fundamentals of Relational Database Management Systems‖, Springer, New York, 2008 2. Raghu Ramakrishnan and Johannes Gehrke, ―Database Management Systems‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2014. 3. Thomas Connolly, Carolyn Begg, ―Database system: A Practical Approach to Design, Implementation, and Management‖, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2014. 4. Jeffrey A Hoffer, Mary B Presscott, Fred R Mcfadden, ― Modern database Management Systems‖, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2007

15E029 OPERATING SYSTEMS 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Operating system structure – Function – Evolutions of Operating Systems - Serial processing, Batch Processing, Multiprocessing, Time-sharing operating systems- Distributed OS - Multiprocessor OS– Real-time OS – Introduction to system calls. (6)

PROCESS MANAGEMENT: Introduction to processes –Threads - Scheduling objectives - Scheduling Criteria - Types of scheduling algorithms – Performance comparison – Inter-process communications - Synchronization – Semaphores – Deadlock - Prevention, Recovery, Detection – Avoidance. (10)

MEMORY MANAGEMENT: Single contiguous allocation – Partitioned allocation – Paging – Virtual memory concepts – Swapping – Demand paging – Page replacement algorithms – Segmentation – Segmentation with paging. (9)

DEVICE AND FILE MANAGEMENT: Principles of I/O hardware – I/O software – Disks – Disk Scheduling Algorithms–File Systems – Files-Directories- File system implementation – Allocation methods – Security – Protection mechanisms. (9)

CASE STUDIES: LINUX – History – Design Principles – Kernel modules – Process Management – Scheduling – Memory Management – File Systems – Input and Output – Inter-process Communication – Network Structure – Security. (6)

WINDOWS XP – History – Design Principles – System Components – Environmental Subsystems – File System – Networking – Programmer Interface. (5)

Total L : 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Silberschatz A, Galvin P and Gagne G, ―Operating System Concepts‖, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., 2010. 2. Deitel H M, Deitel P J, Choffnes D R,‖ An Introduction to Operating Systems‖, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2013.

REFERENCES: 1. Andrew S Tanenbaum, Albert S Woodhull, ―Operating Systems: Design and Implementation,‖ PHI Learning, New Delhi 2012. 2. Mukesh Singhal and Niranjan G Shivaratis, ―Advanced Concepts in Operating Systems‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2004. 3. William Stallings, ―Operating Systems: Internals and Design Principles‖, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2014. 4. Dhamdhere D M, ―Operating Systems: A Concept - based Approach‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2014.

15E030 TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3

EVOLUTION OF QUALITY MANAGEMENT: History of quality, Definition of quality, Dimensions of quality, Quality Planning, Principles of TQM, Quality Gurus: Deming – Juran – Crosby - Watts Humphrey, Cost of Quality. (9)

TQM PRINCIPLES: Customer satisfaction, Service Quality, Customer feedback, Motivation, Teams, Empowerment, Continuous Process Improvement, Juran Trilogy, Kaizen, 5S. (9) (9)

STANDARDS / MODELS / METHODOLOGY: ISO standards: overview – clauses - advantages, CMM, CMMi, PCMM: Structure - Process areas - Characteristics of maturity levels, Six Sigma: evolution – DMAIC – DFSS - Advantages / disadvantages of standards / models / methodology. (9) 108

MEASUREMENT, ANALYSIS AND IMPROVEMENT: QMS in Software Organization, Software Quality Assurance Plans, Product Quality and Process Quality, Software Measurement and Metrics, Inspections. (9)

TQM TOOLS: Benchmarking – Reasons and Process, Quality function deployment, House of Quality, FMEA-stages of FMEA, QC tools, Control charts, Management tools. (9)

Total L : 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Dale H.Besterfield, Carol Besterfield, Geln and Mary, ― Total Quality Mangament‖, Pearson Education, New delhi, 2003 2. Nina S Godbole, ―Software Quality Assurance: Principles and Practice‖, Narosa Publishers, New Delhi, 2007.

REFERENCES: 1. Logothetics, N, "Managing for Total Quality - From Deming to Taguchi and SPC", Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2002. 2. Subburaj Ramasamy, ―TQM‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2006. 3. Deming W.E, "Out of the Crisis", MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 2000. 4. Juran J.M, and Gryna F.M, "Quality Planning and Analysis - From Product 5. Development Through Use", Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, India, 2001.

15E031 DATA COMMUNICATION AND NETWORKING 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION : Introduction to Computer networks-Internet- -ISO/OSI Model-TCP/IP Protocol Suite-Type of networks-Network Topology-Study of L2, L3 switches and Routers- Physical layer-Transmission media-Signal encoding techniques. (9)

DATA LINK LAYER: Link Layer services-Framing-Error Control- Flow Control-Media Access Control-CSMA/CD-Token Ring-FDDI- Circuit Switching- Packet Switching-MPLS- Addressing- VLANs-Wireless LANs. (9)

NETWORK LAYER : Network Layer Functions- Internet Protocol-IP address assignment-ARP-Routing table lookup-Routing and forwarding-Subnets-CIDR-NAT-DHCP-IPV6-Multicasting-Broadcasting. (9)

TRANSPORT LAYER : Overview of Transport Layer-UDP-Reliable Byte Stream(TCP)-Connection Management-Flow Control- Retransmission-Congestion control-congestion Avoidance-State Transition Diagram (9)

APPLICATION LAYER : Traditional Applications- WWW-Protocols:DNS-FTP-TELNET-HTTP-SMTP-MIME-IMAP-POP3-WEB mail- SNMP – Firewalls-Packet filtering. (9)

Total L : 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. James F. Kurose & Keith W. Ross, Computer Networking-A Top-Down Approach Featuring the Internet, Addison-Wesley, 6th edition, 2017. 2. William Stallings, Data and Computer Communications, Ninth Edition, Prentice Hall/Pearson, 10th Edition, 2017. 3. Behrouz A Foruzan, ―Data Communications and Networking‖, McGraw-Hill, New York, 5th Edition, 2017.

REFERENCES: 1. Larry L. Peterson & Bruce S. Davie , Computer networks- A systems approach, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 5th edition, 2012. 2. Andrew S Tanenbaum, & David Wetherall, Computer Networks, 5th edition, Pearson, 2017. 3. Douglas E. Comer, Internetworking With TCP/IP Vol I: Principles, Protocols, and Architecture, 6th Ed onwards, Prentice Hall/ Pearson, 2013.

OPEN ELECTIVES OFFERED BY ENGINEERING DEPARTMENTS (Students can register for open electives when offered by engineering departments excluding those offered by their parent department)

DEPARTMENT OF AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING

15AH01 AUTOMOTIVE INFOTRONICS 3 0 0 3

DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM: Driver information, driver perception, driver convenience, driver monitoring, general vehicle control, longitudinal and lateral control, collision avoidance, vehicle monitoring. (8) 109

TELEMATICS: Global positioning system, geographical information systems, navigation system, architecture, automotive vision system, road recognition. (9)

SAFETY SYSTEMS: Active and passive safety, airbags, seat belt tightening system, forward collision warning systems, child lock, anti lock braking systems, Autonomous Vehicle System, Lane departure warning system, Adaptive headlight system, Day time running lights (DRL), Automatic wiper system, Traffic Sign Identification. (10)

COMFORT SYSTEMS: Adaptive cruise control system, Active suspension system, power steering, collapsible and tiltable steering column, power windows, and climate control system. (10)

SECURITY SYSTEMS: Anti theft technologies – mechanical, electromechanical and electronic immobilizers, alarm system, stolen vehicle tracking system, remote keyless entry, smart card system, number plate coding, Bio metric systems. (8)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Ronald K Jurgen, ―Navigation and Intelligent Transportation Systems – Progress in Technology‖, Automotive Electronics Series. SAE, USA, 1998. 2. Robert Bosch GmbH, "Safety, Comfort and Convenience Systems", Wiley, 2007.

REFERENCES: 3. Robert Bosch, ―Automotive Hand Book‖, SAE, 2000. 4. Hong Cheng, ―Autonomous Intelligent Vehicles: Theory, Algorithms, and Implementation‖, Springer, 2011. 5. Robert Bosch GmbH,, Bosch Automotive Handbook", Bentley Publishers, 2011. 6. LjuboVlacic, Michel Parent and Fumio Harashima, ―Intelligent Vehicle Technologies‖, Butterworth-Heinemann Publications, Oxford, 2001.

15AH02 OFF HIGHWAY VEHICLES 3 0 0 3

TRACTORS: General description, specification and functions, light, medium and heavy duty wheeled tractors, crawler tractors. Bull dozers, tilt dozers and angle dozers, front end loaders, factors affecting efficiency of output of tractors, simple problems, merits and demerits. (4)

CRANES AND EXCAVATORS: General description, specifications and functions, of cranes, mobile cranes with strut and cantilever type jibs, tractor towed and tractor mounted cranes. General description, specification and functions of excavators classification based on attachments, face shovel, drag shovel, hoe, drag-line and grab or clam shell, advantages and limitations. (10)

GRADERS: Description, specification of tractor towed graders and motor graders, classification and functions of graders, functional details of spreading, mixing, ditching, bank sloping, snow removal, stripping, scarifying, and finishing, elementary details of transmission system (coupling, clutches, gear box, driving axles, propeller shafts), running gear and operating equipment air braking system; hydraulic system and its components, merits and limitations of graders. (8)

HAULAGE VEHICLES AND LIFT TRUCKS: General description, specification and functions, self-propelled and tractor towed haulage vehicles, dumpers – front tipping; trucks – rear tipping, tractor towed semi-trailers and trailers (rear and side tipping, bottom dumping). General description, specification and functions, fork lift trucks, alternative front end equipment (attachments) – Jib arm, shovel bucket, squeeze clamp, boom, fork extensions, barrel forks. Scissors lift trucks - Applications in industry, advantages and disadvantages. (7)

ROOTERS, SCARIFIERS AND SCRAPERS: General description, specification and functions, tractor towed rooters and scarifiers - Heavy duty, light duty. General description, specification and functions, tractor towed and motorized scrapers, scraper work in cutting, cambering, side hill cutting, spreading on embankments, compaction of fill merits and demerits. (8)

COMPACTION VEHICLES AND OTHER SPECIAL PURPOSE VEHICLES: General description, specification and functions, smooth wheeled rollers, pneumatic tired rollers, agricultural Rollers, sheep‘s foot rollers, vibrating compactors. General description, specification and functions, Ambulance, oil tankers, surveillance vehicle, television recording mobile unit, reefer vehicle, double decker bus, vestibule bus, fire fighting vehicle. (8)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Peurifoy R.L ―Construction planning, equipment and methods‖, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi, 2002. 2. Ian Graham, ―Off-Road vehicles‖, Heinemann Library, 2008 110

REFERENCES: 1. Wong J, ―Terramechanics and Off-Road Vehicle Engineering‖, Butterworth-Heinemann, 2009 2. RoviraMás, Francisco, Zhang, Qin, Hansen, Alan C, ―Mechatronics and Intelligent Systems for Off-road Vehicles‖, Springer,2011 3. Roninson E.G, ―Motor Graders‖, MIR Publications, Moscow, 1985. 4. Rodhiev and Rodhiev, ―Tractors and Automobiles‖, MIR Publishers, Moscow, 1984.

15AH03 ELECTRIC AND HYBRID VEHICLES 3 0 0 3 ELECTRIC VEHICLES: Architecture of an electric vehicle, essentials and performance of electric vehicles – Traction motor characteristics, tractive effort, transmission requirements, vehicle performance, energy consumption, advantage and limitations. (9)

HYBRID VEHICLES: Hybrid electric drivetrains - Concepts, architecture, design, control strategies, merits and demerits. (9)

ELECTRIC PROPULSION SYSTEMS: DC motor drives, induction motor drives, permanent magnet motor drives and switched reluctance motor drives. (9)

ENERGY STORAGE DEVICES: Electrochemical batteries – Reactions, thermodynamic voltage, lead-acid batteries, nickel based batteries, lithium based batteries, flywheel and ultra-capacitors, Battery management systems. (9)

HYBRID SOLAR VEHICELS: Fuel cell thermodynamics, operating principle, fuel cell technologies, fuel reforming, hydrogen production and storage. Photovoltaic cell, maximum power point tracking, solar powered accessories, hybrid solar vehicles. (9)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. MehrdadEhsani, YiminGao, sebastien E. Gay and Ali Emadi, ―Modern Electric, Hybrid Electric and Fuel Cell Vehicles: Fundamentals, Theory and Design‖, CRC Press, 2009. 2. Iqbal Husain, ―Electric and Hybrid Vehicles: Design Fundamentals, CRC Press, 2011.

REFERENCES: 1. SerefSoylu ―Electric Vehicles - The Benefits and Barriers‖, InTech Publishers, Croatia, 2011. 2. AuliceScibioh M. and Viswanathan B., ―Fuel Cells – Principles and Applications‖, University Press, India, 2006. 3. Barbir F., ―PEM Fuel Cells: Theory and Practice‖ Elsevier, Burlington, 2005. 4. James Larminie and John Loury, ―Electric Vehicle Technology-Explained‖, John Wiley & Sons Ltd., 2003.

15AH04 ELECTRIC, HYBRID AND FUEL CELL VEHICLES 3 0 0 3

ELECTRIC VEHICLES: Architecture of an electric vehicle, essentials and performance of electric vehicles – Traction motor characteristics, tractive effort, transmission requirements, vehicle performance, energy consumption, advantage and limitations. (9)

HYBRID VEHICLES: Hybrid electric drivetrains - Concepts, architecture, design, control strategies, merits and demerits. (9)

ELECTRIC PROPULSION SYSTEMS: DC motor drives, induction motor drives, permanent magnet motor drives and switched reluctance motor drives. (9)

FUEL CELL AND SOLAR POWERED VEHICELS: Fuel cell thermodynamics, operating principle, fuel cell technologies, fuel reforming, hydrogen production and storage. Photovoltaic cell, maximum power point tracking, solar powered accessories, hybrid solar vehicles. (9)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. MehrdadEhsani, YiminGao, sebastien E. Gay and Ali Emadi, ―Modern Electric, Hybrid Electric and Fuel Cell Vehicles: Fundamentals, Theory and Design‖, CRC Press, 2009. 2. Iqbal Husain, ―Electric and Hybrid Vehicles: Design Fundamentals, CRC Press, 2011.

111

15AH06 MOTOR VEHICLE ENGINEERING 3 0 0 3

AUTOMOBILE AND CHASSIS: Brief history, introduction about an automobile, layout of an automobile, automobile sub systems and their role. Classification – Passenger vehicles, goods vehicles, off highway. Two wheel drive, four wheel drive vehicles. Role and requirement of a chassis frame. Types of chassis – Light, medium and heavy duty vehicle chassis, ladder chassis, integral body. Design features of a body – Types of bodies, coach built, convertibles. Body accessories, bumpers. (9)

ENGINE BASIC THEORY: Engine types and their operation, classification, Properties of I.C. engine fuels, actual cycle, air fuel cycle, combustion charts (equilibrium), two stroke engines, four stroke engine, characteristics of engines, air capacity of engine, valve timing diagram. (9)

TRANSMISSION: Flywheel, clutch, gear box types, need, general functions and design characteristics, decoupling of power, speed and torque characteristics of power transmission system. transfer case - auxiliary gearbox, gear shifting mechanisms. Automatic Transmission - Need for fluid coupling and torque converters, Borg Warner type, control mechanisms, limitations. Transmission Electronics, Automatic Manual Transmission. (9)

DRIVELINE AND AXLE: Functional and design characteristics of propeller shaft, selection criteria for material and cross section of propeller shaft, need for differential and final drive. Axle – Live and dead axles, front axle and its types, stub axle and its types, rear axle and its types, fully floating, semi- floating and three quarter floating axles, two speed axles, twin axles, swing axles. Use of different types of wheels and tyres, specification, materials. (9)

CONTROL SYSTEM: Steering, Suspension and Brakes – Need, requirements, principle of working and types .Effort multiplication and geometry in steering, types of springs used in suspension system, need for damping. wheel locking and stopping distance, self energizing and self locking , Introduction to ABS. (9)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Heinz Heister, ―Vehicle and Engine Technology‖, SAE Second Edition, 1999. 2. John B Heywood, ―Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals‖, McGraw Hill International Editions, 1988

REFERENCES: 1. W H & Anglin D L, ―Automotive Mechanics‖, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company, 2004. 2. Robert Bosch ―Automotive Hand book‖, 5th Edition, 2004. 3. Kirpal Singh, ―Automobile Engineering Vol 1 & 2‖, Standard Publishers Distributors, 2009. 4. Ganesan V , ―Internal Combustion Engines‖, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2003.

DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

15ZH01 MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS AND APPLICATIONS 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION TO MULTIMEDIA: Historical Overview - Multimedia Representations - Software Tools - Authoring Tools - Basics of Image Formation: Camera and Lenses - Digitization - Image Formation - Basic Camera Models and Geometry. Standard Image Formats - Colors in Images and Videos. (8)

IMAGE COMPUTING:Binary Image Analysis:The Basics of Processing 2D Images - Thresholding - Convolution - Edge and Corner Detection - Mathematical Morphology -and Shape Descriptors. Application: Implementation ofa Simple Optical Character Recognition (OCR) System. (8)

MULTIMEDIA COMPRESSION BASICS:Lossless Compression: Variable Length Coding - Dictionary Based Coding.Basics for Lossy Compression: Fourier Transform - Discrete Cosine Transform. Application to ImageCompression (JPEG Compression). (8)

VIDEO PROCESSING: Fundamental Concepts of Video - Image and Video Compression - MPEG Video Coding - MPEG4-7 and Beyond. (9)

AUDIO PROCESSING: Basics of Digital Audio - Quantization and Transmission of Audio - Audio Compression - AudioMPEG. (9)

MULTIMEDIA APPLICATIONS:Content-Based Retrieval in Digital Libraries: Case Studies. (3)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Wilhelm Burger and MarkJ Burge, ―Digital Image Processing: An Algorithmic Introduction using Java‖, Springer Science+Business Media, USA, 2008.

112

2. Parag Havaldar and Gerard Medioni, ―Multimedia Systems: Algorithms, Standards, and Industry Practices‖, First Edition, Cengage Learning, USA, 2010.

REFERENCES: 1. Tay Vaughan, ―Multimedia: Making It Work‖, Eighth Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2011. 2. Ze-Nian Li and Mark S Drew, ―Fundamentals of Multimedia‖, First Edition, PHI Learning, New Delhi, 2011.

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

15EH01 SUSTAINABLE ENERGY SYSTEMS 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Trends in energy consumption - Energy sources and their availability – Yield Energy ratio: Classification of Energy sources, Conventional Energy Resources: Coal Oil, Natural Gas, Nuclear Power and Hydro. Sector-wise Energy Consumption, Energy Scenario in India, Growth of Energy Sector and its planning in India - Need for Renewable Energy sources. (7)

SOLAR POWER SYSTEMS: Solar Thermal Systems: Principle and operation – Low, Medium and High Temperature Systems. Solar Photovoltaic Systems: Solar cells and their characteristics - Influence of Insolation and Temperature - PV arrays – Maximum Power Point Tracking Algorithms - Grid Connected PV System – Overview of Islanding – Stand-alone PV systems – Concentrated Solar PV systems. (10)

WIND ENERGY SYSTEMS: Nature and Power in the wind - Wind Energy Conversion System (WECS) - Components and Classification of a WECS - Yaw and Pitch Control - Betz model - Wind Turbines – Types - Horizontal and Vertical Axis Wind Turbines. Generators for WECS – Types - Selection of Generators – Permanent Magnet Synchronous Generators - Schemes for Fixed and Variable Speed Wind Turbines. (10)

DISTRIBUTED GENERATION : Distributed Generation – Concept and topologies, Role of Renewable Energy in Distributed Generation, Standards for Interconnecting Distributed Generation to Power Systems – Concept of Virtual Power Plants, Captive Power Generation – Combined Heat and Power Generation. (10)

Total : 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Khan B H, ―Non-Conventional Energy Resources‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi 2010 2. Mukund R Patel, ―Wind and Solar Power Systems‖, CRC Press, New York, 2011.

REFERENCES: 1. Rai G D, "Non-Conventional Energy Sources", Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2004. 2. Bhadra S N, Banerjee S, Kastha D, ― Wind Electrical Systems‖, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2008 3. Colleen Speigel, ―PEM Fuel Cell Modeling and Simulation Using MATLAB‖, Academic Press, New Delhi, 2008 4. Roger A. Messenger, "Photovoltaic Systems Engineering", CRC Press, New York, 2010.

15EH03 RENEWABLE ENERGY SOURCES 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Trends in energy consumption - Energy sources and their availability – Yield Energy ratio: Classification of Energy sources, Conventional and renewable sources. (2)

113

MISCELLANEOUS SOURCES: Energy from Oceans – Tidal Energy – Magneto Hydro Dynamic Systems – Geo-thermal Energy. (7)

MODELING AND SIMULATION: Need for Simulation - Introduction to Toolboxes in MATLAB – SIMULINK, Modeling of PV Cell – Simulating the Characteristics of a PV cell – Parameters for Modeling Induction Generator and Fuel cell in MATLAB. (7)

Total L : 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Khan B H, ―Non-Conventional Energy Resources‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi 2010 2. Mukund R Patel, ―Wind and Solar Power Systems‖, CRC Press, New York, 2011.

DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

15MH01 PROJECT ENGINEERING 3 0 0 3

PROJECT FEASIBILITY: Marketing, technical, financial feasibilities, case studies, report preparation. (5)

PROJECT MANAGEMENT: Nature, scope, different phases of project – phased manufacturing plan (PMP), semi knock down (SKD), completely knock down (CKD), totally integrated project management techniques. (6)

METHODS FOR EVALUATION OF TANGIBLE ALTERNATIVES: Present worth comparison - equal, unequal lived assets - study period – assets with infinite life - capitalized cost, bond valuation. Equivalent uniform annual cost comparison – situations for EUAC - Rate of return comparisons IRR – MARR IRR misconceptions (7)

INTEREST AND TIME VALUE OF MONEY: Simple interest, compound interest, uniform series payments, interest factors, use of interest tables, nominal and effective interest rates, continuous compounding, uniform continuous payment- uniform gradient. (7)

PROJECT FEASIBILITY ANALYSIS: . Depreciation - reasons - depreciation accounts - causes of declining value - depreciation methods. Cost - volume - profit analysis: review of conventional approach - analysis with time value - linear - non-linear - multi product break even analysis. - review of project management - PERT - CPM - crashing - cost system. (8)

REPLACEMENT ANALYSIS: Items deteriorating with time and items that fail completely, not accounting for time value of money and with accounting for time value of money, replacement policy for new and old machine with infinite horizon, group replacement (8) RISK ANALYSIS: Risk in economic analysis, measuring risk investment, risk profiles, decision trees, formulation of discounted decision tree, simulation. (4)

Total : L : 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. James L Riggs, ―Engineering Economics‖, Tata McGraw Hill Book Co., New Delhi, 2004. 2. Prasanna Chandra, ―Projects‖, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2002.

REFERENCES: 1. James L Pappas and Eugene F Brigham, ―Managerial Economics‖, Holt, Rinehaut and Winston Ltd., 1983. 2. Srinath L S, ―PERT and CPM – Principles and Applications‖, EWP, New Delhi, 1982. 3. Norman N Barish, ―Economic Analysis for Engineering‖, McGraw Hill Book Company, New York, 1978 4. Chandler Allen Phillips, ―Human Factors Engineering‖, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 2000.

15MH02 TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Definitions of the terms – quality planning , quality control, quality assurance, quality management , total quality management as per ISO 8402 – overview on TQM – the TQM axioms – Commitment – scientific knowledge – involvement Consequences of total quality. (7)

114

THE DEMING APPROACH TO TQM: Deming‘s fourteen points on quality management – five DDs – implementing the Deming philosophy - action plan – the Deming cycle – questions and opinions of Deming. (7)

JURAN ON QUALITY: Developing a habit of quality – Juran quality trilogy – the universal break through sequence – comparison Juran and Deming approaches. (5)

CROSBY AND THE QUALITY TREATMENT: Crosby‘s diagnosis of a troubled company - Crosby‘s quality vaccine - Crosby‘s absolutes for quality management - Crosby‘s fourteen steps for quality improvement. (6)

KAIZEN : Meaning – kaizen and innovation – the kaizen management practices – total quality control (TQC) –Ishikawa – kaizen – kanban systems – small group activities – quality control circles – comparison of kaizen and Deming‘s approach (6)

SUPPORTING TOOLS, ACTIVITIES AND TECHNIQUES IN TQM PROJECTS: QC Tools - Affinity diagram – bar chart – brain storming – cause and effect analysis –check list– flow charts – force field analysis – Pareto analysis, New QC Tools, quality costing – quality function deployment (QFD) (8)

ISO 9000 SERIES QUALITY SYSTEM STANDARDS: The structure of ISO 9000 series quality system standards – certification process. (3)

STRATEGIC QUALITY MANAGEMENT: Integrating quality into strategic management – quality and the management cycle – resources for quality activates – training for quality – self managing teams – role of the quality Director – obstacles to achieving successful strategic quality management. (3)

Total L : 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Logothetics N ., ―Managing for total quality – From Deming to Taguchi and SPC ― , Pretence hall Ltd, New Delhi, 1997. 2. Juran J.M & Gryna F.M., ―quality Planning and Analysis – From Product development through use‖, Tata McGrawHill Publishing Limited, new Delhi, 1995.

REFERENCES: 1. Deming W E, ―Out of the Crisis," MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1982. 2. Juran J M and Juran on ―Leadership for Quality" An Executive Handbook, The Free Press, New York, 1989 3. Salor J.H., ―TQM-Fleld Manual,‖ McGraw Hill, New York, 1992. 4. Crosby P.B., ―Quality is Free,‖ McGraw Hill, New York, 1979.

15MH03 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION : Principles of management - Definition and Significance of Management, Basic Functions of Management – Planning, Organizing, Staffing, Directing and Controlling, Forms of Business organization, Social Responsibility of Engineers. (5)

ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR: Significance of OB, Personality and Motivation, Attitudes, Values and Perceptions at Work, HR – Role of HR Manager, Importance, Objectives and Functions, Job Analysis and Recruitment, Selection and Placement (6)

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT: Training and Development, Objectives of job evaluation, Methods of job evaluation, Characteristics of a good wage and incentive systems, Methods of wage payments. Labour welfare schemes - Factories Act 1948. (7)

METHOD STUDY: Evolution of Industrial Engineering, Productivity definition, means of increasing productivity, Definition, aims, procedure for method study, selection of work elements, recording techniques, micro motion study, therbligs, cyclograph and chronocycle graph, principles of motion economy, analysis in the form of chart, operation chart, flow process chart, flow diagram, string diagram, man machine chart, two handed chart, SIMO chart (8)

TIME STUDY : Time study equipment, performance rating, allowances, number of cycles to be studied, determination of standard time. (5)

FACILITY AND LAYOUT DESIGN: Manufacturing facility layouts – product, process, fixed position and cellular layouts. Work place design – Ergonomics, Group technology- Introduction, part classification and coding, assigning machines to groups- binary ordering algorithm. (7)

DESIGN OF AUTOMATED ASSEMBLY LINES: Assembly lines, Approaches to line balancing – largest candidate rule, Kilbridge and wester method, Ranked positional weight heuristic , COMSOAL. (7)

Total: L: 45

115

TEXT BOOKS: 1. ILO, ―Introduction to work study‖, Universal Publishing Corporation, Bombay, 1986. 2. Harold Koontz, Heinz Weihrich and Ramachandra Aryasri, ―Principles of Management‖ - Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2004. 3. VSP Rao ―Human Resource Management‖ Excel Books, 2010

REFERENCES: 1. Ronald G Askin, ―Modeling and Analysis of Manufacturing Systems‖, John Wiley and Sons, Inc, 1993. 2. Mundel, ―Motion and Time Study‖, Prentice Hall of India, 1995. 3. Ralph M. Barnes, ―Motion and Time study‖, John Wiley and sons, 1990. 4. Chandler Allen Phillips, ―Human Factors Engineering‖, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 2000.

15MH04 ENTERPRISE RESOURCE PLANNING 3 0 0 3

MRP AND INTRODUCTION TO ERP: Introduction – Overview of MRP I and MRP II- Capacity Requirements Planning – History of ERP – Evolution of ERP – Difference of ERP vs Traditional Systems – Benefits of ERP – Modules in ERP (8)

ERP DESIGN: Traditional approach to information system design – New approach to system development – Requirement analysis for ERP, Benefits of ERP (8)

ERP IMPLEMENTATION: Alternatives for ERP – lifecycle – implementation methodology – Acquiring an ERP package – Hidden Costs – Case Studies (6)

BUSINESS MODULES IN ERP:Finance – Manufacturing – Human Resources – Plant maintenance –Materials Management – Quality management – Marketing – Sales, Supply Chain and service, CRM – Case Studies of Modules. (8)

ERP MARKET:Marketplace – Dynamics – SAP AG – Oracle – Baan – JD Edwards – QAD Inc –SSA Global – Lawson Software – Epicor – Intutive – Open source ERP software – OODO – ERP Next. (8)

ERP CASE STUDIES:HRM, finance, production, materials, sales and distribution, banking and service operations, Failures of ERP (7)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Alexis Leon, ―ERP Demystified‖, Tata McGraw Hill, Second Edition, 2008. 2. Mary Sumner, ―Enterprise Resource Planning‖, Pearson Education, 2007.

REFERENCES: 1. Jim Mazzullo, ―SAP R/3 for Everyone‖, Pearson,2007. 2. Jose Antonio Fernandz, ―The SAP R /3 Handbook‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 1998. 3. Biao Fu, ―SAP BW: A Step-by-Step Guide‖, Pearson Education, 2002. 4. Michael W. Pelphrey, ―Directing the ERP Implementation: A Best Practice Guide to Avoiding Program Failure Traps While Tuning System Performance‖, CRC Press, 2015

15MH05 SIX SIGMA PROJECT METHODOLOGY 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Overview, six sigma defined – background, Methodology: DMAIC, DMADV phases, common terms, transactional vs. Manufacturing six sigma projects, Five laws of lean-six sigma. (6)

PREPARATION PHASE: Assessing organizational readiness – Pre-requisites for Six sigma implementation, internal communication strategy and tactics, Formal launch, organizational structure, six sigma training plan, team stages, characteristics of effective teams. (6) DEFINE PHASE: Project selection, voice of the customer, CTQ – high level process map – Cost of quality – Cost of poor quality – Sigma level calculation - Project charter. (8)

MEASURE AND ANALYSE PHASES: Overview – types of measures – introduction to statistical methods – data collection and analysis using 7QC tools – Introduction to other measure tools QFD– measurement system analysis – process capability analysis.

Analyze phase – overview – Selection and application of hypothesis testing (12)

IMPROVE PHASE: Overview – Creativity techniques - Brainstorming - generation & selection of improvement alternatives – TRIZ – PUGH Matrix. Introduction to failure mode and effects analysis - ROI analysis. – Process redesign principles (8)

CONTROL PHASE: Control phase overview – selection of control charts – Visual controls - control plan. Challenges in Six sigma Implementation, Common Pitfalls. (5) Total: L: 45 116

TEXT BOOK: 1. Betsiharris Ehrlich, ―Transactional Six Sigma and Lean Servicing‖, St. Lucia Press, 2002. 2. Donald W Benbow and Kubiak T M, ―Certified Six Sigma Black Belt Handbook‖, Pearson Education, 2007.

REFERENCES: 1. Jay Arthur, ―Lean Six Sigma – Demystified‖, Tata McGraw Hill Companies Inc, 2007. 2. James Evans and William Lindsay, ―An Introduction to Six Sigma and Process Improvement‖, South-Western College, 2014 3. Paul Keller, ―Six Sigma Demystified‖, McGraw-Hill Education, 2011. 4. Howard S. Gitlow, Richard Melnyck and David M. Levine ―A Guide to Six Sigma and Process Improvement for Practitioners and Students‖, Pearson FT Press, 2015.

DEPARTMENT OF PRODUCTION ENGINEERING

15PH04 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT AND ACCOUNTING 3 0 0 3

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: Evolution – goals – functions; Indian financial system – financial instruments – financial markets – Reserve Bank of India – Indian stock market; Capital structure – ‗EBIT-EPS‘ analysis – ‗ROI-ROE‘ analysis – assessment of debt capacity – guidelines for capital structure planning. (6)

SOURCES OF FINANCE AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS: Long term – retained earnings – equity capital – debentures, types – term loans; Short term – accruals, trade credit, commercial banks, public deposits, short term loans. Financial Institutions: Institutional structure – all India, state level institutions; Financial assistance, term loan procedure. (7)

CAPITAL BUDGETING: Process and significance – costs and benefits; Investment appraisal – data requirement; Time value of money; evaluation criteria – net present value – benefit / cost ratio – internal rate of return, payback period, accounting rate of return; Cash flow analysis. (7)

WORKING CAPITAL MANAGEMENT: Current assets and current liabilities - factors influencing working capital - operating cycle approach - calculation of working capital requirements; Introduction to cash management - credit management - credit policy variables - accounts receivables; Inventory management - order point - valuation of stocks - monitoring and control of inventories. (7) BUDGETING AND BUDGETARY CONTROL: Meaning – purpose – types – sales budget, production budget, purchase budget, cash budget. (6)

FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING: Double entry book keeping – journal, ledger, bank reconciliation statement, trial balance, trading, profit and loss account, balance sheet. (9)

FINANCIAL STATEMENT ANALYSIS: Types of financial ratios – liquidity, leverage, turnover, profitability ratios – time series, common size analysis, Dupont analysis. (3)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Prasanna Chandra, ―Financial Management – Theory and Practice‖, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2012. 2. Pandey I M, ―Management Accounting‖, Vikas Publishing House, Bangalore, 2009.

REFERENCES: 1. Khan M Y and Jain P K, ―Basic Financial Management‖, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2012. 2. Van Horne, ―Financial Management‖, McGraw Hill, New York, 2009.

15PH07 VIRTUAL REALITY SYSTEMS AND APPLICATIONS 3 0 0 3

VIRTUAL REALITY AND VIRTUAL ENVIRONMENTS: The historical development of VR: Scientific landmarks Computer Graphics, Real-time computer graphics, Flight simulation, Virtual environments, Requirements for VR, benefits of Virtual reality. (4)

HARDWARE TECHNOLOGIES FOR 3D USER INTERFACES: Visual Displays, Auditory Displays, Haptic Displays, Choosing Output Devices for 3D User Interfaces. (6)

3D USER INTERFACE INPUT HARDWARE: Input device characteristics, Desktop input devices, Tracking Devices, 3D Mice, Special Purpose Input Devices, Direct Human Input, Home - Brewed Input Devices, Choosing Input Devices for 3D Interfaces. (7)

117

SOFTWARE TECHNOLOGIES: Database - World Space, World Coordinate, World Environment, Objects - Geometry, Position / Orientation, Hierarchy, Bounding Volume, Scripts and other attributes, VR Environment - VR Database, Tessellated Data, LODs, Cullers and Occluders, Lights and Cameras, Scripts, Interaction - Simple, Feedback, Graphical User Interface, Control Panel, 2D Controls, Hardware Controls, Room / Stage / Area Descriptions, World Authoring and Playback, VR toolkits, Available software in the market (12)

VR IN PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT: Virtual Prototyping, Free-Form Design and Validation, Assembly Verification, Ergonomic Analysis. (3)

VR IN DESIGNING INFRASTRUCTURES: Plant Design and Construction, Building Virtual Worlds and Virtual Heritage, Navigation and Walkthrough. (3)

VR IN MILITARY: Single-Soldier Simulators, Platoon Leadership Training, Company and Battalion-Level Simulators, VESUB, VR Based Close-Range Naval Artillery Training, the Unit Trainer and the Virtual Cockpit, Distributed Mission Training. (5) VR IN MEDICAL: Virtual Anatomy, Triage and Diagnostics, Emergency Medical Response to Bioterrorism, Endoscopic Examinations, Open Surgery, Rehabilitations. (4)

VR IN ENTERTAINMENT: PC Video Games, Location-Based Entertainment. (1)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Burdea, Grigore C and Philippe Coiffet, ―Virtual Reality Technology‖, Wiley Interscience, India, 2003. 2. Alan B Craig, William R Sherman and Jeffrey D Will, ―Developing Virtual Reality Applications: Foundations of Effective Design‖, Morgan Kaufmann, 2009.

REFERENCES: 1. Gerard Jounghyun Kim, ―Designing Virtual Systems: The Structured Approach‖, 2005. 2. Doug A Bowman, Ernest Kuijff, Joseph J LaViola, Jr and Ivan Poupyrev, ―3D User Interfaces, Theory and Practice‖, Addison Wesley, USA, 2005. 3. John Vince, ―Virtual Reality Systems‖, Addison Wesley, 1995. 4. William R Sherman and Alan B Craig, ―Understanding Virtual Reality: Interface, Application and Design (The Morgan Kaufmann Series in Computer Graphics)‖. Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, San Francisco, CA, 2002.

15PH08 FOUNDATION SKILLS IN INTEGRATED PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT 3 0 0 3

FUNDAMENTALS OF PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT: Global Trends Analysis and Product decision - Social Trends - Technical Trends- Economical Trends - Environmental Trends - Political/Policy Trends - Introduction to Product Development Methodologies and Management - Overview of Products and Services - Types of Product Development - Overview of Product Development methodologies - Product Life Cycle - Product Development Planning and Management. (9)

REQUIREMENTS AND SYSTEM DESIGN: Requirement Engineering - Types of Requirements - Requirement Engineering - Traceability Matrix and Analysis - Requirement Management - System Design & Modeling - Introduction to System Modeling - System Optimization - System Specification - Sub-System Design - Interface Design (9)

DESIGN AND TESTING: Conceptualization - Industrial Design and User Interface Design - Introduction to Concept generation Techniques – Challenges in Integration of Engineering Disciplines - Concept Screening & Evaluation - Detailed Design - Component Design and Verification – Mechanical, Electronics and Software Subsystems - High Level Design/Low Level Design of S/W Program - Types of Prototypes, S/W Testing - Hardware Schematic, Component design, Layout and Hardware Testing – Prototyping - Introduction to Rapid Prototyping and Rapid Manufacturing - System Integration, Testing, Certification and Documentation (9)

SUSTENANCE ENGINEERING AND END-OF-LIFE (EOL) SUPPORT: Introduction to Product verification processes and stages - Introduction to Product validation processes and stages - Product Testing standards and Certification - Product Documentation - Sustenance - Maintenance and Repair – Enhancements - Product EoL - Obsolescence Management - Configuration Management - EoL Disposal (9)

BUSINESS DYNAMICS – ENGINEERING SERVICES INDUSTRY: The Industry - Engineering Services Industry - Product development in Industry versus Academia - The IPD Essentials - Introduction to vertical specific product development processes - Manufacturing/Purchase and Assembly of Systems - Integration of Mechanical, Embedded and S/W systems – Product development Trade-offs - Intellectual Property Rights and Confidentiality - Security and configuration management. (9)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Karl T Ulrich and Stephen D Eppinger, ―Product Design and Development‖, Tata McGraw Hill, Fifth Edition, New Delhi, 2011. 2. John W Newstorm and Keith Davis, "Organizational Behavior", Tata McGraw Hill, Eleventh Edition, New Delhi, 2005. 118

REFERENCES: 1. Book specially prepared by NASSCOM as per the MoU. 2. Peter F Drucker, ―People and Performance‖, Butterworth – Heinemann [Elsevier], Oxford, UK, 2004. 3. Vinod Kumar Garg and Venkitakrishnan N K, ―Enterprise Resource Planning – Concepts and Practice‖, Prentice Hall India, New Delhi, 2003. 4. Mark S Sanders and Ernest J McCormick, ―Human Factors in Engineering and Design‖, McGraw Hill Education, Seventh Edition, New Delhi, 2013.

DEPARTMENT OF ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION ENGINEERING

15RH02 INTRODUCTION TO ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Specifications of Robots- Classifications of robots – Work envelope - Flexible automation versus Robotic technology – Applications of Robots Specification, Notations. (6)

DIRECT KINEMATICS: Dot and cross products, Co-ordinate frames, Rotations, Homogeneous Coordinates, Link co-ordinates, D-H Representation, Arm equation -Two axis, three axis, and four axis robots. (6)

INVERSE KINEMATICS & WORKSPACE ANALYSIS: Inverse Kinematic problem, General properties of solutions, Tool configuration, Inverse Kinematics of Two axis Three axis, Four axis and Five axis robots Workspace analysis of Four axis robots.(7)

INTRODUCTION TO FACTORY & PROCESS AUTOMATION: Industrial Versions - Control elements of Industrial Automation- IEC/ ISA Standards for Control Elements – Selection criteria for control elements- Construction of Relay Ladder logic with different control elements- Need for PLC - PLC evolution. (7)

PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS: Architecture of PLC - Types of PLC – PLC modules, PLC Configuration -Scan cycle - Capabilities of PLC- Selection criteria for PLC – PLC Communication with PC and software- PLC Wiring- Installation of PLC and its Modules. (7)

PROGRAMMING OF PLC: Types of Programming – Bit Instructions -Timers and counters– PLC arithmetic functions PTO / PWM generation- High Speed Counter – Analog Scaling – Encoder Interfacing- Servo drive control – Stepper Motor Control. (12)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. W Bolton, ―Programmable logic controllers‖, Elsevier Ltd, 2015. 2. Robert J. Schilling, ―Fundamentals of Robotics Analysis and Control‖, PHI Learning, 2009.

REFERENCES: 1. Frank D Petruzella, ―Programmable logic controllers‖, McGraw-Hill, 2011. 2. Niku, S B., ―Introduction to Robotics: Analysis, Systems, Applications‖, PrenticeHall, 2001. 3. John R Hackworth and Fredrick D Hackworth Jr., ―Programmable Logic Controllers: Programming Methods and Applications‖, Pearson Education, 2006. 4. SIMATIC Programming with STEP 7, SIEMENS Manual, 2014.

DEPARTMENT OF BIOTECHNOLOGY

15BH03 WATER RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Water sources, hydrological cycles, consumption patterns; challenges, waste generation. (3)

WATER AND WASTEWATER QUALITY: Parameters used for analysing drinking water quality – physico-chemical and biological parameters. Influence of nature and human activities on potable water quality; Wastewater – domestic and industrial wastewaters and parameters used for analysing wastewater characteristics. Standards and regulatory bodies. (10)

PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROCESSES: Screening and comminution, equalization, grit removal. sedimentation, floatation, filtration, membrane processes; Chemical processes - Coagulation, flocculation; filtration; disinfections; aeration and gas transfer; precipitation; softening; adsorption and ion exchange. (12)

BIOLOGICAL PROCESSES: Aerobic suspended growth processes – activated sludge process and its modifications, biofilm processes -Tricking filters and Rotating biological contactors; Anaerobic processes suspended growth, attached growth, 119

fluidizedbed and sludge blanket systems; nitrification, denitrification; Phosphorus removal; Natural Wastewater Treatment Systems - Ponds and Lagoons; Wetlands. (15)

SLUDGE TREATMENT: Thickening; Digestion; Dewatering; Sludge drying; Composting . (2)

WATER AND WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT DESIGN & LAYOUT: Sequencing of unit operations, plant layout and hydraulic considerations. (3)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Patra K C. ―hydrology and water resources engineering‖ Alpha Science International, 2008 2. Rittman B E and McCarty P L, ―Environmental Biotechnology‖, McGraw Hill International, New York, 2001.

REFERENCES: 1. Larry W. Mays. ―Water Resources Engineering‖, John-Wiley & Sons Inc London, 2011 2. Templeton R M. and Butler D. ―Introduction to wastewater treatment‖ Bookboon 2011

DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

15IH03 GRAPHICS AND MULTIMEDIA 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Digital image representation, Image format, Graphics format, Computer image processing: Image synthesis - Image analysis - Image transmission. (7)

MULTIMEDIA: Sound, Audio file formats, MIDI, Images, Computer image processing, Animation, Video, CD Technologies, Multimedia workstations, Multimedia applications. (8)

MULTIMEDIA TOOLS: Basic tools, Image editing tools, Painting and drawing tools, Sound editing programs, Video formats, Linking multimedia objects, OLE, Presentation tools, Authoring tools. (8)

DATA COMPRESSION: Source entropy and hybrid coding, JPEG: Image preparation – Lossy sequential DCT based mode - Expanded lossy DCT based mode, MPEG: Video encoding - Audio encoding - Data stream, H.261, DVI. (7)

MULTIMEDIA OPERATING SYSTEMS: Introduction, Real time OS, Resource management, Process management, File systems, Database systems: Multimedia Database Management System (MDBMS) - Characteristics of an MDBMS - Data analysis - Data structure - Operations on data - Integration in a database model. (8)

MULTIMEDIA COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS: Application subsystem, Transport subsystem, Synchronization: A reference model for multimedia synchronization - Synchronization in distributed environment. (7)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Ralf Steinmetz, Klara Nahrstedt, ―Multimedia: Computing, Communications and Applications‖, Pearson Education Asia, New Delhi, 2012. 2. John F Koegel Buford, ―Multimedia Systems‖, Addison Wesley, ACM Press, New York, 2009.

REFERENCES: 1. Tay Vaughan, ―Multimedia: Making it Work‖, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2008. 2. Ranjan Parekh, ―Principles of Multimedia‖, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2013 3. Gokul S, ―Multimedia Magic‖, BPB Publications, New Delhi, 2008. 4. Fred Halsall, ―Multimedia Communication, Application Networks, Protocols and Standard‖, Addison Wesley, New Delhi, 2009.

15IH06 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Information storage, Evolution, Data center infrastructure, Data center environment: Host - Connectivity - Storage - Disk drive components - Disk drive performance - DAS, RAID: Implementation methods – Components - Techniques - Levels - Disk performance, Intelligent storage system. (8)

FC SAN AND IP SAN: FC SAN: Overview - SAN and its evolution - Components - FC connectivity - Switched fabric ports - FC architecture - Fabric services - Zoning - FC SAN topologies - Virtualization in SAN, iSCSI, FCIP, FCOE. (7)

120

NAS AND OSD: NAS: Overview - Benefits - File systems - Components - I/O operations - Implementations - File sharing protocols - Factors affecting NAS performance - File level virtualization - Dynamic file system, OSD: Architecture – Components – Benefits - Devices – CAS - Use cases - Unified storage. (8)

BACKUP, ARCHIVE AND REPLICATION: Business continuity, Backup and archive: Backup purpose - Architecture - Targets – Data deduplication - Archive, Local replication: Replica consistency – Technologies, Remote Replication: Technologies – Three site replication – Migration solutions. (7)

DATA STORAGE IN CLOUD COMPUTING: Introduction, Cloud Storage, Technologies for data security in cloud computing: Database outsourcing and query integrity assurance - Data integrity in untrustworthy storage - Web application based security – Multimedia data security storage. (7)

SECURING AND MANAGING THE STORAGE INFRASTRUCTURE: Risk triad, Storage security domains, Security implementations, Security in virtualized and cloud environments, Monitoring, Management activities and challenges, ILM. (8)

Total L:45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Somasundaram.G and Alok Shrivastava, ―Information Storage and Management‖, EMC Education Services, Wiley India, New Delhi, 2012. 2. Rajkumar Buyya, James Broberg and Andrzej Goscinski, ―Cloud Computing Principles and Paradigms‖, Wiley India Private Ltd., New Delhi, 2014.

REFERENCES: 1. James A O'Brien, George M Marakas and Ramesh Behl, ―Management Information Systems‖, McGraw Hill Education, New Delhi, 2014. . 2. Gerald J Kowalski and Mark T Maybury, ―Information Storage and Retrieval Systems: Theory and Implementation‖, Springer Publications, New Delhi, 2011.

DEPARTMENT OF TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY

15TH01 CHARACTERIZATION OF FIBERS AND POLYMERS 3 0 0 3

MOLECULAR CHARACTERIZATION: Molecular weight averages, Determination of molecular weight: primary methods – end group analysis, osmometry, light scattering. Secondary methods – viscometry, gel permeation chromatography. (7)

FINE STRUCTURE ANALYSIS- Orientation techniques – optical birefringence, dialectic anisotropy, dichroism, X-ray diffraction, density gradient measurement, Small angle x-ray scattering. (8)

MORPHOLOGY CHARACTERIZATION: Microscopy analysis – Scanning electron microscopy, Transmission electron microscopy, Atomic Force Microscopy and Scanning Tunneling Microscope. (8)

SPECTROSCOPY ANALYSIS – Infrared, NMR, UV-visible, mass and Raman Spectroscopy techniques. (7)

THERMAL CHARACTERIZATION: Characterization of glass transition, crystallization, melting and decomposition temperatures. Themoanalytical techniques: Differential scanning calorimeter, Differential thermal analysis, Thermogravimetry, Thermo-mechanical analysis, Dynamic mechanical tests. (8)

PHYSICAL CHARACTERIZATION: Fibre fineness, friction, crimp, spin finish content, viscosity, dye uniformity, bulkiness measurements. (7)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Raheel M, ―Modern Textile Characterization Methods‖, Marcel Dekker Inc, New York, 1996. 2. Gupta V B and Kothari V K, ―Manufactured Fibre Technology‖, Chapman & Hall Pub., England, 1997.

REFERENCES: 1. Mukhopadhyay S K, ―Advances in Fibre Science‖, The Textile Institute, Manchester, 1992. 2. Billmeyer F W, ―Textbook of Polymer Science‖, Wiley Inter Science, New York, 2002

121

15TH02 SOUND AND THERMAL ISOLATION PRODUCTS AND CHARACTERIZATION

3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION TO SOUND: Fundamentals of Sound- Sound Levels and the Decibel- Sound in the Free Field- The Perception of Sound. (4)

TEXTILE STRUCTURES AND SOUND ABSORPTION : Types of Sound Absorptive Materials- Mechanism of Sound Absorption in Fibrous Materials-Different types of Sound Absorptive Textile structures-Factors influencing Sound absorption; Fiber type, Fiber Size, Airflow Resistance, Porosity, Tortuosity, Thickness, Density, Fiber compactness, Surface Impedance. End uses of Sound Absorptive textiles. Reducing noise in automotive interiors (10)

DEVELOPMENTS IN TEXTILE BASED SOUND ABSORPTIVE MATERIALS: Textile Based Sound Absorptive Materials: Key technology developments in Textile Composites for Sound Absorption -Bicomponent Fiber in Sound Absorbent Production- Nanofibres as Sound absorbants. Technologies for the production of coated textiles for Sound Absorption. (8)

SOUND ABSORPTION TEXTILES AND THE ENVIRONMENT: Environmental impact, manufacturing concerns, recycling of materials and components, sustainable product development.SOUND MEASUREMENTS AND STANDARDS: Impedance Tube Method- Reverberant Field Method- Steady State Method. Analysis of sound absorptive characteristics of fabrics tested by these methods. (10)

THERMAL INSULATION PRODUCTS: Need for thermal insulation- Types of thermal insulation materials- Textile structures as thermal insulators- Factors influencing the thermal insulation characteristics. Requirement and design for thermal insulation textiles. End uses of thermal insulation textiles. Improving thermal Insulation in automotive interiors. (8)

Environmental impact of thermal insulation textiles. Development of sustainable products for thermal insulation. Test methods and standards for thermal insulation textiles. (5)

Total L : 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. F. Alton Everest, Ken C. Pohlmann, Master Handbook of Acoustics, McGraw-Hill, USA, 2009. 2. Shishoo R, ―Textile advances in the automotive industry‖, The Textile Institute, Technomic Publishing Co, Woodhead publishing Ltd, Cambridge, UK, 2008

REFERENCE: 1. Walter Fung, Mike Hardcastle, ―Textiles in automotive Engineering‖, The Textile Institute, Technomic Publishing Co, Woodhead publishing Ltd, Cambridge, UK, 2001

15TH03 TECHNICAL TEXTILES IN ENGINEERING APPLICATIONS 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Textile fiber, yarn, fabrics. Textiles processes and products. Applications of textiles. Classifications of Technical Textiles. (7)

PROTECTIVE TEXTILES:. Design of protective clothing. Selection of protective clothing material. Thermal protection, Ballistic protection,chemical protection. Footwear textiles. Medical Textiles. (8)

AUTOMOTIVE TEXTILES: Definition, products, market overview and growth projections of automotive textiles.Textile structures in automotives. Requirement and properties of textiles used in railway applications, marine applications, aircraft, application of composites in transportation. (8)

INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR TRIMS FOR ROAD TRANSPORTATION: Requirement and design for Seat fabric, floor coverings , Headliners, door casings and parcel shelves, truck and car covers, Seat belt, Airbags, carpets, filters (air and oil), battery separators, tyre cords, hoses and belts. Methods of production and properties of textiles used in these applications (7)

INDUSTRIAL TEXTILES: Tyres - Tire Cord Yarns and Fabrics - Quality requirements- Fibre properties - Manufacturing techniques. Belts - Conveyor and power transmission, Composition of belts, Carcass cords, fabrics. Hose fabrics - Definition and characteristics of hoses, reinforcement, Construction and types. (8)

GEO-TEXTILES: Introduction- Geo textile, Geo synthetics. Property requirements.Fibres and fabrics for geo textiles Functions - Geotextile materials and manufacturing, Geotextile functions. Geotextile properties and testing.Application of geotextiles. (7)

Total L : 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Sabit Adanur, ―Wellington Sears Handbook of Industrial Textiles‖, Technomic Publishing Co, USA, 1995.

122

2. Horrocks A R and Anand S C, ―Handbook of Technical Textiles‖, The Textile Institute, CRC Press, Woodhead publishing Ltd, Cambridge, UK, 2001.

REFERENCES: 1. Richard A. Scott, Textiles for protection, The Textile Institute, CRC Press, Woodhead publishing Ltd, Cambridge, UK, 2005. 2. Walter Fung, Mike Hardcastle, ―Textiles in automotive Engineering‖, The Textile Institute, Technomic Publishing Co, Woodhead publishing Ltd, Cambridge, UK, 2001 3. Eugene Wilusz, Military textiles, The Textile Institute, CRC Press, Woodhead publishing Ltd, Cambridge, UK,2008

15TH04 ELECTRO ACTIVE TEXTILES 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Electrical conductivity-resistance, capacitance; metal conductors, ionic conductors, inherently conducting polymers-polyaniline, polypyrole. (5)

CONDUCTING TEXTILE PREPARATION TECHNIQUES: Extrusion, solution coating- in-situ polymerization, electro plating, metallic core yarn- spinning, weaving & knitting, embroidery and printing. Integration of fibre optic sensors and sensing networks. Textile antenna. (8)

TESTING & CHARACTERIZATION: Morphological characterisation, Electrical characterization- surface and volume resistance, Electromechanical characterization- change in resistance with elongation and compression, gauge factor, impedance value measurement, repeatability study, environmental effects. (12)

EMI SHIELDING - Theory of EMI shielding, evaluation of EMI shielding efficiency, factors influencing EMI shielding. (5)

TEXTILE SENSORS: Bio-medical sensors- strain sensor- design, characterization, goniometry application; pressure sensor- design, characterization, breathe rate measurement; communication textiles, display of ornamental applications. (7)

TEXTILE ELECTRODES: Textile electrodes for ECG and EEG measurement- design, characterization and method of conducting clinical trials (8)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Mattila H R, ―Intelligent Textiles and Clothing‖, The Textile Institute, CRC press, New York, & Washington, Woodhead publishing Ltd., England, 2006. 2. Xiaoming T, ―Wearable Electronics and Photonics‖, The Textile Institute, Woodhead publishing Ltd., England, 2005.

REFERENCES: 1. Langenhove L V, ―Smart textiles for medicine and healthcare‖, Textile Institute & CRC press, Woodhead publishing ltd., England, 2007. 2. Xiaoming Tao, Hand book of smart textiles, Springer-Verlag,Singapur,2015

15TH05 FILTRATION PRODUCTS AND CHARACTERIZATION 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Definition of filter media, filtration mechanism and theory- types of filtration mechanism, mechanism of particle capture; woven fabric media- types of weave, finishing process, composite fabrics, properties of woven & non woven filter media, characteristics of melt blown webs, challenges of non woven filter media. (8)

RAW MATERIALS FOR NONWOVEN FILTER MEDIA: Polymers, fibers, fiber properties for filtration media, specialty fibers, resins & binders, additives and finishes. (5)

PROCESSES FOR FORMING NONWOVEN FILTER MEDIA: Dry formed- air laid, dry laid spun bonded webs, melt blown webs, electrospun webs, wet lay process, composite structures, pleating –types. (8)

TEST METHODS: Density & bulk, airpermeability, pore size and pore structure, porosity measurement techniques – liquid extrusion porosimetry, microscopy, internal bond strength, fold endurance characterization, water repellency and water resistance, filteration efficiency, arrestance, pressure drop, filter life testing , standards for non woven filter media. (8) \ LIQUID FILTER APPLICATIONS: Non woven filter media for liquid filter applications, filters that use nonwoven filter media- cartridge filters, wound filter elements, candle filters and bag filters, testing of liquid filters. (8)

AIR FILTER APPLICATIONS : Industrial air filteration, heat ventilation and air conditioning systems, high efficiency air filtration, respirators, gas masks & face masks, vaccum cleaners, air purifiers and air demisters, Engine filtration. (8) Total L: 45 123

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Irwin M.Hutten, ―Hand book of non woven filter media‖, Elsevier, London, 2007. 2. Purchas D and Sutherland K, Handbook of Filter Media (Second Edition), Elsevier , London,2002

REFERENCES: 1. Pushpa B and Sengupta A K , "Industrial Application of Textiles for Filtration and Coated fabrics", Textile progress Vol.14,1992 2. Horrocks A R & Anand S C, ―Handbook of Technical Textiles‖, Woodhead Publishing and Textile Institute, UK, 2000. 3. Mastura Raheel, ―Modern Textile characterization methods‖, CRC Press,US,1996 4. Anandjiwala D & Boguslavsky L,Development of Needle-punched Nonwoven Fabrics from Flax Fibers for Air Filtration Applications,Textile Research Journal Vol 78(7): 614–624.

15TH06 INDUSTRIAL TEXTILES 3 0 0 3 INTRODUCTION: Fibre, yarn and fabrics types. Definition of technical textiles, Classification of Technical Textiles. Market growth and potential, Application of Technical textiles, fiber consumption, fiber requirements and properties. (5)

TEXTILE STRUCTURES IN AUTOMOTIVES: Definition, products, market overview and growth projections of automotive textiles. Fibers, yarns, knitted, woven, and nonwoven – structural requirements and properties. Applications of 3D knitting, woven and nonwoven materials in automotive industry. (8)

TEXTILES IN OTHER TRANSPORTATION: Requirement and properties of textiles used in railway applications, marine applications, aircraft, application of composites in transportation (8)

FILTER FABRICS: Introduction, selection considerations - fiber, fabric, design. Principle, mechanism and types of filtration. Textiles in dry filtration, wet filtration, Filtration equipment- design consideration. Applications (8)

COATED FABRICS: Textiles commonly used in coated fabrics, coating materials and polymers. Coating methods – direct coating, indirect coating. Lamination methods – flame bonding, Adhesive lamination – aqueous based and solvent based, heat lamination, film lamination. Applications of coating textiles. (8) Total L:45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. SabitAdanur, ―Wellington Sears Handbook of Industrial Textiles‖, Technomic publishing company Inc., USA, 1995 2. Horrocks. A R &Anand S C, ―Handbook of Technical Textiles‖, Woodhead Publishing and Textile Institute, USA,2000.

REFERENCES: 1. Walter Fung, Mike Hardcastle, ―Textiles in automotive Engineering‖, The Textile Institute, Technomic Publishing Co, Woodhead publishing Ltd, Cambridge, UK, 2001 2. Harrison, P.W., ―The Design of Textiles for Industrial Applications", Textile Institute, Manchester, 1998. 3. Irwin Hutten, ―Handbook of nonwoven filter media‖, Elsevier Science & Technology, 2007. 4. Ken Sutherland, ―Filters and Filtration Handbook‖, Butterworth-Heinemann, Elsevier, Burlington, 2008

15TH10 TEXTILES AND FABRIC CARE 3 0 0 3 INTRODUCTION TO TEXTILES: Definition, Textile products – fibre, yarn, fabric and garment. Classification of fibres, physical and chemical properties and end uses of natural and man-made fibres – cotton, linen, wool, jute, viscose, acrylic, polyester, nylon and polypropylene. Types of yarn and fabric. Garments – types and end use. Psychological and sociological influences of clothing. (9)

JUDGING THE QUALITY OF TEXTILES: Introduction. Material identification, Fabric pills. Fabric - appearance, handles properties, type of fibres used, blend proportion, colour fastness, crease recovery and shrinkage. Ready-made garment – overall appearance, type of fabric, stitches and seams, interlining, accessories used, design, fit, brand label, care label, eco label and price. (9)

CARE OF SILK FABRICS: Physical and chemical properties of Silk , Care of silk sarees and zari. Washing of silk sarees, silk blouse, dry cleaning, drying methods and ironing. Colour fastness. (9)

LAUNDERING OF TEXTILES: Introduction. Laundry reagents – soaps, detergents - cleaning action of soaps, Difference between soap and detergents, modern and industrial cleaning agents. Washing of linen garments, woolen garments, synthetic garments etc. Laundry equipments - house hold/industrial washing machine - rotary - swirling - pressure - tumble wash etc. (9)

STAIN REMOVAL : Introduction. Principles stain removal - various solvents for stain removing blood, tea, rust, oil/grease etc. – different methods of stain removal - application of friction by hand rubbing - scribing -tumble wash. General rules and ways of stain removal. Stiffening and whitening agents - Study of stiffening agents –purpose of stiffening-types of stiffening Agents - natural and 124

commercial starches – selection and preparation of starch for use. Whitening agents - blueing and tinting agents and their application – optical whiteners. (9) Total L : 45 REFERENCES: 1. Sturm M, ―Guide to Modern Clothing‖, McGraw- Hill, 1973. 2. Stamper, A.A., S. H. Sharp and L.B. Donnell, ―Evaluating Apparel Quality‖, Fairchild Publications, USA, 1986. 3. Bharadwaj, S.K. and Mehta, P.V., ―Managing Quality in the Apparel Industry‖, New Age International, New Delhi, 1998. 4. Corbman,P.B., ―Textiles-Fibre to Fabric‖, Gregg Division/McGraw Hill Book Co.,US, 1985. 5. Patty Brown and Janett Rice, ―Ready to wear apparel analysis‖, Prentice Hall,1998. 6. Dantyagi S., ―Fundamentals of Textile and Their Care‖, Oriental Longmans Ltd, New Delhi, 1996. 7. Denlkar, ―Household Textiles and Laundry Work‖, Atma Ram and Sons, Delhi, 1993. 8. Neomi D'Souza, ―Fabric Care‖, New Age International Publisher, 1998. 9. Davis, ―Laundry and Clothing Care‖, Drama Book Publishers, 1995.

ONE CREDIT COURSES

OFFERED BY THE DEPARTMENT

15EF01 LV SWITCHGEARS 1 0 0 1

CONTACTORS: Introduction to LV Switchgear – Typical industrial electrical layout. Introduction to contactors – Difference between switch and contactor – Types of contactors – Utilization category – Selection of contactors – Name plate details – Limits of operation – Special types of contactors. (3)

RELAYS AND FUSES : Introduction to overload relay – Types of overload relay – Types of motor failures – Utilization category and trip class – Selection of overload relay – Introduction to Fuses. HRC fuse – Types and Utilization category. Introduction to digital protection techniques. (3)

SWITCHES AND STARTERS : Introduction to switch – Types of switches – Utilization category – Selection of switches. Introduction to motor starters – Types of starters – Control and Power wiring circuits – Selection of starters – Types of timers. (3)

CIRUIT BREAKER : Introduction to circuit breaker – Types of circuit breaker – Selection of Air circuit breaker – Introduction to MCCB and MCB – Difference between relay and release. (2)

HANDS ON TRAINING : Assembling and maintenance of contactors.  Testing the pickup and drop off voltages in contactors.  Testing of thermal overload relay.  Control wiring practice on DOL and Star Delta Starter.  Demo on various LV Switchgear products. (4) Total L : 15

REFERENCES: 1. Wadhwa C L, ―Electrical Power Systems‖, New Age International, New Delhi, 2010. 2. Madhava Rao T S, ―Power Systems Protection : Static Relay with Microprocessors Application‖ , Tata McGraw-Hill, 2004.

15EF02 ENERGY AUDITING AND CONSERVATION TECHNIQUES 1 0 0 1

INTRODUCTION : Mandatory Auditing requirements – Audit purpose, scope and frequency - Energy Auditing & Conservation concepts and its Importance – Energy conservation opportunities in electrical power supply sector -The Energy Conservation Act, 2001 and its features. (3)

ENERGY AUDIT METHODOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT SYSTEM: Overview of Electrical energy audit, tools for electrical energy audit- billing, tariff, demand, power factor and load factor. Duties and responsibilities of energy systems auditors. (3)

ENERGY CONSERVATION IN ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS: Overview of Electrical energy requirements-pumps, fans, lighting and Variable Speed Drives. Electrical energy conservation- industrial motors, air conditioning and refrigeration systems. (3)

ENERGY AUDITING IN INDUSTRIAL LIGHTING AND GREEN BUILDINGS: Choice of lighting, energy saving, control of lighting, lighting standards, lighting audit, use of different lighting technologies, electronic ballast. Overview of Green buildings. (3)

DEMONSTRATION SESSIONS: 125

 Power factor Measurement & Compensation Techniques (1)  Energy Saving Techniques - Lighting, air conditioning, pumps & fans (1)  Case studies and exercises (1) Total L : 15

REFERENCES: 1. Donald R Wulfinghoff, ―Energy Efficiency Manual‖, Energy Institute Press, USA, 1999. 2. Tripathy S C, ―Electrical Energy Utilization and Conservation‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 1991. 3. Thiruvengadam S, Srinivasan P S, ―Energy Management In Electrical Energy System‖, ISTE Publication, New Delhi, 1999

15EF03 ELECTRICAL SAFETY STANDARDS AND PRACTICES 1 0 0 1

1. Introduction and characteristics of conductors and insulators, (1) 2. Basic definition and principles of Electric Safety. Earth Effects when current passing through human body (2) 3. Electricity Acts, Rules & Regulations, Earthing Practices, Introduction to IEEE standards (2) 4. Safety against Over voltages-Safety against Static Electricity-Protective Equipments (2) 5. Electrical Standards – Indian Scenario (2) 6. Indoor safety precautions in indoor equipments - Outdoor safety precautions (2) 7. Electrical Emergencies, Factors and study of Electrical Accidents - Case Study and remedial measures, Definition and study of Arc injuries (2) 8. Determining Safe Approach Distance - Determining Arc Hazard Category, Fire extinguishers for electrical safety (2)

Total L : 15

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Massimo A. G. Mitolo, ―Electrical Safety of Low-Voltage Systems‖, McGraw-Hill, USA, 2008. 2. John Cadick, Mary Capelli-Schellpfeffr, Dennis K. Neitzel, ―Electrical Safety Hand Book‖, McGraw-Hill, New York, USA, 2005.

REFERENCES: 1. Kenneth G. Mastrullo, Ray A. Jones, ―The Electrical Safety Program Book‖, Jones and Bartlett Publishers, London, 2003. 2. Palmer Hickman, ―Electrical Safety-Related Work Practices‖, Jones & Bartlett Publishers, London, 2009. 3. Engineering Handbook by TANGEDCO

15EF04 AUTOMOTIVE ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 1 0 0 1

INTRODUCTION: Major components of an Automobile Systems and its functions - Overview of four stroke I.C.engine -Four Cylinder Engine – Spark firing sequence. (2)

AUTOMOBILE ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS: Block diagram of Automobile electrical system - Typical wiring diagram - Starter system: General layout - Basic starting circuit - Ignition system: Battery and magneto types - Battery ignition system for four cylinder engine - Ignition system circuit - Distributed ignition coil and ignition advance. Charging system: Typical alternator in common use - cut-out and regulator - Lighting & accessories system - Wiper motor – circuit diagram of wind screen wiper motor and washer. (5)

SENSORS AND ACTUATORS: Physical Variables to be measured in automobiles: Position sensor: Magnetic reluctance and Hall effect sensor - Temperature sensor: Coolant temperature - Speed sensor – Fuel level sensor - Acceleration sensor - Actuator: Principle of solenoid and Fuel injector. (4)

DIAGNOSTICS AND COMMUNICATION BUS: Block diagram of Engine control unit -Diagnostics procedure: Introduction – Diagnostics theory – On board and Off-board diagnostics – Diagnostics Link Connector – Vehicle condition monitoring - CAN bus - topology – Data transmission – CAN Protocol – Overview of CAN controller - LIN bus: overview – Data Transmission System – LIN protocol. (4)

Total L: 15

REFERENCES: 1. Tom Denton, ―Automobile Electrical and Electronics systems‖, Routledge Taylor & Francis Group London & New York, 2002. 2. KK Jain , RB Sharma ―Automobile engineering‖, Tata McGraw Hill Publications, 2011 3. William B. Ribbens, Norman P. Mansour, ―Understanding of Automotive Electronics‖, Butterworth-Heinemann, United Kingdom 2003. 4. ―Automotive Electrics / Automotive Electronics - Ed5‖, Robert Bosch GmbH, 2004.

126

15EF05 CAD TOOLS FOR VLSI DESIGN AUTOMATION 1 0 0 1

INTRODUCTION TO VLSI DESIGN PROCESS: Design flow – Role of CAD tools in the design process. (2)

DESIGN CAPTURE: Features of Mentor Graphics-Design Architect IC, a tool for schematic capture, netlisting, simulation setup and results viewing - Creating an Inverter using DA_IC- ELDO simulator. (3)

SIMULATION: Features of Advance MS simulator, a tool for verification platform for AMS design and verification - Exercises. (4)

PHYSICAL LAYOUT: Features of the IC Station Tool Suite for full custom IC design flow editing, Schematic-driven layout and top- level floor planning/routing – Exercises. (3)

PHYSICAL VERIFICATION: Features of Calibre LVS for physical verification tool, for layout versus schematic – Exercises. (3)

Total L : 15

REFERENCES: 1. Michael John Sebastian Smith, ―Application-Specific Integrated Circuits‖ Addison-Wesley Publishing, New Delhi, 2010 2. WayneWolf," Modern VLSI Design: Systems on Chip Design" , Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2007. 3. Laboratory Manual Prepared by EEE Department, 2012. 4. http://www.mentor.com/products/ic_nanometer_design

15EF06 DIGITAL DESIGN WITH VERILOG HDL 1 0 0 1

INTRODUCTION : Digital Design, Verification, and Hardware description languages. (2)

VERILOG FOR DESIGN: Introduction to Logic Synthesis, Synthesizable Constructs - Inferring Combinational Circuit elements - Inferring Sequential Circuit elements - State Machines - Counters -Encoders/Decoders - Synthesis of Loops - Data Path - Design Partitioning / Methodology - Synthesizable Code-care about, Sensitivity list and Simulation Synthesis mismatch conditions. (3)

VERILOG FOR VERIFICATION: Delay Modeling in Verilog on Briefly behavioral constructions, Fork-join, Events - Clock Generation - Data Generation, Deterministic, Random - Some Systems Tasks - Test Bench Architecture. (3)

DESIGN EXAMPLES: RISC Stored Program Machine - UART Design (3)

MINI PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION (4) Mini Projects Specification and Scope Discussions (2)

REVIEW OF PROJECTS - Presentation by student groups (15 min per student group) Feedback on the Design Project (1) Total L : 15

REFERENCES: 1. Michael D. Ciletti, ―Advanced Digital Design with the Verilog HDL‖, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2011. 2. Samir Palnitkar, ―Verilog HDL: A Guide to Digital Design and Synthesis‖, Prentice Hall International, New Jersey, 2003.

15EF07 GRAPHICAL PROGRAMMING 1 0 0 1

Introduction to LabVIEW, Customizing Vis (2) Modular Programming (2) Repetition and Loops (2) Arrays and clustersd (2) Plotting Data (1) Making Decisions in a VI (2) Strings and File I/O (2) State Machines (2)

Total L : 15

REFERENCES: 127

1. LabVIEW Advanced programming Techniques, Rick Bitter, Taqi muhiuddin, Matt Nowrocki, CRC Press, Second edition, 2007. 2. LabVIEW Manuals I&II, National Instruments, 2006. 3. LabVIEW Graphical Programming, Gary W. Johnson; Richard Jennings, McGraw-Hill, Fourth Edition, 2006. 4. Virtual Instrumentation Using LabVIEW, Jovitha Jerome, PHI Learning Private Limited, 2010.

15EF08 ADVANCED GRAPHICAL PROGRAMMING 1 0 0 1

Data Acquisition and Waveforms (2) Local and Global Variables (1) Remote Data Management : Data Socket - LabVIEW Web Server - Viewing and Controlling Front Panels Remotely - Viewing and Controlling Front Panels in LabVIEW - Viewing and Controlling Front Panels from a Web Browser. (3) Re-entrant VIs (1) Object oriented programming in LabVIEW (4) Image Acquisition and Processing in LabVIEW (2) Project Management in LabVIEW (2)

Total L : 15

REFERENCES: 1. LabVIEW Advanced programming Techniques, Rick Bitter, Taqi muhiuddin, Matt Nowrocki, CRC Press, Second edition, 2007. 2. LabVIEW Manuals I&II, National Instruments, 2006. 3. LabVIEW Graphical Programming, Gary W. Johnson; Richard Jennings, McGraw-Hill, Fourth Edition, 2006. 4. Virtual Instrumentation Using LabVIEW, Jovitha Jerome, PHI Learning Private Limited, 2010.

15EF09 LOW POWER MICROCONTROLLERS AND APPLICATIONS 1 0 0 1

ARCHITECTURE: Introduction to 16-Bit Mixed Signal Controller, Functional Block Diagram, Clock Module Configuration, Low Power Modes, Getting started with Software Development Tools. (4)

I/O AND TIMERS : Digital I/O Configuration - Parallel Ports – Display interfacing - Timers – Watch Dog Timer – Capture / compare module – Generation of Periodic and PWM signal. (5)

ANALOG MODULES AND SERIAL PORT: Configuration of ADC – Internal Temperature Sensor and Capacitive Touch Sensor – Serial communication protocols - I2C based Memory card interfacing. (6)

Total L : 15

REFERENCES: 1. John H.Davies ,‖ MSP430 Microcontroller Basics‖, Newnes Publication, 2010. 2. Chris Nagy, ―Embedded System Design using the TI MSP430 Series‖, Elsevier, Embedded Technology Series, Newnes Publication, 2003. 3. Datasheet, Technical documents and Application Notes: http://www.ti.com/product/msp430g2553.

15EF10 CONTROLLER DESIGN AND SIMULATION USING dSPACE 1 0 0 1

Software/hardware setup - Introduction to ControlDesk Next Generation- ControlDesk platform management- Introduction to Real- Time Interface I/O implementation with Real-Time Interface (5)

ControlDesk project and experiment management - ControlDesk instrumentation - Introduction to Grid-Tied Inverter and Solar PV Grid Tied-Inverter (3)

ControlDesk basic data acquisition - Basics on bus communication using ControlDesk - Multitasking and interrupt handling - Programming S-functions (3)

Features of dSPACE prototyping systems and single-processor systems, and the use of dSPACE in applications like Solar PV Grid- Tied Inverter. (4)

Total L : 15

Tools and Systems the student will be exposed to: 128

 dSPACE single-processor hardware  MATLAB/Simulink  Real-Time Interface  ControlDesk Next Generation

REFERENCES: 1. DSpace Manual The DSpace Foundation Copyright © 2014, The DSpace Foundation [http://www.dspace.org/]. 2. Roger A. Messenger, Jerry Ventre,‖ Photovoltaic System Engineering‖ CRC Press, 2004.

15EF11 SOLAR PV SYSTEMS: DESIGN, SIMULATION, AND MONITORING AND CONTROL 1 0 0 1 INTRODUCTION TO PV SYSTEM DEISGN: Solar PV Fundamentals - PV Modules, PV Inverters, DC & AC Configurations, and Parameters & Datasheet approach, MET Parameters, Weather Monitoring stations, Modems & Protocols. (2)

SOLAR PRO USER INTERFAC: Setting up of a Solar PV system using Simulation Wizard, 3D CAD interface, File formats, Export / Import capabilities, System requirements, Shortcut keys. Choosing the Data Source - Meteorological data, PV database, Inverter database. (2)

CONFIGURATION OF PV SYSTEM: Assessment of loads to be connected, Selection of right Inverters & PV modules. Creating a string, Creating an Array, PV Array configuration, PV Inverter configuration, PV Electrical Assembly configuration, PV Module mounting configuration & PV Module Tracking configuration, Electrical BOM preparation. (4)

3D DESIGN FEATURES: Building and Surrounding Objects - Setting up of building parameters, setting up of surrounding buildings or interfering structures, setting up of plants, trees and vegetation. (2)

SIMULATION & REPORT GENERATION: Time Trackers, I-V curve simulation, Shadow analysis, Power generation, PV system cost & Financial analysis, PV Array layout, Power generation and loss diagram, Performance Ratio Analysis. Economic viability and Cost effectiveness of project, Print options and export options of variable parameters. (2)

MONITORING OF SOLAR PV POWER PLANT: Remote Monitoring, Real – Time Monitoring, Multiple Inverter Monitoring, Interfacing of Hardware- Solar Link Zero- Modem, Routers, Modbus – Internet Gateway, Cloud Data, RS-485, RS-232 Serial, USB, Ethernet and DVI-D ports. (3) Total L : 15 REFERENCES: 1. SolarPro:Photovoltaic System Simulation Software Manual, Laplace Systems, 2012. 2. Solar Link Monitoring Solutions Manual, Laplace Systems, 2014. 3. Roger A. Messenger, Jerry Ventre,‖ Photovoltaic System Engineering‖ CRC Press, 2004

15EF12 POWER ELECTRONICS IN MORE-ELECTRIC AIRCRAFT 1 0 0 1

INTRODUCTION TO AIRCRAFT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM: Power sources: Aircraft Batteries – Lead Acid Batteries, VRLA Batteries, NiCd Batteries, Generators, Main Engine, Auxiliary Power Unit; Primary and Secondary Power Distribution System. (3)

MORE ELECTRIC AIRCRAFT ARCHITECTURE: Migration from conventional fixed frequency electrical system to variable frequency electrical system, Advantages of More Electric Aircraft. Introduction to working principle of various Electrical Loads in Conventional and More Electric Aircraft. Electrical Loads in conventional aircraft – Avionics, Cabin Lighting, In-Flight Entertainment, Pumps and Fans. New Electrical Loads in More Electric Aircraft – Cabin Pressurisation Compressor, Air Conditioning, Ice Protection, Flight Control Actuator, Landing Gear, Electrical Taxi System, Braking System, Fuel Pumping. (4)

RECTIFIERS, INVERTERS AND MOTOR CONTROLLERS IN AIRCRAFT: Starter Generator System in Aircraft: Main Engine and APU start System. Multipulse Rectifiers – Autotransformer Rectifier Units as front end converter. How design of Inverters for motor controllers in Aircraft is different from that for conventional industrial application. 2-Level and 3-Level inverters for motor control – Brushless DC motor control and Sensorless Vector control. (4)

CASE STUDIES & PROJECT: Introduction to DO-160 standard and how that influences the design of power converter in aircraft. Practical Design of Power Electronic converters for real life Aero application: Case Study: Design of Exciter Power Supply – Design for space and weight optimization while meeting DO-160 standard. (4)

Total L : 15

REFERENCES: 129

1. Aircraft Electrical Systems, 3rd Edition (1997) by E.H.J. Pallett, ISBN-13: 978-0582988194. 2. Aircraft Electricity and Electronics, Sixth Edition (2013), by Thomas Eismin, ISBN-13: 978-0071799157. 3. Recent Advances in Aircraft Technology, (2012), Chapter 13, 14 & 15; Edited by Ramesh K. Agarwal, ISBN 978-953-51-0150-5. 4. Cronin M. J. J., "The all-electric aircraft," IEE Review, Vol. 36,1990, pp. 309-311.

15EF13 FIELD PROGRAMMABLE ANALOG ARRAY FOR ANALOG SYSTEM DESIGN 1 0 0 1

INTRODUCTION: Overview of Analog Design - Introduction to Field Programmable Analog Array (FPAA) and its advantages - Role of EDA tool in Analog Design process. (2)

CONFIGURABLE ANALOG MODULES: Introduction to Anadigm`s inbuilt Analog Functions (CAM) - Generation of Clock Signals - Signal Delay - Performance of CAM. (3)

SIMULATION and PHYSICAL REALIZATION: Features of ANADIGMDESIGNER2 EDA tool for simulating the analog design- Configuring the FPAA with analog design - Real time verification. (2)

FPAA IO INTERFACING: Interfacing of input and output signals to the FPAA - Rauch Filter - Output Buffer. (2)

STATIC CONFIGURATION: Full Wave Rectifier - Tone Generation and Notch filter - Voltage Controlled Oscillator - Pulse Width Modulation - Phase Detector. (3)

DYNAMIC RECONFIGURATION: Reconfigurable Analog design using FPAA, Various methods of Reconfiguration - Real time verification. (3)

Total L : 15 REFERENCES: 1. Thomas L. Floyd ―Electronic devices Conventional Current Version‖ Pearson Education Ltd, Ninth Edition, 2012. 2. Thomas L. Floyd ―Instructor‘s Resource Manual to Accompany Electronic Devices‖ Pearson Education Ltd, Eighth Edition, 2008. 3. Thomas L. Floyd ―Electronic Devices‖ Pearson Education Ltd, Eighth Edition, 2008. 4. www.anadigm.com – Anadigm‘s official website.

15EF14 SYSTEMS ENGINEERING FOR AUTOMOTIVE APPLICATIONS 1 0 0 1

INTRODUCTION: Systems, Systems Engineering, System on Systems - Design Models flow: Waterfall, Spiral and INCOSEVEE model Product development flow Values of Systems Engineering (3)

ROLES OF SYSTEMS ENGINEER: Understanding the Systems Engineering goal, Significance of documentation, Knowing about DSM (Design structure matrix), Interdisciplinary role of Systems Engineering, Behavioral aspects of Systems Engineering (3)

PROCESS : Requirements process, Baseline creation (1)

INNOVATION IN SYSTEM ENGINEERING: Creativity characteristics, About TRIZ, Ideality, Contradictions and approach to resolve Innovation in Technical systems: Architectural Innovation (3)

DESIGN PROCESS: Definitions, Axioms, Design Matrices, Types and examples, Constraints (2)

SYSTEM RELIABILITY: Definition, Approach to achieve system reliability, significance of Reuse, Failure Mode Effects Analysis (FMEA) (2)

EXAMPLE SYSTEM DESIGN: Designing an Automotive ECU. (1) Total L : 15

REFERENCE: 1. INCOSE Systems Engineering Handbook: A Guide for System Life Cycle Processes and Activities, Wiley, 2015 2. Alexander Kossiakoff, William N. Sweet, Samuel J. Seymour, Steven M. Biemer, ―Systems Engineering Principles and Practice‖, Wiley, 2011 3. Benjamin S. Blanchard, John E. Blyler, ―System Engineering Management‖, Wiley, 2016

15EF15 ELECTRIC VEHICLES 130

1 0 0 1

INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRIC VEHICLES: social and environmental importance of electric vehicles. Conventional Vehicles: Basics of vehicle performance, vehicle power source characterization, transmission characteristics, and mathematical models to describe vehicle performance. (3)

History of Hybrid Electric Vehicles - Energy consumption in Hybrid Electric Drive – Architecture: Series Hybrid Electric Drive, Parallel hybrid electric drive. Fuel Cell basic principle and operation, Types of Fuel Cells, PEMFC and its operation, Modelling of PEMFC, Super Capacitors. (3)

ELECTRIC PROPULSION UNIT: electric components, Configuration and control of drives: DC Motor - Induction Motor - Permanent Magnet Motor - Switch Reluctance Motor. Drive system efficiency - Energy storage for EV and HEV - Energy storage requirements, Battery parameters, Modelling of Battery. (5)

Power Electronic Converter for Battery Charging - Charging methods for battery- Design of Z-converter for battery charging. Case Study: Design of a Battery Electric Vehicle (BEV) - EMI/EMC compliance. (4)

Total L : 15

REFERENCES: 1. Ehsani M., Gao Y., Gay S. and Ali Emadi,‖Modern Electric, Hybrid Electric, and Fuel Cell Vehicles: Fundamentals, Theory, and Design‖, CRC Press, 2009 2. Iqbal Husain, Electric and Hybrid Vehicles: Design Fundamentals, CRC Press, 2010 3. Sheldon S. Williamson, ―Energy Management Strategies for Electric and Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicles‖, Springer, 2013. 4. Chan C.C. and Chau K.T., ― Modern Electric Vehicle Technology‖, OXFORD University Press, 2001. 5. Chris Mi, Abul Masrur M. and David Wenzhong Gao, ―Hybrid Electric Vehicles Principles And Applications With Practical Perspectives‖, Wiley Publication, 2011. 6. James Larminie and John Lowry, ―Electric Vehicle Technology Explained‖, Wiley, 2003.

15EF16 PHASOR MEASUREMENT UNITS AND APPLICATIONS 1 0 0 1

INTRODUCTION: Phasor Measurement Units (PMUs), need for Phasor Measurement Units, Global Positioning System (GPS), Functional requirements of PMUs and Phasor Data Concentrators (PDCs), Phasor estimation of nominal frequency inputs. (2)

TRANSIENT RESPONSE : Transient response of Instrument Transformers, Transient response of Filters, Transient response during Electromagnetic and Power Swings, Impact of Transient Response of Phasor Measurements. (2)

PMU APPLICATIONS IN TRANSMISSION SYSTEM : Adaptive Protection of Transmission Lines, Out-of-Step protection, Introduction to Wide Area Monitoring, Protection and Control (WAMPAC), Adaptive System Restoration. (4)

PMU APPLICATIONS IN DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM : Introduction to Micro-syncrophasor, Deployment of PMUs for micro grid applications - PMU for Distribution system Power Quality Analysis. (4)

STANDARDS : Synchrophasor Standards - IEEE C37.118.1-2011, IEEE C37.118.2-2011, IEEE C37.118a-2014, IEC 61850 & IEEE C37.118, Evaluation / Validation of PMU-Total Vector Error (TVE) for both Steady State and Dynamic/Transient conditions. (3)

Total : 15

REFERENCES: 1. Phadke A.G. and Thorp J.S., ―Synchronized Phasor Measurements and Their Applications‖, Springer Publications, 2017. 2. Phadke A.G. and Thorp J.S., ―Computer Relaying for Power Systems‖, John Wiley and Sons Ltd., Research Studies Press Limited, 2009. 3. IEEE C37.118-1, Standard for Synchrophasor Measurements for Power Systems,2011. 4. IEEE C37.118.1a-2014, IEEE Standard for Synchrophasor Measurements for Power Systems 5. IEEE Synchrophasor Test Suite Specification Version2, 2015. 6. IEEE C37.118-2, 2011 - Standard for Synchrophasor Data Transfer for Power Systems 7. IEC 61850-90-5, Communication networks and systems for power utility automation – Part 90-5: Use of IEC 61850 to transmit Synchrophasor information according to IEEE C37.118 8. IEEE C37.242, 2013 - Guide for Synchronization, Calibration, Testing, and Installation of Phasor Measurement Units (PMU) for Power System Protection and Control 9. IEEE C37.244, 2013 - Guide for Phasor Data Concentrator (PDC) Requirements for Power System Protection, Control, and Monitoring.

15EF17 GRAPHICAL PROGRAMMING FOR REAL-TIME APPLICATIONS 131

1 0 0 1

INTRODUCTION TO REAL-TIME CONCEPTS: Concept of Real-Time Systems - Characteristics of Real-Time Systems – Need for Real-Time Operating Systems (2)

LabVIEW REAL-TIME HARDWARE: ARCHITECTURE: Overview of Hardware Setup and Installation -Configuration of Network Settings of Real-Time Target and Host Computer - Configuration of Real-Time Target in Measurement and Automation Explorer - Configuring Real-Time targets through the LabVIEW Project. (3)

PROGRAMMING LabVIEW REAL-TIME MODULE: Accessing I/O using driver APIs or Scan Engine – Multithreading – Sleep Mode -Timing loops in LabVIEW Real-Time. (4)

COMMUNICATION: Inter-process Communication: Sharing Data locally on Real-Time Target - Sharing Data between Deterministic and Non-Deterministic Processes - Sharing data between non-deterministic processes - Communication between Real-Time Target and Host Computer – Implementation of Network Communication (4)

DEBUGGING AND DEPLOYMENT: Standard Debugging Techniques – Analysis of Memory Consumption – Creating Build Specification – Communication with Deployed Applications. (2)

Total: 15

REFERENCE: 1. Course Manual titled, ―LabVIEW Real-time Application Development‖ published by National Instruments,2016. 2. Rick Bitter, Taqi Mohiuddin, Matt Nawrocki, ―LabVIEW: Advanced Programming Techniques‖, Second Edition, 2006

15EF18 INDUSTRIAL DRIVES FOR AUTOMATION 1 0 1 1

INTRODUCTION: Construction and Principle of operation of PMSM and SynRM – AC drive Hardware Blocks – Control Blocks – Automatic Motor Adaptation – Parameterization of Drives (Local and Remote). (4)

CONFIGURATIONS OF DIFFERENT I/O CONTROL: Digital Input and output – Analog Input and output Control-word access – Motion control - Sequential Logic Control (SLC) - Parameterization for different communication protocol: RS 485 – MODBUS - PROFIBUS. (6)

CONFIGURATION FOR DIFFERENT APPLICATIONS: AQUA – HVAC – Automation – Master/ Slave control. (4)

PRACTICAL: Performance characterization of PMSM and SynRM - Conveyor control – Cascaded Pump Control – Synchronization of Drives with Master Slave Control. (4)

Total L: 14 +P: 4=18

REFERENCES: 1. Programming Guide for FC Drives by Danfoss Industries pvt. Ltd, 2017. 2. Monograph prepared by PSG-DanfossCoE for Climate and Energy, 2017. 3. Ned Mohan, ―Advanced Electric Drives: Analysis, Control and Modeling using Simulink‖, John Wiley and Sons Ltd, 2001.

15EF19 DATA SCIENCE AND ANALYTICS FOR ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS 0 0 0 1

Introduction to Data and Machine learning (Data Science): Data Warehouse / business Intelligence-Big Data-Machine Learning- Deep Learning-How these technologies evolved and interconnected. (2)

Review of Basic Analytics Methods using R: Phase 1: Discovery-Phase 2: Data Preparation-Phase 3: Model Planning-Phase 4: Model Building-Phase 5: Communicate Results / Visualization-Phase 6: Operationalize / Optimize model –Demo-Lab Assignment. (6)

Introduction to Advanced Analytics - Theory and Methods: Unsupervised Learning-K-means Clustering-Association Rules- Regression Analysis-Linear-Logistics- Supervised Learning- Naive Bayesian Classifier-Decision Trees-Time Series Analysis-Text Analysis. (6)

132

Use cases of Big Data and Machine Learning for Electrical Engineers: Smart Meters & Smart Grid. (1)

Total : 15

REFERENCES: 1. Ethem Alpaydin, ―Introduction to Machine Learning‖: Edition 2 – PHI learning Pvt. Ltd, 2015. 2. Vignesh Prajapati, ―Big Data Analytics with R and Hadoop‖, Packt Publishing Ltd, 2013.

15EF20 ELECTRICAL POWER ON BOARD WAR VESSELS AND AIRCRAFT 0 0 0 1

AC and DC Electrical Power Generation and Distribution (PGD) on board Fighter Aircraft : Purpose and tasks – Power Supply requirements – Units of Installation, general layout and Functioning – Principle of Operation and Functional Block Diagram – Interconnectivity with other Systems – Operational Limitations – Serviceability Checks. (5)

AC and DC Electrical Power Generation and Distribution on board a Military Helicopter : Types of Supplies –Specifications – Protection and Control Units – Onboard and external AC and DC Power supply system Description with Diagrams. (3)

PGD onboard Warships : Types of electrcialsupplies and power generation – Distributing systems – Design considerations for various classes and sizes of ships – Comparison of AC and DC ships – Challenges and special considerations in design of PGDfor warships. (5)

PGD onboard Submarines : Types of supplies, sources of power and distribution systems – Issues related to design for various classes and sizes of Submarines – Challenges in design of PGD for Submarines. (2)

Total : 15 REFERENCE: 1) A Guide to Ship‘s Electro-Technology, Part I, For Marine Engineers and Electrical Officers, Raunek Kantharia, Marine Insight Publishers, 2013. 2) Shipboard Electrical Power Systems, Mukund R. Patel, 1st Edition, CRC Press, 2017 3) OEM Supplied Technical Manuals of Ships, Aircraft and Submarines of Navy.

15EF21 INTERNET OF THINGS USING CC3200 0 0 0 1

OVERVIEW:Introduction to Internet of Things (IoT). Review of CC3200 core and its architecture, Introduction to advanced ARM Cortex M4 architecture, Peripherals overview, User API, Power challenges with IoT, CC3200 Simplelink applications, starting with Code Composer Studio V6. (3)

SIMPLELINK Wi-Fi CPU: Introduction to CC3200 Simplelink Wi-Fi MCU, hardware Functional Block Diagram, Embedded Software Overview, TI-RTOS support for CC3200 Simplelink, TI-RTOS configuration for CC3200 Simplelink, Simplelink Wi-Fi certification,Power Modes. (2)

WLAN CONNECTION: Introduction to WLAN, WLAN parameters, AP/STATION modes and its Security types, Socket connection, Typical commends and event flow, WLAN AP and WLAN STATION configuration settings. (2)

SOFTWARES: Configuration with Pin-Mux Tools, Debugging with Uniflash Tools, HTML page Download. (2)

HANDS-ON WITH CC3200:Brief introduction to CC3200 Peripherals, OUT OF BOX demo, Home and industrial automation and control, Creating project , programming with ADC, Programming with GPIO, enabling interrupt, Introduction to serial interface, Overview of sensor interface with CC3200, Client severer model basics, Simple Email application, Emailing an sensor (ADC) value.(6)

Total L: 15 REFERENCES: 1.Jonathan W Valvano,Introduction to Arm(r) Cortex-M Microcontrollers,2012. 2.Andrew Sloss,Dominic Symes,Chris Wright, ARM System Developer's Guide,2004. 3.Datasheet, Technical Documents and Application Notes 4.www.ti.com/product/CC3200

133

OFFERED BY THE DEPARTMENT OF HUMANITIES

15OF01 EXPORT - IMPORT MANAGEMENT 1 0 0 1

INTRODUCTION: Export – Import Business – Preliminaries for starting Export – Import Business Registration. (3)

EXPORT PROCEDURES: Obtaining an Export License – Export Credit Insurance – Procedures and Documentation. (4)

FOREIGN EXCHANGE: Finance for Exports – Pricing - Understanding Foreign Exchange Rates. (3)

IMPORT PROCEDURES: Import Policy – License - Procedure and Documentation. (3)

EXPORT INCENTIVES: Incentives – Institutional Support. (2)

Total L: 15 REFERENCES: 1. Ramagopal C., ―Export Import Procedures - Documentation and Logistics‖, New Age International. 2. Cherian and Parab, ―Export Marketing‖, Himalaya Publishing House, New Delhi, 2008. 3. Rathod, Rathor and Jani, ―International Marketing‖, Himalaya Publishing House, New Delhi, 2008. 4. ―Government of India: Export-Import Policy, procedures, etc.‖, (Volumes I, II and III) New Delhi.

15OF02 INSURANCE & RISK MANAGEMENT 1 0 0 1

INTRODUCTION TO RISK MANAGEMENT: Risk in Our Society. (2)

INSURANCE AND RISK: Client Side – Components of the Costs of Risk. (2)

PRINCIPLES OF INSURANCE: Insurance Company Operations – Documents. (4)

MASS CONTROL: Insurance Intermediaries – Insurance Companies and their Role in Deducting Business / Role Risks. (4)

FINANCIAL RISKS: Shift of Risks – Risk Derivatives. (3)

Total L: 15 REFERENCES: 1. George E Rejda, ―Principles of Risk Management & Insurance‖, 2010. 2. John Hull, ―Risk Management & Financial Institution‖, 2012. 3. Alka Mittal &. Gupta S. L, ―Principles of Insurance & Risk Management‖, 2006.

15OF03 VALUES AND ETHICS AT WORK PLACE 1 0 0 1

HUMAN VALUES AND ETHOS: Meaning and Significance of Values – Sources of Individual Values - Value crisis in the Contemporary Indian Society –Moral and Ethical Values. (4)

APPLICATION OF VALUES: Relevance of Values in Management – Personal Values and Values at Work place – Values for Managers. (2)

WORK ETHICS: Professional Values & Ethics – Need – Issues – Challenges – Ethical Leadership – Ethical dilemma - Case Study. (4) SHARED VALUES IN THE ORGANIZATION AND ITS IMPACT: Need to identify and share values – the Value Construct and How to Promote Shared Values. (2)

UNIVERSAL VALUES: Cross Cultural Values - Impact of Culture on Organizations and Managing Workforce Diversity. (3) Total L: 15 REFERENCES: 1. Tripathi A. N., ―Human values‖, New Age international Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2002. 2. Murthy C.S.V., ―Business Ethics‖, Himalaya Publishing House, 2007. 3. Jayshree Suresh, Raghavan B.S., ―Professional Ethics‖, S. Chand & Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2005. 4. Nandagopal R. and Ajith Sankar RN., ―Indian Ethos and Values in Management‖, McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2010.

15OF04 DEVELOPMENT OF INDUSTRIALISATION 134

1 0 0 1

EVOLUTION OF MODERN ECONOMY- Colonialism, Capitalism and economic development. (2)

AMERICAN HISTORY- Before and After European arrival. (4)

ROLE SLAVERY and trade in America. (4)

INDIAN ECONOMY – Pre and Post Independence, (3)

INDUSTRIALIZATION IN ASIA AND AFRICA – Colonialism – anti-colonialism and Socialism. (2)

Total L: 15

REFERENCES: 1. Paul Johnson, ―A History of the American People‖ Harper perennial Edition- 1999. 2. Henry Bamford Parkes, ―The United States of America – A history‖, Second Edition, 1960. 3. Ramesh Singh, ―Indian Economy- for Civil Services Examination‖, McGraw Hill, 8th Edition. 4. John g Jackson and Willis N Huggins, I ―Introduction to African Civilizations‖ - 2011.

15OF05 CREATIVITY AND SOCIAL ENTERPRISE 1 0 0 1

CREATIVITY- Understanding the creative skills (2)

WAYS TO IMPROVE creativity and exercises. (4)

INNOVATION – Process of Innovating new ideas - Importance of Innovation. (4)

ENTREPRENEURIAL skills and development – Intrapreneurship. (3)

SOCIAL ENTREPRENEUR and social enterprise – success stories of entrepreneurs – Leadership styles adopted by successful entrepreneurs. (2) Total L: 15

REFERENCES: 1. Bruee R Barringer and Duane Treland, ―Entrepreneurship – Successfully Launching New Ventures‖, Pearson Prentice Hall, 2012. 2. Robert D Hisrich, Michael P Peters& Dean Shepherd, ―Entrepreneurship‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007 3. Daniel Kahneman, ―Thinking faast and sloe‖, Farrar, Straus and Giroux, 2011. 4. Robert B Tucker, ― Innovation Everybody‘s Business‖, 2010

15OF06 SOCIAL AND PSYCHOLOGICAL WELL BEING 1 0 0 1

DEFINING SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY and social influences on behavior. (2)

ANALYSIS OF SOCIAL and psychological problems and the solutions to address social problems. (4)

ROLE OF SPORTS AND GAMES, yoga practices, tracking and outdoor activities in addressing social and psychological problems. (4)

ORIGINS OF PSYCHOLOGICAL DISORDER – roots of social anxiety - prevention of psychological disorders. (3)

NATURE OF INTERVENTIONS – Evaluation of Interventions and implementing the interventions. (2) Total L: 15

REFERENCES: 1. Frank W Schneider et all, ―Applied Social Psychology‖, II Ed., Sage Publications, 2012. 2. Robert A Baron and Giriswar Misra, ―Psychology‖, V Ed., Pearson, Chennai. 3. John T Cacioppo Laura & Freberg, ―Discovering Psychology the Science of Mind‖, Cengage Learning, 2013. 4. Frank W Schneider, Jamie & Gruman, Larry M Coutts, ―Applied Social Psychology‖, II Ed., Sage Publications.

15OF13 SECURITY ANALYSIS AND PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

135

1 0 0 1 INVESTMENTS ENVIRONMENT: Classification - Financial Instruments – Security Trading. (2)

TYPES OF SECURITY: Trading – Orders, Margin Trading – Clearing and Settlement Procedures. (5)

SECURITY ANALYSIS: Industry Analysis – Company Analysis. (4)

PORTFOLIO: Measuring Risk and Returns and Treatment in Portfolio Management. (4)

Total L: 15

REFERENCES: 1. William F Sharpe, Gordon J. Alexander and Jeffery V Bailey, ―Investments‖, Prentice Hall, 2012. 2. Prasanna Chandra, ―Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management‖, TATA McGraw Hill Publishing, 2011. 3. Ranganatham, ―Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management‖, Pearson Edition, 2004. 4. Bhalla V K., ―Investment Management‖, TATA McGraw Hill Publishing, 2011.

15OF14 IMPLEMENTATION OF QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 1 0 0 1 INTRODUCTION – Need for Quality – Definitions of Quality – Dimensions of Product and Service Quality – Basic Concept of TQM – Contributions of Deming, Juran and Crosby – Barriers to TQM. (2)

STRATEGIC QUALITY PLANNING – Quality Councils – Employee Involvement – Empowerment – Team and Team Work – PDCA Cycle – 5S – Supplier Selection and Supplier Rating. (4)

SEVEN TOOLS OF QUALITY – New Management Tool – Concepts, Methodology, Applications to Manufacturing, Service Sector Including IT – Bench Marking – Reason to Bench Mark, Bench Mark Process – FMEA Types. (4)

PRODUCTION PLANNING & CONTROL – Concepts of Productivity – Importance – Modes of Calculating Productivity – Cost of Quality - SERVQUAL – Quality Improvement Strategies. (3)

CONTROL CHART – Process Capability – Quality Function Development (QFD) – Taguchi Quality Loss Function – TPM Concepts. (2) Total L: 15

REFERENCES: 1. Jiju Antony; David Preece Routledge, ―Understanding, Managing and Implementing Quality: Frameworks, Techniques and Cases‖, Routledge, 2002. 2. Dale H. Besterfield., ―Total Quality Management‖, Pearson, 2011. 3. Hubert K.Rampersad, ―Total Quality Management‖, Springer International Publishing, 2004. 4. Mukkerjee P N., ―Total Quality Management‖, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2006.

15OF15 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 1 0 0 1 INTRODUCTION: Meaning of finance - Definition of financial management - Scope of Financial Management - Functions of Financial Manager. (2)

OBJECTIVE OF FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: Profit Maximization and Wealth Maximization. (4)

CAPITAL STRUCTURE: Designing of Capital Structure - Profitability and Liquidity Aspects. (4)

DIVIDEND POLICY: Determinants of Dividends- Bonus share – Tax aspects. (3)

CORPORATE RESTRUCTURING: Merger and Acquisition (M&A) - Case Studies. (2) Total L: 15 REFERENCES: 1. Pandey I M., ―Financial Management‖, Vikas Publication House Pvt Ltd., 2013. 2. Prasanna Chandra, ―Financial Management Theory and Practice‖, TATA McGraw Hill Publishing, 2010. 3. James C. Van Horne and John M. Wachowicz JR. ―Fundamentals of Financial Management‖, twelfth edition, Pearson Edition, 2010 4. Khan M.Y and Jain P.K., ―Financial Management‖ TATA McGraw Hill Publishing, 2010.

15OF16 PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT THROUGH TRANSACTIONAL ANALYSIS 1 0 0 1

EXPLORING THE PERSONALITY - Structural Ego states - Functional Ego states. (2) 136

MOTIVATION – Strokes Maslow‘s Hierarchy of Needs. (4)

INTERPERSONAL RELATIONSHIP - Time Management – Transactions - Time Structuring. (4)

STRESS MANAGEMENT - Working Styles – Contamination. (3)

ASSERTIVENESS AND LEADERSHIP SKILLS - Life positions – Competency. (2)

Total L: 15

REFERENCES: 1. Eric Berne, ―Games People Play The Basic Handbook of Transactional Analysis‖, The Random House Publishing Group, Newyork, 1964. 2. Muriel James and Dorothy Jongeward, ―Born to Win‖, Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, Inc. Philippines, 1971. 3. Claud Steiner, ―Scripts people live: Transactional Analysis of Life Scripts‖, Grove Press Newyork, 1974. 4. Wagner. A., ―The Transactional Manager‖, Prentice Hall Press, New Yark, 1981.

OFFERED BY THE DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH

15OF10 CORPORATE COMMUNICATION 1 0 0 1

INTRODUCTION: Basics of Corporate Culture, Etiquette, Code governing manners and conduct, Personal Grooming, People relationship, Worthy goals/ideals. (3)

ORAL COMMUNICATION: Communicating in Organizational Settings - Recognizing effective Communication - Mastering Listening and Nonverbal Communication Skills - Overcoming Barriers to Communication - Communicating in Teams and adapting to Cross Cultural Communication contexts. (4)

WRITTEN COMMUNICATION: Planning, Writing, and completing business messages - Writing messages for Electronic Media - Creating effective E-mail messages - Writing routine and positive and negative messages - Writing persuasive messages – Training on writing Reports and proposals – Mastering the Format and layout of Business Documents. (5)

Presentation and Negotiation Skills. (3) Total: 15

REFERENCES: 1. Herta A. Murphy, Hebert W. Hildebrandt, and Jane P. Thomas, ―Effective Business Communication‖, McGraw – Hill, New Delhi, 2008. 2. Courtland L. Bove‘e, John V. Thill, and Mukesh Chaturvedi, ―Business Communication Today‖, Dorling Kindersley India (Pvt). Ltd., 2009.

15OF11 - INTERPERSONAL AND ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATION 1 0 0 1

UNDERSTANDING ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATION: Communication Networks in an Organization; Intra- organizational communication; Inter-organizational communication; Flow Nomenclature; Workplace diversity and intercultural aspects of communication (4)

COMMUNICATION FUNCTIONS IN ORGANIZATIONS: Teamwork and team dynamics; Conflict resolution strategies and styles; Leading and influencing others-facilitation skills (3)

WRITTEN COMMUNICATION: Email Writing, Professional Reports, and Memos (4)

INTERPERSONAL SKILLS: Nature and Dimensions of Interpersonal Communication; Personality and Communication styles; Active listening and intentional responding; Working with emotional intelligence. (4) Total L:15

REFERENCES: 1. Bagchi, Subroto. ―The Professional ‖. Penguin Publications, UK. 2011. 2. ―A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK guide)‖. Project Management Institute Inc., USA. 2013.

137

15OF12 – HUMAN VALUES THROUGH LITERATURE 1 0 0 1

PROSE: Kalam, Abdul. ―College Education‖ from Wings of Fire, Emerson, R W. ―Self-Reliance‖ Independence, Russell, Bertrand. ―Education‖ Harmony (5)

POETRY: Frost, Robert. ―Mending Wall‖ Neighbourly Relationship,Das, Kamala. ―An Introduction‖ – Identity and Freedom . (2)

DRAMA: Karnad, Girish, Tughlaq – Statesmanship and friendship (3)

ONE-ACT PLAY: Chekhov, Anton. The Bear – Love (1)

SHORT STORY: Maugham, Somerset. ―Mr. Know-All‖ – Empathy, Desai, Anita. ―Devoted Son‖ – Family Bond. (2)

NOVEL: Murthy, Sudha. Gently Falls the Bakula – Gender equality (2)

Total L: 15

REFERENCES: 1. Abrams, M .H. and Harpham, G., ― A Glossary of Literary Terms‖. Cengage, Boston, 2015 2. Scholes, R., Comely, N.R., Klaus, C. H., and Silverman, M. Elements of Literature, Indian Rpt. OUP,New Delhi, 2013 3. Additional readings on individual texts

OFFERED BY THE DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS

15OF21 PRINCIPLES OF BUSINESS ANALYTICS 1 0 0 1

PREDICTIVE ANALYTICS: CLASSIFICATION AND DISCRETE CHOICE PROBLEMS: Simple linear regression - multiple linear regression model development and diagnostics - analysis of transactional data using binary logistic and multinomial logistic regression models - discrete choice models, non-linear regression. Classification Trees, Classification and Regression Tree (CART) - forecasting. (5)

PREDICTIVE ANALYTICS: MARKETING, RETAIL AND OPERATIONS ANALYTICS: Markov chain models in marketing: Modelling customer relationship as a Markov chain - brand switching - market share estimation - Markov model for customer retention - Customer Lifetime Value (CLV) estimation. (5)

PRESCRIPTIVE ANALYTICS: Multi-criteria decision making - analytic hierarchy process - data envelopment analysis and their applications in operations - marketing and finance. Six sigma methodologies for problem solving: DMAIC methodology for problem solving and process improvement - DMADV methodology for design and development of new process. (5)

Total L: 15

REFERENCES: 1. Hopkins M S, LaValle S, Balboni F, Kruschwitz N and Shockley R, ―10 Insights: A first look at The New Intelligence Enterprise Survey on Winning with Data‖, MIT Sloan Management Review, Vol. 52, No. 1, 21–31. 2. Fausto Pedro García Márquez and Benjamin Lev, ―Advanced Business Analytics‖, Springer, 2015.

OFFERED BY THE DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS

15OF31 X-RAY LITHOGRAPHY PROCESSES 1 0 0 1

Application of synchrotron radiation in micro/nano manufacturing. X-ray Lithography (XRL) and its detailed comparison with photo/ electron/ ion beam lithography. (3)

X-ray LIGA process. Basic modules of XRL. Illumination source (synchrotron radiation), and illumination system (beamline for XRL). (2)

X-ray exposure system. X-ray mask, mask membrane, mask absorbing pattern. Design and fabrication of X-ray mask. Positive and negative X-ray photo resist, sensitivity of the X-ray resist. Factors affecting micro structure fabrication. (2)

Thin film deposition, electroplating and micro molding processes for X-ray LIGA . Representative case studies of the micro structures developed at X-ray LIGA facility at Indus-2 synchrotron radiation source. (3)

138

Design of very high aspect ratio micro structures for MEMS, optical MEMS, bio MEMS and RF MEMS application using MEMS design tools. Fabrication and characterization of high aspect ratio micro structures. (5)

Total L:15

REFERENCES: 1. Saile V., Wallrabe U., Tabata, O. and Korvink, J.G., ―LIGA and its Applications‖ WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co KGaA, 2009. 2. Watanabe M., Sato S., Munro I. and Lodha, G.S., ―A Guide to Synchrotron Radiation Science‖ Narosa Publishing House, India, 2016. 3. Jain V.K. ―Introduction to Micromachining‖, Narosa Publishing House, India 2014. 4. Jain V.K., Sidpara A, Balasubramaniam R, Lodha G.S., Damagaye V.P. and Shukla R., ―Micromanufacturing: A review—Part I‖ Proceedings of the Institution of Mechanical Engineers, Part B: Journal of Engineering Manufacture 228 (2014) 973-99

15OF32 SYNCHROTRON RADIATION BASED CHARACTERIZATION OF NANOMATERIALS 1 0 0 1

Synchrotron Radiation Light Soure and its importance for the characterization of materials. Characteristics of synchrotron radiation, representative research using vacuum ultra violet (VUV), soft X-ray, hard X-ray and infra red radiation emitted by synchrotron light source. Synchrotron light source comparison with other light sources. Optical response of materials. Synchrotron based optical techniques. (3)

Spectroscopy of solids in vacuum ultra violet and soft x-ray region. Absorption, emission and photo electron spectroscopy using synchrotron and applications to metals, superconductors, organic materials, mesoscopic metal systems and solid surfaces. (2)

Crystal structure analysis using X-ray Diffraction and its application for the structural analysis of super conductors, organic conductors, ferroelectric materials, charge and orbital ordering systems, proteins, molecular monolayers and non crystalline systems. (2)

Local order probing using EXAFS and application to local structure analysis in ferrites, magnetic semiconductors, mixed valance compounds and proton conductors. Comparison of X-ray diffraction and EXAFS in the analysis of non crystalline materials. (2)

Elemental and structural analysis using X-ray Fluorescence , total reflection X-ray fluorescence and grazing incidence X-ray fluorescence for the characterization of thin film devices, small volume analysis and analysis of heavy elements. Inelastic X-ray Scattering. Magnetic Compton Scattering for the study of Heusler alloys. X-ray Raman Scattering in water. (3)

Characteristics of synchrotron radiation in infra red. Infra red spectroscopy of solids gas absorbed solid surfaces. Effect of pressure on lattice vibration in an alkali halide and absorption of atoms and molecules on semiconductor surfaces. Imaging and contrast. Soft and hard X-ray Microscopes and their applications. Synchrotron based infra red microscopy and its potential use in physiology. X-ray Tomography principles and its use for the observation of defects. (3)

Total L:15

REFERENCES: 1. Watanabe M., Sato S., Munro I. and Lodha G.S., ―A Guide to Synchrotron Radiation Science‖, Narosa Publishing House, 2016. 2. Kunz C, ―Synchrotron Radiation Techniques and Application‖, Springer-Verlag, 1979. 3. Winick H. and Doniach S., ―Synchrotron Radiation Research‖, Plenum Press , 1980. 4. Margaritondo ―Elements of Synchrotron Light: For Biology, Chemistry and Medical Research‖, Oxford University Press, 2002. 5. Attwood, D. T. ―Soft X-ray and Extreme Ultra Violet Radiation Principles and Applications‖ Cambridge University Press, 1999.

139

15E100 INDUSTRIAL TRAINING I

0 0 10 5

MODULE 1 – INTRODUCTION TO INDUSTRIAL ENVIRONMENT AND PRACTICES: Definition of Industry, types of Industry – product, process, hybrid, different scale of operations, large, medium, small, tiny Industry definitions and examples. Organization structure and Different departments and functions within an Industry. Equipment and personal Industrial safety (General and Electrical) and discipline. (10)

MODULE 2 – DRAWING PRACTICE – Freehand sketches and 2 view pictorial drawings of machines, accessories, various Industrial components. Identification of Electrical and Electronics schematic symbols, block diagrams, Understanding of Engineering materials, processes and cutting tools used, with examples of basic engineering drawings and symbols. (10)

MODULE 3 – SIMPLE ASSEMBLY & DISMANTLING – Different hand tools used for taking apart (dismantling) and putting back together (Assembling) of various assemblies and sub-assemblies. Sketch and measure the individual components as needed. Use of various hand tools needed for doing this. Dismantle and study functioning of a simple equipment like electrical iron box / ceiling fan / TV, bicycle, Tubelight,and understand the various operating mechanisms.Understand the application areas of these assembly units within the Industry. (10)

MODULE 4 – BASIC METROLOGY AND BASIC ENGINEERING MATERIALS – Use of simple measuring instruments and gauges like Vernier Callipers, micrometer, height gauge, preparation of production drawing. Ferrous and non ferrous metals, non metallic materials, alloys, polymers, ceramics, composites. (10)

MODULE 5 – INTRODUCTION TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND BASIC MACHINE ELEMENTS – Understand how to specify various electrical parameters like ampere rating, voltage rating, Hp rating. Understand how to specify various engineering components like bolts, nuts, washer, keys, springs, circlips, screws, fasteners, rivets, bearings, gears, couplings, Oring, sealants, ball screws, belt drives. (10)

MODULE 6,7,8 - MANUFACTURING PROCESS– Various machining processes,Usage of requisite hand tools like hand drill, tapping attachment, sheet metal bending, filing, milling, Toolroom lathe etc. to fabricate a simple component. Understanding of fundamental foundry processes and practices – melting, pouring, pattern making, machining, testing and inspection. (30)

MODULE 9, 10 - MACHINE TOOLS– Lathe, drilling machine, milling machines, boringmachines, tool cutter grinder. (20)

MODULE 11, 12– SIMPLE PROCESS DRAWING – Reading and understanding a basic process drawing and stage drawing. (20)

MODULE 13,14 - INDUSTRIAL SAFETY- Procedures, equipments, safety programme, safety standards, OSHA act, first aid,safety symbols. (20)

MODULE 15 – ASSIGNMENT TOPICS and General Evaluation - Viva, student presentations, and tests. (10)

Total P: 150 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Heller Karl H & Gerling Heinrich, “All about Machine Tools”, New Age International P Ltd, 2003. 2. Theraja B L,”Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering and Electronics” S.Chand & Company Ltd, 2010.

REFERENCES: 1. Faculty of Mechanical Engineering, PSG College of Technology, “Design Data Book”, Online Portal 2010. 2. Laughton M A Warne D F,”Electrical Engineers”, Newnes - Butterworths & Co Publishers Ltd, 2003. 3. HMT, “Production Technology”, Tata Mcgraw-Hill, 2009.

15E200 INDUSTRIAL TRAINING II 0 0 10 5

MODULE 1 – IMPORTANT BIS: Introduction to BIS – History of BIS – Key role of BIS – ISI standard mark – PSGII ISO 9000 certification. (10)

MOUDLE 2 – MATERIAL HANDLING EQUIPMENT: Cranes – Industrial vehicles – containers – conveyors – trolley – fork lift truck – hand lift truck. (10)

MOUDLE 3 , 4 - BASIC ELECTRICALS & CONTROL ELEMENTS : Electrical Materials( conductor, Insulator- Advanced materials)- Basic Electrical Circuit Symbols –Measuring Practices(Current, Voltage, Power) using CRO- Electrical drawing Practice( Control wiring for M/C Tool) - Introduction to Fuses –Push button. (20)

MODULE 5, 6 – LATHE WORK: Introduction – Type of lathe – Working principle and function of Lathe – functions of lathe part – Lathe operation and tools. (20)

MODULE 7, 8 – DRILLING, MILLING AND BROACHING: Introduction – parts and working principle of drilling machine – Milling machine – Broaching machine - Surface grinding machine – Cylindrical grinding machine- rotor balancing method. (20)

MODULE 9, 10, 11 – GENERATOR AND DIE CASTING: Principle of a generator – Specification of a generator – various parts of a generator and its function – Introduction to die casting – operation of die casting – Furnace specification. (30)

165

MODULE 12, 13, 14 – BASIC SPECIFICATION OF THE COMPONENTS: UPS- STABLIZER – REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING. (30)

MODULE 15 – ASSIGNMENT TOPICS and General Evaluation - Viva, student presentations, and tests. (10)

Total P: 150 TEXT BOOKS: 1.Sharma P.C. “Machine Tools and Tool Design”, S.Chand & Company, 2004 2. Rao, Uma K. “Basic Electrical Engineering”, Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt.Ltd. 2012 3. Reeves E.A, Heathcote Martin, “Newnes Electrical Pocketbook”, Laserwords Pvt.Ltd. 2003

REFERENCES: 1. Bhattacharya, ”Industrial Electronics & control, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd, New Delhi 2000. 2. Hajara Choudhury S K and Bhattacharya S C, “Elements of workshop Technology, Volume 1and 2”, Media promoters and Publishers Pvt Ltd., 2002. 3. Gupta J B,”A Course in Electrical Power”, S.K. Kataria & Sons, 2003.

15E300 INDUSTRIAL TRAINING III 0 0 10 5

MODULE 1, 2 3 – FOUNDRY: Overview of Foundry Practice- Induction Furnace: Construction – Working –Types- Power Source for Induction furnace - Identification. (30)

MODULE 4 – WELDING : Introduction to Welding- Principles of Welding –Process Details, Power Sources Requirements, Electrode Size and Materials for ARC Welding-Gas Metal Arc Welding – TIG Welding. (10)

MODULE 5 – INTRODUCTION TO THREE PHASE CIRCUITS: Simple Three phase transmission– Delta connection (3-phase-3 Wire) - Star Connection (3-Phase-4 Wire)-Balanced and unbalanced System. (10)

MODULE 6, 7 – INTRODUCTION TO PUMPS: Basic concepts of pumps – types of pumps – centrifugal pump construction – working principles –forces acted in the pumps – motor pump assembling – bore well pump assembling – mixed flow pump – radial flow pump. Identification of appropriate examples from within PSGII . (20)

MODULE 8 – SUBMERSIBLE & MONOBLOCK PUMP PARTS AND MOTOR PARTS: Components List, Component drawing and function –Assembly procedure. (10)

MODULE 9 ,10 ,11– SEMI CONDUCTOR DEVICES: Study of CRO - Building, testing and Evaluation of representations resistors, capacitors, inductors, transistors, diodes, Special Diodes, BJT, JFET, MOSFET, IC 555 etc…. (30)

MODULE 12, 13, 14 – FABRICATION OF PCB: Soldering techniques – De soldering – testing of semiconductor devices – circuit layout preparation – PCB fabrication. (30)

MODULE 15 – ASSIGNMENT TOPICS and General Evaluation - Viva, student presentations, and tests. (10)

Total P: 150 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Floyd Thomas L,” Electronic Devices and Circuits” Pearson Education India, New Delhi, Seventh Edition, 2007 2. Bell David A, “Electronic Devices and Circuits “Prentice hall of India, Fourth Edition, 2000. 3. Jain P L, “Principles of Foundry Technology”, Tata-McGraw Hill Publishing Co.Ltd. 1997.

REFERENCES: 1. Hajara Choudhury S K and Bhattacharya S C, “Elements of workshop Technology, Volume 1and 2”, Media promoters and Publishers Pvt Ltd., 2002. 2. Mullinger Peter , Jenkins Barrie, “Industrial and Process Furnaces: Principles, Design and Operation”, Elsevier international Projects LTD, 2008. 3. Forsthoffe William E,” Forsthoffer’s Rotating Equipment Handbooks: Principles of rotating Equipment-Vol 1”, Elseveier International Projects Ltd, 2005. 4. Little R L, "Welding and Welding Technology",Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2004.

15E400 INDUSTRIAL TRAINING IV 0 0 10 5

MODULE 1& 2– STUDY OF DC MACHINES & TRANSFORMERS: Principles of operation and constructional Details of DC Generator - Types of Generator – Construction of Single Phase Transformer and Three-Phase Transformer- Principles of Operation. Dc Motors: Principles of Operation and Constructional Details of DC Motor (20)

MODULE 3 – AC MACHINES: Principle and operation of Single Phase and Three Phase Induction Motor. (10)

MODULE 4 , 5 – POWER SYSTEM : Power generation – Power factor- Substations: classification of Sub- stations- indoor and outdoor Substations- Bus-bar arrangements in Sub-station- Overhead Service connection- underground service connection- Types of Distribution Lines (20)

166

MODULE 6 , 7- INTRODUCTION TO WINDING: Layout of winding section – tools used – sketches – list of insulation materials used in winding- copper wires types and sizes – coil winding machine – former – various types of winding – Winding parameters – Types of winding - Insulation materials and class of insulation- Procedure for Single layer and double layer winding-role of various insulation in stator windings (20)

MODULE 8 – INSPECTION AND TESTING OF PUMPS AND MOTORS- BIS specification for motor and pumps sets- list of testing instrument- function-foot mounting- motor dimensions as per IS :1231- Importance of name plate and identification of name plate detail- trouble shooting of induction motor - Nature of problems in motor. (10)

MODULE 9 ,10 – IS SPECIFICATONS TYPES OF MOTOR & PUMP TESTING: Type of routine test of induction motor as per IS: 7538 (performance calculation)- measuring of stator resistance –High voltage test- measurement of insulation resistance- reduced voltage test-no load test-full load test –locked rotor test-starting torque and starting current- pull up torque-momentary over load test- temperature rise test- pump performance test calculation. (20)

MODULE 11, 12–SPECIAL MACHINES: principle of operation of stepper, servo and SR motors – applications – advantages. (20)

MODULE 13, 14 – WIRING PRACTICALS: To control lamp by one way Switch, two way switch – Dim and Bright lamp method- Control wiring Practice on DOL and Star-Delta Starter. (20)

MODULE 15 – ASSIGNMENT TOPICS and General Evaluation - Viva, student presentations, and tests. (10)

Total P: 150

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Kumar Murukesh k, "Induction and Synchronous Machines". Vikas publishing House Pvt,Ltd, 2000. 2. Wadhwa CL,” Electrical Power Systems”, Wiley Eastern Ltd, 2000. 3. Kumar Murugesh K, “DC machines and transformers” Vikas Publishing House Pvt Ltd. Second Edition, 2004.

REFERENCES: 1. Bureau of Indian standards (IS: 1231 & IS: 7538). 2. Soni,M .L, Gupta,P.V and Bhatnagar,”A course in electrical power”,Dhanpat Rai and sons,2001. 3. Jaico Publishing, “Pumps principles and practice” Jaico Publishing House, 2003.

15E500 INDUSTRIAL TRAINING V 0 0 10 5

MODULE 1- INTRODUCTION TO LOW-VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR: Introduction to contactors, relays, Starters and Circuit breaker (MCCB & MCB). (10)

MODULE 2,3,4,5, 6 - DESIGN OF ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM USING E-PLAN : Schematic wiring diagram- customized workspace- creating projects according to the IEC standards-Creating projects using the basic project concept and the project wizard- Documenting Schematic revisions, (50)

MODULE 7 - LIGHTING SYSTEM: Study about basic parameter used in lighting – Study about Light source- Incandescent lamps- Discharge lamps – Special lamps. General lighting-Local lighting-Emergency lighting-safety lighting- standby lighting- flood lighting- spot lighting-About Luminaries Understanding the application areas of these Lamp units within the Industry (10) . MODULE 8 – OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS AND COMPONENT OF LAMPS: rated Luminous flux- Rated power life of al lamp- life Test- Average Life- lamp voltage – Luminous element- filament- bulb- Cap – pin –Lamp holder- Ballast- dimmer Understand the operational conditions and components within the Industry. (10)

MODULE 9 ,10 – SOLAR PV SYSTEM: Principles of Solar thermal power generation - Solar Photovoltaic systems : Solar cells – PV arrays – Series and parallel Connections- Synchronized operation with Grid supply- Stand alone PV systems – Charge controller – Solar PV testing: Testing of SPV Module.. Basics of photo voltaic components, limitations and programme in INDIA. (20)

MODULE 11, 12 – CNC: Introduction to CNC- Types of CNC M/Cs- Structure of CNC Machines - Feed Back Devices in CNC Machine tools- Features of CNC Machines – CNC Machine Drives (20)

MODULE 13, 14 – QUALITY SYSTEM SKILL & AWARENESS OF TQM: What is Quality- Benefits of Quality System- Policy and Responsibilities – quality System Documents- case studies in Quality Systems- What is TQM. (20)

MODULE 15 – ASSIGNMENT TOPICS and General Evaluation - Viva, student presentations, and tests. (10)

Total P: 150

TEXT BOOKS: 1. “Mohanty R P Lakhe R R, “ Hand book of Total Quality Management” Jaico Publishing Home,1998 2. Radhakrishnan.P, “Computer Numerical Control machines”, New Central Book Agency, 1992. 3. Rao Sunil S,” Switch Gear and Protection”,Khanna Publishers,2008.

167

REFERENCES: 1. “National lighting code 2010” Bureau of Indian Standards Published by Bureau of Indian standards. 2. Mehta N K,” Machine tool Drives & Controls”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd, 2002. 3. Mukund R Patel,” Wind and Solar Power Systems”, CRC Press LLc, Newyork, 1999. 4. Madhava Rao TS,”Power System Protection: Static Relays With Microprocessors Application”, TataMcgraw-Hill-2004.

15E600 INDUSTRIAL TRAINING VI 0 0 10 5

MODULE 1 – ELECTRONIC SENSORS: Proximity Sensors- Operation of inductive & Capacitive Sensors( NPN – PNP)-Photo- Electric Proximity Sensors – Connecting Proximity Sensors to Electrical Circuits (10)

MODULE 2 – POWER SYSTEM PROTECTION: Lighting Arrester- Surge absorber- Earthing– CT s and PTs and their Application Principle and Operation of Ammeter, Voltmeter, wattmeter, Energy Meter. (10)

MODULE 3 – DIFFERENT TYPES OF DRIVES: What is Drive- Basic Theory of Variable Frequency Drives -Drive Principles of Operation-Types of Drives, features and Principles- Wiring of Drives-Application of Drives. (10)

MODULE 4 – ENCODERS: Types of Encoders – Incremental Encoder-Absolute Encoders –Resolvers- Limit Switches- Limit Switch application. Understand the application areas of these encoder units within the Industry. (10)

MODULE 5 ,6 – BASIC ABOUT CONTROL SYSTEMS AND AUTOMATION COMPONENTS: Continuous- Logical – Linear and Non-Linear Sequential –Open Loop – Closed Loop - Need for automation system- Industrial components such as limit switches- pressure switches- Hydraulic and pneumatic components such as directional valves, cylinders, pressure relief valves, pumps etc. (20)

MODULE 7 , 8 – PLC: Basic Structure of PLCs (Siemens), PLCs Basics- Introduction to STEP 7 Micro/Win –Number System- Memory Configuration- CPU configuration- Timers Counters-Special Memory Bits- Data Manipulation- Communication Ports. (20)

MODULE 9, 10, 11 – INTERFACING & DEVELOPMENT OF SIMPLE PROJECTS USING PLC: – Basic Element of a Program- Programming Concepts - Using STEP 7 Micro/Win to create your programs- S7-200 Instruction Set- Communicating over a network - Interfacing AC Motor with PLCs (30)

MODULE 12, 13, 14 – PROJECT WORK (Experiment in Microprocessors, Microcontroller and PLC) (30)

MODULE 15 – ASSIGNMENT TOPICS and General Evaluation - Viva, student presentations, and tests. (10)

Total P: 150 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Solomon Sabrie, “Sensors Handbook", Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd, 1998. 2. Risinoff S E, “Automation in Practice”, American Show case Inc. 3. Petruzella Frank D, “Programmable Logic controllers”, McGraw Hill Inc, 2005.

REFERENCES: 1. Siemens Handbook S7-200. 2. Ian R Sinclair, “Sensors and transducers”, Third Edition, Newnes publishings, 2001. 3. John W Webb Ronald A Reis, “Programmable Logic controllers – Principle and Applications”, Prentice Hall India, 2003. 4. Paithankar Y G, Bhide S R, “ Fundamentals of Power System Protection” Prentice- Hall of india Ltd, NewDelhi-2003.

15E700 INDUSTRIAL TRAINING VII 0 0 10 5

The students of 7th Semester will do Internship during May, June and July as detailed below.

Industry – Can be anywhere in India or Overseas.

No. of working Hours - 8 hours a day or as instructed by the industry – students will strictly follow the Industry norms and timings.

The student will study the following with respect to the industry, with specific emphasis on work allocation as provided by the Industry supervisor.

Industrial profile – Product range – Catalogue – Infrastructure – Turn over – Quality system –Labour force – Industrial structure – Location – Layout – ISO 9000 and other standards – Material handling system – R&D – Product development – Manufacturing system – Advanced quality system – scope for further assignments, mini-projects and additional areas for future relationship building with the concerned Industry.

Types of industry 1. Automobile 2.Foundry 3.Steel 4.Cement 5. Machine Tools 6. Forging 7.Fabrication 8. Electrical 9. Electronics 10. Software 11.Paper.12.Textile.13. Consumables.14.Power Plants

General Evaluation of the Internship will be carried out by means of Faculty visits to Industry combined with Viva, Student Presentations, and Tests.

168

TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCE BOOKS: As this is an Industry-oriented course, students will be governed by the regulations of the Industry they are assigned to, and hence no specific Text and Reference books are prescribed.

15E800 INDUSTRIAL TRAINING VIII 0 0 10 5

The students of 8th Semester will be deputed to various local External Industries where they will be carrying out their Training in assigned areas 2 ½ hrs / day.

The following modules will be used to serve as a guideline only, and specific fine-tuning will be done in discussion with the concerned Industry supervisor.

MODULE 1 - Introduction to Industrial profile – Product range – Catalogue – Infrastructure – Turnover – Quality system –Labour force – Industrial structure – Location – Plant Layout – ISO 9000 and other standards – Material handling systems. (10) . MODULE 2 - List of Machines and Machine Tools - Component drawing study - Testing and Development - Tooling system – Operations Performed – work setting – Measuring Instruments and Gauges used – Coolants and Lubrication system. (10)

MODULE 3 - Assembling process study – Pre assembly – Sub assembly Final assemblies – Hand Tools Used – Test Rigs – Types of Fasteners used – Materials – Storage facilities – Work Place cleaning – Time and work study – Job card analysis. (10)

MODULE 4 - Study of Purchase Department – Various activities involved – Tender procedures – documents maintained at Stores – Inventory control – Sampling methods – Rejection and acceptance certificates – Vendor development. (10)

MODULE 5 - Quality systems – TQM - ISO - BIS - House Keeping and Industrial Safety – Continuous Improvement – 5 S. (10)

MODULE 6 - Power House Management systems – Transformer rating – Distribution –Utilization – Power Tariff calculations Generator Facility – Fuel consumption – Per unit Cost - Maintenance and servicing of Generator. (10)

MODULE 7 - Study of Software system used in the Industry – ERP – EDP- Attendance system – basic knowledge of representative software packages used within the Industry - PLC and concepts of Programming. (10)

MODULE 8 - Servicing and Maintenance - Preventive – Break Down – Periodic – Spares and utilities – Annual Maintenance Contract – Warranty and Guarantee procedures – Advanced facilities used in Service – service level agreements and time monitoring – prioritization of service requests. (10)

MODULE 9 - Study of Finished Product stores – Packaging system – packaging materials – Despatch and Logistics methods Documents required during the above procedures – Study of Export and Import procedures. (10)

MODULE 10 - Sales and Marketing – Pre Sales and post sale activities – Product Promotion methods – Advertisements and Brand Image. (10)

MODULE 11,12 – Supervisory aspects of the Industry – report preparation and understanding of Management Information Systems – managing multiple lines and work allocation – line balancing and capacity planning. (20)

MODULE 13,14 - Report preparation – Industrial Viva – Institute Viva – Evaluation – Paper presentation and Group Discussion on Advanced Industrial Training. (20)

General Evaluation of the External Industries Training will be carried out by means of Faculty visits to Industry combined with Viva, Student Presentations, and Tests.

MODULE 15 – ASSIGNMENT TOPICS and General Evaluation - Viva, student presentations, and tests. (10)

Total P: 150 TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCE BOOKS: As this is an Industry-oriented course, students will be governed by the regulations of the Industry they are assigned to, and hence no specific Text and Reference books are prescribed.

15E900 INDUSTRIAL TRAINING IX

0 0 10 5

MODULE 1 - MANAGERIAL SKILLS: Managerial Roll, Skill, Decision making, Organizational structure, Goal setting, Planning, Org- development, Training & Development, Team Work. (10)

MODULE 2 - SOFT SKILLS & HRM: HRM function, defines – recruitment - induct – select- and train -process. Wage, salary, incentive – performance -morale-attitude- behavior – safety – industry relation. (10)

MODULE 3 - GENERATING & CREATING INNOVATIVE IDEAS: Creativity process – Creative individuals - & basic character – Creative problem solving – innovative idea. (10)

MODULE 4 - SWOT ANALYSIS: Meaning- strength-Weak-Opportunity-Threat. -Model –Exercise. (10)

169

MODULE 5 - EXECUTIVE SKILLS: Trust building – Communication – Co-operative – Understanding issues – giving solution to problem – influence & inspire - develop team management. (10)

MODULE 6 - COMMUNICATION SKILLS: Intra – inter personal communication - interview technique – group communication – etiquette – body language – telecom conversation – professional Email – PPT – Public speech - exercises. Group discussion - What is GD, What is evaluated? – How to conduct – Participate – Summarize – Topics. (10)

MODULE 7 - VISUAL MANAGEMENT & 5S: Benefits – phases – standards – 5S – principle – use – exercise. (10)

MODULE 8 - MAINTENANCE & TPM: TPM concept – machine b/d – types of maintenance – break down – schedule and periodic maintenance. (10)

MODULE 9 - VENDOR DEVELOPMENT: Vendor identification – selection – evaluation - Machining time – machining hour rate – machining cost – manual cost – overheads – price – profit. (10)

MODULE 10 - PPC: Introduction – production management – types of production – planning – routing – schedules – loading – dispatch – following. (10)

MODULE 11 - STORES & INVENTORY MGT: EOQ, lot size, make or buy decision – stores management – types of material handling system – ABC – VED - HMC – FSN and SDE analysis. (10)

MODULE 12 - SALES & MARKETING SKILLS: Sales – product – range – feature – marketing technique. (10)

MODULE 13,14 - LEAN MANUFACTURING: Introduction – origination element – material element – logistics element - marketing element – process element – implement – lean arrangement – evaluation of results. (20)

MODULE 15 – ASSIGNMENT TOPICS AND GENERAL EVALUATION - Viva, student presentations, and tests. (10)

Total P: 150

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Muir Alastair K, Lean Six Sigma Statistics, McGraw Hill, 2006. 2. Paneerselvam R, Production and Operation Management, Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2002.

REFERENCES: 1. Kalpakjain, Manufacturing and Engineering and Technology, Addison Wesley Publishing Co, 1995. 2. ASME, Manufacturing Planning and Estimation – Hand book, McGraw Hill, New York.

170